P3 Health Partners 424B3 Prospectus supplement

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)

Registration No. 333-271565

P3 Health Partners Inc.

139,847,114 Shares of Class A Common Stock
Offered by the Selling Stockholders

This prospectus relates to the proposed resale or other disposition by the Selling Stockholders (as defined herein) identified in this prospectus of up to an aggregate of 139,847,114 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) of P3 Health Partners Inc. (the “Company”), of which 69,157,145 shares are presently issued and outstanding, 59,934,479 shares are issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Warrants”) and 10,755,490 shares are issuable upon exercise of pre-funded warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”). The shares being offered were issued and sold to accredited investors in a private placement (the “2023 Private Placement”), which closed on April 6, 2023. We are not selling any shares of Class A Common Stock under this prospectus and will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale or other disposition of Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders.

The Selling Stockholders and any of their pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees or other successors-in- interest may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of Class A Common Stock or interests in shares of Class A Common Stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. See the disclosure under the heading “Plan of Distribution” elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about how the Selling Stockholders may sell or otherwise dispose of their shares of Class A Common Stock hereunder.

The Selling Stockholders may sell any, all or none of the securities offered by this prospectus and we do not know when or in what amount the Selling Stockholders may sell their shares of Class A Common Stock hereunder following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our Class A Common Stock trades on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) under the ticker symbol “PIII”. On May 16, 2023, the closing sale price of our Class A Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq was $3.21 per share.

Investing in shares of our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 4 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is June 14, 2023.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS					ii
	CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS					iii
	PROSPECTUS SUMMARY					1
	RISK FACTORS					4
	USE OF PROCEEDS					40
	DIVIDEND POLICY					41
	MARKET INFORMATION					42
	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS					43
	BUSINESS					70
	MANAGEMENT					87
	EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION					91
	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS					97
	PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS					106
	SELLING STOCKHOLDERS					111
	DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK					115
	PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION					128
	LEGAL MATTERS					130
	EXPERTS					130
	WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION					130
	INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS					F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the SEC using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, we and the Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, issue, offer and sell, as applicable, any combination of the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings. The Selling Stockholders may use the shelf registration statement to sell up to an aggregate of 139,847,114 shares of Class A Common Stock, including shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants, from time to time through any means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.” More specific terms of any securities that the Selling Stockholders offer and sell may be provided in a prospectus supplement that describes, among other things, the specific amounts and prices of the Class A Common Stock being offered and the terms of the offering.

A prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information included in this prospectus. Any statement contained in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in such prospectus supplement modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified will be deemed to constitute a part of this prospectus only as so modified, and any statement so superseded will be deemed not to constitute a part of this prospectus. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectus we have prepared. We and the Selling Stockholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate only as of the date of those documents, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement, or any sale of a security. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

We own or have rights to trademarks, trade names and service marks that we use in connection with the operation of our business. In addition, our name, logos and website name and address are our trademarks or service marks. Solely for convenience, in some cases, the trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus are listed without the applicable ®, ™ and SM symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. Other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” and “P3” refer to the consolidated operations of P3 Health Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Business Combinations (as defined below). References to “Foresight” refer to the Company prior to the consummation of the Business Combinations, references to “Legacy P3” refer to P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC prior to the consummation of the Business Combinations and references to “P3 LLC” refer to P3 Health Group, LLC following the consummation of the Business Combinations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, prospective products, product approvals, research and development costs, future revenue, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, future results of anticipated products and prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “would” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions and are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks, including, without limitation, the following:

•

Our management has performed an analysis of our ability to preserve an adequate level of liquidity for a period extending twelve months from the date of this filing and has identified substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result of this analysis, we may look to add additional capital or may delay or scale back growth as needed, to generate liquidity and positive cash flow as soon as possible;

•

our ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combinations (as defined below), which may be affected by, among other things, competition and our ability to grow and manage growth profitably following the Business Combinations;

•

changes in applicable laws or regulations;

•

the possibility that we may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors;

•

the possibility that we may never achieve or maintain profitability;

•

the difficulty in evaluating our future prospects, as well as risks and challenges, due to the new and rapidly evolving business and market and our limited operating history;

•

the possibility that we may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, develop and commercialize new services or expand our operations;

•

possible difficulty managing growth and expanding operations;

•

the continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on operations, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial results;

•

our ability to retain qualified personnel;

•

our ability to successfully execute on growth strategies, including identifying and developing successful new geographies, physician partners, payors and patients, and accurately estimating the size, revenue or medical expense amounts of target geographies;

•

delays and uncertainties in the timing and process of reimbursements by third-party payors and individuals, including any changes or reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or rules;

•

the termination or non-renewal of the Medicare Advantage contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or the termination or non-renewal of our contracts with those plans;

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

reductions in the quality ratings of the health plans we serve;

•

the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing efforts, and our ability to develop brand awareness cost-effectively;

•

spending changes in the healthcare industry;

•

we, our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners may become subject to medical liability claims;

•

a failure in our information technology systems;

•

security breaches, loss of data or other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, expose us to liability and our reputation may be harmed and we could lose revenue, clients and members;

•

any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend;

•

failure to adhere to all of the complex government laws and regulations that to apply our business could result in fines or penalties, being required to make changes to our operations or experiencing adverse publicity;

•

failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and remediate identified material weaknesses;

•

failure to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq;

•

the possibility that our arrangements with affiliated professional entities and other physician partners is found to constitute improper rendering of medical services or fee splitting under applicable state laws;

•

the possibility that we face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts;

•

the impact on us of recent healthcare legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown;

•

the transition from volume to value-based reimbursement models may have a material adverse effect on our operations; and

•

other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus, including those under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 4 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Stock.

Overview

P3 is a patient-centered and physician-led population health management company. We strive to offer superior care to those patients that we serve. Founded and led by physicians, P3 is a team of doctors, clinicians and healthcare professionals with a shared passion for delivering value-based care (“VBC”). We believe our leadership team’s more than 20 years of experience in VBC and population health management, combined with our strong payor relationships, large community-based physician networks and custom technology platform uniquely position us to empower physicians, align incentives for healthcare providers and payors and improve the clinical outcomes for the communities we serve.

Background

We were incorporated in Delaware as Foresight Acquisition Corp. on August 20, 2020. On December 3, 2021, P3 and P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC (“Legacy P3”) consummated the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2021, by and among P3, Legacy P3 and FAC Merger Sub LLC (the “Merger Agreement”), and the Transaction and Combination Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2021, by and among P3, FAC-A Merger Sub Corp., FAC-B Merger Sub Corp., CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, CPF P3 Blocker B, LLC, CPF P3 Splitter, LLC, Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P. and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P. (the “Transaction and Combination Agreement”, and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Transaction and Combination Agreement, the “Business Combinations”), pursuant to which, among other things, P3 (i) acquired approximately 17.1% of the economic interests of P3 Health Group, LLC (“P3 LLC”) and became the sole managing member of P3 LLC, and (ii) acquired CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC and CPF P3 Blocker B, LLC (collectively, the “Blockers”) by merging each of the Blockers with a wholly-owned subsidiary of P3, which merged with and into P3, with P3 as the surviving entity. Upon completion of the Business Combinations, we changed our name to P3 Health Partners Inc., and we were organized in an “Up-C” structure in which P3 Health Partners Inc. directly owned approximately 17.1% of P3 Health Group, LLC (“P3 LLC”) and became the sole manager of P3 LLC.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combinations, P3 issued (i) 8,732,517 shares of Class A Common Stock to Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blocker A Seller”), and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blocker B Seller” and, together with Blocker A Seller, the “Blocker Sellers” and each, a “Blocker Seller”) (including 723,291 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the escrow agent) pursuant to the Transaction and Combination Agreement, and (ii) 202,024,923 shares of Class V Common Stock to the owners of Legacy P3 other than the Blocker Sellers (including 17,923,782 shares of Class V Common Stock held by the escrow agent), pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

In addition, concurrently with the closing of the Business Combinations, certain investors (the “Subscribers”) purchased from P3 an aggregate of 20,370,307 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “PIPE Shares”) for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $203.7 million, pursuant to separate subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) entered into effective as of May 25, 2021, as amended by the Consent and Amendment to Subscription Agreement, entered into on November 19, 2021.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in Part I, “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties when investing in our common stock. The principal risks and uncertainties affecting our business include the following:

•

Our management has performed an analysis of our ability to preserve an adequate level of liquidity for a period extending 12 months from the date of this filing and has identified substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

We may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations or develop and commercialize new services or expand our operations.

•

We have a history of net losses. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

•

We may not be able to maintain compliance with our debt covenants in the future, or obtain required waivers from our lenders, which could result in an event of default.

•

Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

•

Goodwill and other intangible assets represent a substantial component of our total assets. If future operating performance were to fall below current projections of if there are material changes to management’s assumptions, we could be required to recognize non-cash charges to operating earnings for goodwill and/or other intangible asset impairment, which could be significant.

•

The spread of COVID-19 or potential new variants of COVID-19 may adversely impact our operations and as a result, may materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

•

We rely on our management team and key employees, and our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to retain qualified personnel.

•

Our growth depends in part on our ability to identify and develop successful new geographies, physician partners, payors and patients. If we are not able to successfully manage our growth or execute upon our growth strategies, there may be material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

•

If growth in the number of patients and physician partners on our platform decreases, or the number of services that we are able to provide to physician partners and members decreases, due to legal, economic or business developments, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

•

We primarily depend on reimbursement by third-party payors, as well as payments by individuals, which could lead to delays and uncertainties in the timing and process of reimbursement, including any changes or reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or rules.

•

The termination or non-renewal of the MA contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or the termination or nonrenewal of our contracts with those plans, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and our operations.

•

We are dependent on our affiliated professional entities, physician partners and other providers to effectively manage the quality and cost of care and perform obligations under payor contracts.

•

Reductions in the quality ratings of the health plans we serve could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

•

Developments affecting spending by the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.

•

We depend on our information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

•

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

•

If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a client’s data or information systems is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose sales, clients and members.

•

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to adhere to all of the complex government laws and regulations that apply to our business, we could incur fines or penalties or be required to make changes to our operations or experience adverse publicity, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and reputation.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

If our arrangements with our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners are found to constitute the improper rendering of medical services or fee splitting under applicable state laws, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could be adversely impacted.

•

We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business, including our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and reputation.

•

The impact on us of recent healthcare legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•

Our only significant asset is the ownership of a minority of the economic interest in P3 LLC, and such ownership may not be sufficient to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations or to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A common stock”).

•

We will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2021, by and among P3 LLC and the members of P3 LLC from time to time party thereto (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

•

Certain of the former owners of P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC (the “P3 Equityholders”) have substantial control over us, and their interests, along with the interests of other P3 Equityholders, in our business may conflict with yours.

•

Foresight Sponsor Group, LLC (the “Sponsor”), Chicago Pacific Founders and other Exempt Persons are not limited in their ability to compete with the Company, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could enable such persons to benefit from corporate opportunities that might otherwise be available to the Company, which presents potential conflicts of interest.

•

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause adverse effects on our business and may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

•

Failure to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq could result in significant material adverse consequences, including a limited availability of market quotations, liquidity for our securities and a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

•

Other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus, including those under “Risk Factors.”

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 20, 2020 under the name Foresight Acquisition Corp. Upon the closing of the Business Combinations, we changed our name to P3 Health Partners Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2370 Corporate Circle, Suite 300, Henderson, NV 89074 and our telephone number is (702) 910-3950. Our website is www.p3hp.com. Under the investor relations page of the Company’s website, ir.p3hp.org, we make available free of charge a variety of information for investors, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A and any amendments to those materials filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file that material with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in our Class A Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our Class A Common Stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Business and Financial Results

Our management has performed an analysis of our ability to continue as a going concern and has identified substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2023, we had $7.2 million in cash available to fund future operations. Although we raised additional capital on April 6, 2023, without additional funding, management believes that our existing cash resources are not sufficient to support planned operations for at least the next year from the issuance of this prospectus. Based on their assessment, our management has raised concerns about our ability to continue as a going concern. As substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern exists, our ability to finance our operations through the sale and issuance of debt or equity securities or through bank or other financing could be impaired. Our ability to continue as a going concern may depend on our ability to obtain additional capital. Management continues to explore raising additional capital through a combination of debt financing, other non-dilutive financing, and/or equity financing to supplement the Company’s capitalization and liquidity. Our ability to obtain financing on reasonable terms is subject to factors beyond the Company’s control, including general economic, political, and financial market conditions. The capital markets have in the past experienced, are currently experiencing, and may in the future experience, periods of upheaval that could impact the availability and cost of equity and debt financing and there can be no assurance that such financing will be available on terms commercially acceptable to the Company. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to fund our operations, we may not be able to compete successfully and may need to scale back, discontinue, or cease certain operations, which would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Operating History and Early Stage of Growth

We have a history of net losses. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, we incurred net losses of $1,561.6 million, $57.9 million, and $146.4 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $318.8 million. We expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we grow our business, build relationships with physician partners and payors, develop new services and comply with the requirements associated with being a public company. Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through cash we obtained as a result of the Business Combinations, private placements of equity securities, issuances of promissory notes, payments received from various payors and borrowings under our credit facilities. We may not succeed in sufficiently increasing our revenue to offset these expenses. Consequently, we may not be able to achieve and maintain profitability for the current or any future fiscal year. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability and our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance.

We may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations or develop and commercialize new services or expand our operations.

We may need to spend significant amounts to expand our existing operations, including expansion into new geographies, to improve our platform and to develop new services. Based upon management’s assessment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described above in the risk factor entitled “Our management has performed an analysis of our ability to continue as a going concern and has identified substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern,” we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash may not be sufficient to fund our operating and capital needs for at least the next 12 months. We maintain the majority of our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in accounts with major U.S. financial institutions, and our deposits at these institutions, at times, may exceed insured limits. Market conditions can impact the viability of these institutions. In the event of failure of any of the financial institutions where we maintain our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, there can be no assurance that we would be able to access uninsured funds in a timely manner or at all. Any inability to access or delay in accessing these funds could adversely affect our business and financial position.

Our expectation regarding the sufficiency of funds is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate sufficient revenue, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings and debt financings or other sources. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•

our ability to achieve revenue growth;

•

our ability to effectively manage medical expense amounts;

•

the cost of expanding our operations, including our geographic scope, and our offerings, including our marketing efforts;

•

our rate of progress in launching, commercializing and establishing adoption of our services; and

•

the effect of competing technological and market developments.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a securityholder. For example, on December 13, 2022, in connection with our issuance of an unsecured promissory note (the “VGS Promissory Note”) to VBC Growth SPV LLC (“VGS”), we entered into a Warrant Agreement with VGS (the “VGS Warrant Agreement”) pursuant to which P3 LLC issued warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $4.26 per share (the “VGS Warrants”) to VGS. In addition, on April 6, 2023, we consummated a private placement pursuant to the securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), in which we sold an aggregate of 69,157,145 shares of Class A common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 59,934,479 shares of Class A common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,755,490 shares of Class A common stock. In addition, debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends and these forms of financing may have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, intellectual property, or future revenue streams or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. Furthermore, any capital raising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to advance development activities. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate development efforts.

Our business and the markets in which we operate are new and rapidly evolving, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

Our business and the markets in which we operate are new and rapidly evolving which make it difficult to evaluate and assess the success of our business to date, our future prospects and the risks and challenges that we may encounter. These risks and challenges include our ability to:

•

attract new members and partner physicians to our platform and position our platform as a convenient and accepted way to access and deliver healthcare;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

retain our current members, affiliated professional entities and other physician partners and encourage them to continue to utilize our platform and services;

•

gain market acceptance of our services and products with members and physicians and maintain and expand such relationships;

•

comply with existing and new laws and regulations applicable to our business and in our industry;

•

anticipate and respond to changes in Medicare reimbursement rates and the markets in which we operate;

•

react to challenges from existing and new competitors;

•

maintain and enhance our reputation and brand;

•

effectively manage our growth and business operations, including new geographies;

•

forecast our revenue, which includes reimbursements, and budget for, and manage, our expenses, including our medical expense amounts, and capital expenditures;

•

hire and retain talented individuals at all levels of our organization;

•

maintain and improve the infrastructure underlying our platform, including our data protection, intellectual property and cybersecurity; and

•

successfully update our platform and services, including expanding our services into different healthcare products and services, develop and update our software, offerings and services to benefit our members.

If we fail to understand fully or adequately address the challenges that we are currently encountering or that we may encounter in the future, including those challenges described here and elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. If the risks and uncertainties that we plan for when operating our business are incorrect or change, or if we fail to manage these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

We were established in 2017 and we are continuing to grow our marketing and management capabilities. Consequently, predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history. If our growth strategy is not successful, we may not be able to continue to grow our revenue or operations. Our relatively limited operating history, evolving business and rapid growth make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter, and we may not continue to grow at or near historical rates.

In addition, as a business with a limited operating history, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown challenges. We are transitioning to a company capable of supporting commercialization, sales and marketing. We may not be successful in such a transition and, as a result, our business may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to maintain compliance with our debt covenants in the future which could result in an event of default.

Our Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) with CRG Partners (the “Lender”) and the VGS Promissory Note contain affirmative and negative covenants which, among other things, require us to maintain minimum liquidity and annual minimum revenue levels that increase over time and restrict P3 LLC’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries from, among other things, incurring certain indebtedness and liens, and making certain restricted payments. If we breach these or other financial covenants and fail to secure a waiver or forbearance from the lenders, such breach or failure could result in an event of default and accelerate the repayment of the outstanding or the exercise of other rights or remedies that our lenders may have under applicable law. As of December 31, 2022, the Company was not in compliance with the Term Loan Facility

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or VGS Promissory Note covenants related to issuance of the 2022 financial statements with an audit opinion free of a “going concern” qualification. The lenders have granted a waiver of the covenant under the debt agreements related to the existence of a “going concern” qualification in the audit opinion for our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. We were in compliance with all covenants under the debt agreements as of March 31, 2023. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future or that the lenders under the Facility or the lenders of any future indebtedness we may incur will grant us any such waiver or forbearance in the future.

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the scope of our operations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, compliance programs and reporting systems. We may not be able to implement improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing controls, programs, systems and procedures, which could have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and financial results. Additionally, rapid growth in our business may place a strain on our human and capital resources.

We may not recognize the anticipated benefits of recent and future acquisitions and any such acquisitions could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The anticipated benefits of the Company’s Business Combinations, other recent acquisitions, including the Medcore Acquisition in December 2021, and any future acquisitions may not be realized fully, or at all, and may take longer to realize than expected. Anticipated benefits of any acquisition may be affected by, among other things, competition and our ability to grow and manage growth profitably. Further, we may not be able to continue the operational success or successfully finance or integrate any businesses that we acquire. The integration of any acquisition may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations or may result in conflicts with our business. Any acquisition may not be successful, may reduce our cash reserves, may negatively affect our earnings and financial performance and, to the extent financed with the proceeds of debt, may increase our indebtedness. We cannot ensure that any acquisition we make will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our assets consists of other intangible assets, the value of which may be reduced if we determine that those assets are impaired.

As of March 31, 2023, the net carrying value of other intangible assets represented $730.2 million, or 84% of our total assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Definite-lived intangible assets totaling $729.5 million are amortized over 10 years.

Due to the decrease in the share price over the second and fourth quarters of 2022, the Company recorded a significant goodwill impairment charge of $1,315.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. If future operating performance were to fall below current projections or if there are material changes to management’s assumptions, we could be required to recognize additional non-cash charges to operating earnings for other intangible asset impairment, which could be significant.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and may, along with future pandemics or epidemics, continue to impact, our operations and may materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

COVID-19 continues to impact the United States and the rest of the world and the pandemic has led to significant economic disruption. The impact of COVID-19 on the economy and the healthcare industry is ongoing. We continue to monitor the impact of COVID-19 on our business. The extent to which COVID-19 or a new pandemic, epidemic, or outbreak of an infectious disease may directly or indirectly impact our operations and results of operations will depend on multiple factors, including, but not limited to the ultimate

TABLE OF CONTENTS

geographic spread of the disease, the duration and scope of the outbreak, the emergence of variants, the availability and efficacy of vaccines, and government, social, business and other actions that are taken in response to the pandemic or outbreak. We may be unable to properly anticipate or prepare for these events and, as a result, our business may be materially adversely impacted.

Due to COVID-19 or another pandemic or public health emergency, we may not be able to document the health conditions of our members as completely as we have in the past. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual member. Payers with higher acuity members receive more, and those with lower acuity members receive less. Medicare requires that a patient’s health issues be documented annually regardless of the permanence of the underlying causes. Historically, this documentation was required to be completed during an in-person visit with a patient. As part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), Medicare is allowing documentation for conditions identified during video visits with patients. However, given the disruption caused by COVID-19, it is unclear whether we will be able to document the health conditions of our members as comprehensively as we did before COVID-19, which may adversely impact our revenue in future periods.

Due to our recurring contracted revenue model, the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material impact on our revenue during 2021 and 2022. Nearly 99% of our total revenue in 2022 and 98% of our total revenue in 2021 is recurring, consisting of fixed per member per month capitation payments received from MA health plans. Based upon claims paid to date, our direct costs in medical claims expense related to COVID-19 claims were approximately $95.5 million for the period from March 1, 2020 through December 31, 2022. We expect to incur additional COVID-19 related costs given the volume of positive cases and “breakthrough” cases (positive cases in vaccinated patients) present in our markets. Because of the nature of capitation arrangements, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, including but not limited to the fact that our platform and the other systems or networks used in our business may experience an increase in attempted cyberattacks or targeted intrusion, ransomware, and phishing campaigns seeking to take advantage of shifts to employees working remotely using their household or personal internet networks. The success of any of these unauthorized attempts could substantially impact our platform, the proprietary and other confidential data contained therein or otherwise stored or processed in our operations, and ultimately our business, including but not limited to increased expenses incurred to improve our security controls and to remediate security vulnerabilities.

We rely on our management team and key employees and our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to retain qualified personnel.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of key members of senior management and other key employees. Most key employees are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of managed care, operations and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. Our business would also be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our leadership or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the required skills and experience. In particular, we face substantial competition for physicians and other healthcare providers. As a result, as we continue to grow and enter new geographies, it may be difficult for us to hire additional qualified personnel with the necessary skills. We continued to experience labor shortages in 2022, in part due to the ongoing effects of COVID-19. A number of factors have and may in the future adversely affect the labor force available to us or increase labor costs, including high employment levels, federal unemployment subsidies, increased wages offered by other employers, vaccine

TABLE OF CONTENTS

mandates and other government regulations. In addition, we have experienced high employee turnover and expect to continue to experience high employee turnover in the future. New hires require significant training and, in most cases, take significant time before such personnel achieve full productivity. New employees may not become as productive as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals. If our retention efforts are not successful or our employee turnover rate increases in the future, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations will be harmed.

Finally, as job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity instruments they are to receive in connection with their employment, the volatility in the price of our stock may adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity instruments may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth depends in part on our ability to identify and develop successful new geographies, physician partners, payors and patients. If we are not able to successfully execute upon our growth strategies, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to identify and develop successful geographies and relationships with physician partners and payors, and to successfully execute upon our growth initiatives to increase the profitability of our physician partners. In order to pursue our strategy successfully, we must effectively implement our platform, partnership and network model, including identifying suitable candidates and successfully building relationships with and managing integration of new physician partners and payors. We contract with a limited number of affiliated professional entities and other physician partners and rely on such physicians within each geography. Our growth initiatives in our existing geographies depend, in part, on our physician partners’ ability to increase their capacity to service Medicare patients, and to effectively meet increased patient demand. Our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners may encounter difficulties in recruiting additional primary care physicians to their practices due to many factors, including significant competition in their geographies. Accordingly, the loss or dissatisfaction of any physician partners, our inability to recruit and integrate physician partners into our model, or the failure of our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners to recruit additional primary care physicians or manage and scale capacity to timely meet patient demand, could substantially harm our brand and reputation, impact our competitiveness, inhibit widespread adoption of our platform, partnership and network model and impair our ability to attract new physician partners and maintain existing physician partnerships, both in new geographies and in geographies in which we currently operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Further, our growth strategy depends, in part, on securing and integrating new high-caliber physician partners and expanding into new geographies in which we have little or no operating experience. Integration and other risks can be more pronounced for larger and more complicated relationships or relationships outside of our core business space, or if multiple relationships are pursued simultaneously. Additionally, new geographies may be characterized by stakeholder preferences for, and experience with, rates of MA enrollment, MA reimbursement rates, payor concentration and rates of unnecessary variability in and utilization of medical care that differ from those in the geographies where our existing operations are located. Likewise, new geographies into which we seek to expand may have laws and regulations that differ from those applicable to our current operations. As an immature and rapidly growing company, we may be unfamiliar with the regulatory requirements in each geography that we enter, and we may be forced to incur significant expenditures to ensure compliance with requirements to which we are subject. If we are unable or unwilling to incur such costs, our growth in new geographies may be less successful than in our current geographies.

Further, our growth to date has increased the significant demands on our management, operational and financial systems, infrastructure and other resources. We must continue to improve our existing systems for operational and financial management, including our reporting systems, procedures and controls. These improvements could require significant capital expenditures and place increasing demands on our management. We may not be successful in managing or expanding our operations or in maintaining adequate

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial and operating systems and controls. If we do not successfully manage these processes, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be harmed.

Substantially all of our total revenue relates to federal government healthcare programs. The policies and decisions made by the federal government regarding these programs have a substantial impact on our profitability. Additionally, our future results of operations depend, in part, on our ability to expand our services and offerings, including broadening our continuum of care. As we grow our member base, we will need to maintain and grow our network of providers. Certain of our providers are permitted to provide services on other platforms, and therefore, our success will be dependent on our ability to retain and recruit highly trained and licensed physicians and other providers to our platform.

There are sometimes wide variations in the established per member reimbursement rates as a result of, among other things, members’ risk status, acuity levels and age, plan benefit design and geography. As the composition of our membership base changes, due to programmatic, competitive, regulatory, benefit design, economic or other changes, there is a corresponding change to our premium revenue, costs and margins, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Additional factors that could affect our ability to sell products and services include, but are not limited to:

•

price, performance and functionality of our solution;

•

availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;

•

our ability to develop and sell complementary services;

•

stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services; and

•

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends.

Any of these consequences could lower retention rate and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the estimates and assumptions we use to project the size, revenue or medical expense amounts of our target geographies are inaccurate or the cost of providing services exceeds the amounts received by us, our future growth prospects may be impacted, and we may generate losses or fail to attain financial performance targets.

We often do not have access to reliable historical data regarding the size, revenue or medical expense levels of our target geographies or potential physician partners. As a result, our market opportunity estimates and financial forecasts developed as we enter into a new geography, are subject to significant uncertainty, and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of the market for our services and the estimates of our market opportunity may prove to be inaccurate.

Principal assumptions relating to our market opportunity include estimates of the total number and average length of relationships between MA patients and their physicians, historical MA patient growth rates, amount of revenue and medical expenses associated with MA members expected to be attributed to our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners and historical experience that such physician partners have with a similar platform. Our opportunity is based on the assumption that our platform, partnership and network model will be more attractive to potential physician partners than competing options. However, potential physician partners may elect to pursue a different strategic option.

Changes in our anticipated ratio of medical expense to revenue can significantly impact our financial results. Accordingly, the failure to adequately predict and control medical costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, the medical expenses of patients may be outside of our affiliated providers’ control in the event that

TABLE OF CONTENTS

patients take certain actions that increase such expenses, such as unnecessary hospital visits. If we underestimate or do not correctly predict the cost of the care our affiliated providers furnish to patients, we might be underpaid for the care that must be provided to patients, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

We primarily depend on reimbursement by third-party payors, as well as payments by individuals, which could lead to delays, uncertainties and disagreements regarding the timing and process of reimbursement, including any changes or reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or rules.

The reimbursement process is complex and can involve lengthy delays. Although we recognize revenue when we provide services to patients, we may from time to time experience delays in receiving the associated capitation payments or, for patients on fee-for-service arrangements, the reimbursement for the service provided. In addition, third-party payors may disallow, in whole or in part, requests for reimbursement based on determinations that the patient is not eligible for coverage, certain amounts are not reimbursable under plan coverage, were for services provided that were not medically necessary, or additional supporting documentation is necessary. Third-party payors are also increasingly focused on controlling healthcare costs, and such efforts, including any revisions to reimbursement policies, may further reduce, complicate or delay our reimbursement claims. Further, the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, upon which many third-party payors base their reimbursement rate, are subject to frequent change. Retroactive adjustments may change amounts realized from third-party payors. As described below, we are subject to audits by such payors, including governmental audits of our Medicare claims, and may be required to repay these payors if a finding is made that we were incorrectly reimbursed. Delays, uncertainties and disagreements regarding the reimbursement process may adversely affect accounts receivable, increase the overall costs of collection and cause us to incur additional borrowing and other costs related to resolving disagreements or uncertainties. For example, in July 2021, a discrepancy was identified in the service agreement with one of our health plans in the way the revenue of Medicare Part C and Medicare Part D was being calculated compared to the definitions of “revenue” under the service agreement. This discrepancy resulted in a contract dispute and a renegotiation of the service agreement. We have determined it is probable that resolution of this discrepancy will result in an additional payment to the health plan of approximately $10.6 million. This contingent liability is recorded in health plan settlements payable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets presented in this prospectus. See Note 21 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on the impact of this discrepancy.

In addition, certain of our patients are covered under health plans that require the patient to cover a portion of their own healthcare expenses through the payment of copayments or deductibles. We may not be able to collect the full amounts due with respect to these payments that are the patient’s financial responsibility, or in those instances where physicians provide services to uninsured individuals. To the extent permitted by law, amounts not covered by third-party payors are the obligations of individual patients for which we may not receive whole or partial payment. Any increase in cost shifting from third-party payors to individual patients, including as a result of high deductible plans for patients, increases our collection costs and reduces overall collections, which we may not be able to offset with sufficient revenue.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, made several changes in the manner in which Medicare will pay for telehealth visits, many of which relax previous requirements, including site requirements for both the providers and patients, telehealth modality requirements and others. State law applicable to telehealth, particularly licensure requirements, has also been relaxed in many jurisdictions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. It is unclear which, if any, of these changes will remain in place permanently and which will be rolled-back following the COVID-19 pandemic. If regulations change to restrict our ability to or prohibit us from delivering care through telehealth modalities, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The termination or non-renewal of the Medicare Advantage contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or the termination or nonrenewal of our contracts with those plans, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operations.

We contract with health plans to provide capitated care services with respect to certain of their MA members. Our operations are dependent on a concentrated number of payors with whom we contract to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide services to members. Our contracts with four health plans to provide capitated care services for their members collectively accounted for approximately 79% and 67% of our capitated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. If a plan with which we contract for these services loses its MA contracts with CMS, receives reduced or insufficient government reimbursement under the MA program, decides to discontinue its MA and/or commercial plans, decides to contract with another company to provide capitated care services to its members, or decides to directly provide care, our contract with that plan could be at risk and we could lose revenue. In addition, certain of our contracts with health plans are terminable without cause. If any of these contracts were terminated, certain patients covered by such plans may choose to shift to another PCP within their health plan’s network. Moreover, our inability to maintain our agreements with health plans, in particular with key payors such as Centene Corporation, Atrio Health Plans, United Healthcare and Aetna, with respect to their MA members or to negotiate favorable terms for those agreements in the future, could result in the loss of patients and could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and business.

The healthcare industry has also experienced a trend of consolidation, resulting in fewer but larger payors that have significant bargaining power, given their market share. Payments from payors are the result of negotiated rates. These rates may decline based on renegotiations and larger payors having significant bargaining power to negotiate higher discounted fee arrangements with healthcare providers. As a result, payors increasingly are demanding discounted fee structures or the assumption by healthcare providers of all or a portion of the financial risk related to paying for care provided through capitation agreements.

If any of our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners lose their regulatory licenses, permits and/or accreditation status, or become ineligible to receive reimbursement under Medicare or Medicaid or other third-party payors, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

The operations of our managed clinics through our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, fire prevention, rate-setting and compliance with building codes and environmental protection. Our managed clinics and affiliated professional entities are also subject to extensive laws and regulation relating to facility and professional licensure, conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse and physician self-referrals, and maintaining updates to our affiliated professional entities’ enrollment in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, including the addition of new clinic locations, providers and other enrollment information. Our managed clinics and affiliated professional entities are subject to periodic inspection by licensing authorities and accreditation organizations to assure their continued compliance with these various standards. There can be no assurance that these regulatory authorities will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at any given time. Should any of our managed clinics or affiliated professional entities be found to be noncompliant with these requirements, we could be assessed fines and penalties, could be required to refund reimbursement amounts or could lose our licensure or Medicare and/or Medicaid certification or accreditation so that we or affiliated professional entities are unable to receive reimbursement from such programs and possibly from other third-party payors, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We are dependent on our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners and other providers to effectively manage the quality and cost of care and perform obligations under payor contracts.

Our success depends upon our continued ability to collaborate with and expand a network of high-caliber affiliated professional entities and other physician partners who can provide high quality of care, improve clinical outcomes and effectively manage healthcare costs, which are key drivers of our profitability. Our physician partners could demand an increased payment arrangement or take other actions, or fail to take actions, that could result in higher medical costs, lower quality of care for our members, harm to our reputation or create difficulty meeting regulatory or other requirements. Likewise, our physician partners could take actions contrary to our instructions, requests, policies or objectives or applicable law, or could have economic or business interests or goals that are or become inconsistent with our own. Further, our physician partners may not engage with our platform to assist in improving overall quality of care and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management of healthcare costs, which could produce results that are inconsistent with our estimates and financial models and negatively impact our growth.

In addition to receiving care from our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners, our members also receive care from an array of hospitals, specialists and ancillary providers who typically contract directly with our payors. We cannot guarantee the quality and efficiency of services from such providers, over which we have no control. Members who receive sub-optimal healthcare from such providers may be dissatisfied with our physician partners, which would have a negative impact on member satisfaction and retention. Any of these consequences could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could also experience significant losses if the expenses incurred to deliver healthcare services to our attributed members exceed revenue we receive from payors in respect of our attributed members. Under a capitation contract, a payor typically prospectively pays periodic capitation payments representing a prospective budget from which its physician partnerships manage healthcare expenses on behalf of the population enrolled with that physician partnership. To manage total medical services expense, we rely on our affiliated professional entities’ and other physician partners’ ability to improve clinical outcomes, implement clinical initiatives to provide a better healthcare experience for our members and accurately and sufficiently document the risk profile of our members. While our contracts vary, generally, if the cost of medical care provided exceeds the corresponding capitation revenue we receive, we may realize operating deficits, which are typically not capped, and could lead to substantial losses.

Reductions in the quality ratings of the health plans we serve could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

As a result of the Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (the “ACA”), the level of reimbursement each health plan receives from CMS is dependent, in part, upon the quality rating of the MA plan. Such ratings impact the percentage of any cost savings rebate and any bonuses earned by such health plan. Since a significant portion of our revenue is expected to be calculated as a percentage of CMS reimbursement received by these health plans with respect to our patients, reductions in the quality ratings of a health plan that we serve could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Given each health plan’s control of its plans and the many other providers that serve such plans, we believe that we will have limited ability to influence the overall quality rating of any such plan. The Bipartisan Budget Act, passed in February 2018, implemented certain changes to prevent artificial inflation of star ratings for MA plans offered by the same organization. In addition, CMS has terminated plans that have had a rating of less than three stars for three consecutive years, whereas MA plans with five stars are permitted to conduct enrollment throughout almost the entire year. Because low quality ratings can potentially lead to the termination of a plan that we serve, we may not be able to prevent the potential termination of a contracting plan or a shift of patients to other plans based upon quality issues which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

Our industry is competitive and we expect it to attract increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in various aspects of our business, including in offering a favorable reimbursement structure for physician partners and potential physician partners and attracting payors and physician partners who are not contracted with us, from a range of companies that provide similar services under different care models that could attract patients, providers and payors, including hospitals, managed service organizations and provider networks and data analysis consultants. Further, individual physicians who are contracted within our network may affiliate with our competitors. Competition from hospitals, managed service organizations and provider networks and data analysis consultants, payors and other parties could result in payors changing the benefit structure that is offered to our members, which could negatively impact our profitability and market share.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our primary competitors include Oak Street Health, Inc., Cano Health, Inc. and agilon health, inc., in addition to numerous local provider networks, hospitals and health systems. Moreover, large, well-financed payors have in some cases developed their own managed services tools and may provide these services to their physicians and patients at discounted prices, or may seek to expand their relationships with additional competing physicians or physician networks, including in geographic areas we serve. This may result in a more competitive environment and increased challenges to grow at the rates we have projected. We expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation in the healthcare industry and increased demand for its services.

Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, particularly in local geographies, longer operating histories, superior products or services and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by or partner with third parties with greater resources than we have. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial benefits structure and premium competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with providers of complementary services, technologies or services to increase the attractiveness of their services.

Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger customer base, better data aggregation systems, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger marketing teams than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the healthcare delivery industry, which could create additional pressure on the premiums that our payors are able to charge. If we are unable to successfully compete, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our future growth and the profitability of our business will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing efforts, and our ability to develop brand awareness cost-effectively.

Our business success depends on our ability to attract and retain members, which significantly depends on our marketing practices. Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing efforts, including our ability to:

•

create greater awareness of our brand;

•

identify the most effective and efficient levels of spending in each market, media and specific media vehicle;

•

determine the appropriate creative messages and media mix for advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures;

•

effectively manage marketing costs (including creative and media) to maintain acceptable consumer acquisition costs;

•

select the most effective markets, media and specific media vehicles in which to advertise; and

•

convert consumer inquiries into clients and members.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread adoption of our services and attracting new clients and members. Our brand promotion activities may not generate consumer awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain members necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad adoption of our brands.

Developments affecting spending by the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.

The U.S. healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years, and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. General reductions in expenditures by healthcare industry participants could result from, among other things:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

government regulations or private initiatives that affect the manner in which healthcare providers interact with patients, payors or other healthcare industry participants, including changes in pricing or means of delivery of healthcare products and services;

•

consolidation of healthcare industry participants;

•

reductions in government funding for healthcare; and

•

adverse changes in business or economic conditions affecting healthcare payors or providers or other healthcare industry participants.

Any of these changes in healthcare spending could adversely affect our revenue. Even if general expenditures by industry participants remain the same or increase, developments in the healthcare industry may result in reduced spending in some or all of the specific markets that we serve now or in the future. However, the timing and impact of developments in the healthcare industry are difficult to predict. We cannot assure you that the demand for our solutions and services will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial, and marketing resources to react to changes in the healthcare industry.

We and our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may require us to pay significant damages if the claims are not covered by insurance.

Our overall business entails the risk of medical liability claims. Although we and our affiliated professionals carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to the services rendered, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of our and those affiliated professionals’ insurance coverage. We carry or will carry professional liability insurance for the Company and each of our healthcare professionals. Additionally, all of the network providers that contract or will contract with us separately carry or will carry professional liability insurance for themselves and their healthcare professionals. Professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to us and our affiliated professionals in the future at acceptable costs or at all, which may negatively impact our and our affiliated professionals’ ability to provide services to members, and thereby adversely affect our overall business and operations.

Any claims made against us or our affiliated professionals that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards, and divert the attention of our management and our affiliated professional entities from our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims may adversely affect our business or reputation.

If we or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners fail to comply with applicable data interoperability and information blocking rules, our consolidated results of operations could be adversely affected.

The 21st Century Cures Act (the “Cures Act”), which was passed and signed into law in December 2016, includes provisions related to data interoperability, information blocking and patient access. In March 2020, the HHS, Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, (“ONC”), and CMS finalized and issued complementary rules that are intended to clarify provisions of the Cures Act regarding interoperability and information blocking, and include, among other things, requirements surrounding information blocking, changes to ONC’s health IT certification program and requirements that CMS regulated payors make relevant claims/care data and provider directory information available through standardized patient access and provider directory application programming interfaces that connect to provider electronic health record systems. The companion rules will transform the way in which healthcare providers, health IT developers, health information exchanges/health information networks (“HIEs/HINs”), and health plans share patient information, and create significant new requirements for healthcare industry participants. For example, the ONC rule, which went into effect on April 5, 2021, prohibits healthcare

TABLE OF CONTENTS

providers, health IT developers of certified health IT, and HIEs/HINs from engaging in practices that are likely to interfere with, prevent, materially discourage, or otherwise inhibit the access, exchange or use of electronic health information (“EHI”), also known as “information blocking.” To further support access and exchange of EHI, the ONC rule identifies eight “reasonable and necessary activities” as exceptions to information blocking activities, as long as specific conditions are met. Any failure to comply with these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of information technology system failures, security breaches, cyberattacks or other deficiencies in cybersecurity.

Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to conduct our business. While we have disaster recovery systems and business continuity plans in place, any disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or the failure of these systems to operate as expected could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively monitor and control our operations. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our information technology systems could be subject to physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering or any weather-related disruptions where our headquarters is located. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our management personnel were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be adversely affected.

In the ordinary course of our business, we, our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners collect and store sensitive data, including personally identifiable information, protected health information (“PHI”), intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by us or our employees, members and other parties. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems and cloud-based data centers. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to provide and manage parts of our information technology systems, including our data centers. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business-critical information, including research and development information, customer information, commercial information and business and financial information. We face a number of risks with respect to the protection of this information, including loss of access, inappropriate use or disclosure, unauthorized access, inappropriate modification and the risk of being unable to adequately monitor and audit and modify our controls over our critical information. This risk extends to the third-party vendors and subcontractors we use to manage this sensitive data or otherwise process it on our behalf. A breach or failure of our or our third-party vendors’ or subcontractors’ network, hosted service providers or vendor systems could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, malware (e.g., ransomware), computer viruses, cyberattacks by computer hackers such as denial-of-service and phishing attacks, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. If these third-party vendors or subcontractors fail to protect their information technology systems and our confidential and proprietary information, we may be vulnerable to disruptions in service and unauthorized access to our confidential or proprietary information and we could incur liability and reputational damage.

The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of information are vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take reasonable measures to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, use or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may still be vulnerable. We have in the past experienced, low-threat attacks by hackers or breaches due to employee error, malfeasance or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions. For example, in April 2023 we were the target of a type of wire transfer fraud known as business email compromise (“BEC”) scam. BEC scams involve using social engineering to cause employees to wire funds to the perpetrators in the mistaken belief that the requests were made by a company executive or established vendor. While this fraud did not cause material losses to us, it reflects that we, like any company, are always at risk of being targeted for a cyberattack.

Attacks upon information technology systems are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until

TABLE OF CONTENTS

launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures against hacking, phishing, spoofing, BEC, employee error or manipulation, or other similar adverse events. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Our information systems must also be continually updated, patched and upgraded to protect against known vulnerabilities. The volume of new vulnerabilities has increased markedly, as has the criticality of patches and other remedial measures. In addition to remediating newly identified vulnerabilities, previously identified vulnerabilities must also be continuously addressed. Accordingly, we are at risk that cyberattackers exploit these known vulnerabilities before they have been addressed.

If a cyberattack or security incident were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under federal or state laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and corresponding regulatory penalties. In addition, we could face criminal liability, damages for contract breach and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Notice of breaches may be required to be made to affected individuals or other state or federal regulators, and for extensive breaches, notice may need to be made to the media or State Attorneys General. Such a notice could harm our reputation and our ability to compete. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident. Despite our implementation of security measures to prevent unauthorized access, our data is currently accessible through multiple channels, and there is no guarantee we can protect our data from breach. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data protection, privacy and security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Numerous state and federal laws, regulations, standards and other legal obligations, including consumer protection laws and regulations, which govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality, security and processing of personal information, including health-related information, could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners. For example, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and regulations implemented thereunder (collectively, “HIPAA”), imposes privacy, security and breach notification obligations on certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their business associates that perform certain services that involve creating, receiving, maintaining or transmitting individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of such covered entities, and their covered subcontractors. HIPAA requires covered entities, such as the affiliated professional entities or other physician partners, and business associates, such as us, to develop and maintain policies with respect to the protection of, use and disclosure of PHI, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information, and certain notification requirements in the event of a breach of unsecured PHI.

Additionally, under HIPAA, covered entities must report breaches of unsecured PHI to affected individuals without unreasonable delay, not to exceed 60 days following discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Notification also must be made to the HHS Office for Civil Rights and, in certain circumstances involving large breaches, to the media. Business associates must report breaches of unsecured PHI to covered entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach by the business associate or its agents. A non-permitted use or disclosure of PHI is presumed to be a breach under HIPAA unless the covered entity or business associate establishes that there is a low probability the information has been compromised consistent with requirements enumerated in HIPAA.

Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured PHI, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. HIPAA also authorizes state Attorneys General to file suit on behalf of their residents.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Courts may award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair and/or deceptive acts or practices in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities.

Further, certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations which govern the privacy, processing and protection of health-related and other personal information. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. For example, the state of Nevada enacted a law that went into force on October 1, 2019 and requires companies to honor consumers’ requests to no longer sell their data. In addition, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”) went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that has increased the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. The CCPA has increased our compliance costs and potential liability, and similar laws have passed in Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut and Utah and have been proposed at the federal level and in other states, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. The enactment of such laws could have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) generally went into effect on January 1, 2023, and significantly amends the CCPA. The CPRA imposes additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It also created a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may also be required. In addition, California’s Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (the “CMIA”) places restrictions on the use and disclosure of health information, including PHI, and other personally identifying information, and can impose a significant compliance obligation. Violations of the CMIA can result in criminal, civil and administrative sanctions, and the CMIA also provides individuals a private right of action with respect to disclosures of their health information that violate CMIA. In the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA, the CPRA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants, collaborators, or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Legal proceedings in connection with the Business Combinations, the outcome of which is uncertain, could draw the attention of our management team away from the operation of our business.

Prior to execution of the definitive agreements for the Business Combinations, Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC, (“Hudson”), one of our existing equity holders, asserted that it had an option to purchase additional equity interests in P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC (“Legacy P3”) in connection with the pending transaction with Foresight (the “Purchase Option”). We do not agree that the Purchase Option applies to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Business Combinations. On June 11, 2021, Hudson filed an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Hudson Action”), in which it challenged the Business Combinations. Specifically, Hudson purports to assert claims against Legacy P3, the members of the Legacy P3 Board of Managers, certain of the Legacy P3 officers and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund, L.P. (“CPF”), for breach of the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Legacy P3, dated as of April 16, 2020 (the “Legacy P3 LLC Agreement”), (against Legacy P3 and CPF), breach of fiduciary duty (against certain of Legacy P3’s officers) and breach of alleged contractual standards of conduct (against the Legacy P3 Board of Managers) in connection with the process leading up to, and approval of, the Business Combinations. In the Hudson Action, Hudson sought to enjoin the consummation of the Business Combinations, and seeks a declaration that the Business Combinations violate its rights under the Legacy P3 LLC Agreement, a declaration that the members of the Legacy P3 Board of Managers and certain of Legacy P3’s officers breached their fiduciary duties, and money damages including attorneys’ fees.

See “Business — Legal Proceedings” for a description of the Hudson Class D Dispute proceedings.

Defending or settling this lawsuit could draw the attention of our management team away from the operation of our business and while we are indemnified by the P3 Equityholders for costs in connection with this lawsuit, it is possible that we could nonetheless incur financial losses if disputes arise with respect to the extent of the indemnification obligations.

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings, federal and state audits, government investigations, and payor audits, investigations, overpayments, and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former associates. Litigation and audits may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our earnings and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or publicly traded warrants.

Changes in U.S. tax laws, and the adoption of tax reform policies or changes in tax legislation or policies in jurisdictions outside of the United States, could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to federal and state income and non-income taxes in the United States. Tax laws, regulations, and administrative practices in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating these taxes. For example, legislation commonly known as the Inflation Reduction Act (“IRA”), was signed into law on August 16, 2022. Among other things, the IRA includes a 1% excise tax on corporate stock repurchases, applicable to repurchases after December 31, 2022. We are in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of the IRA to us.

Our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, such as entry into new businesses and geographies, changes to our existing business and operations, acquisitions and investments and how they are financed, changes in our stock price, changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, and changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles and interpretations. We are required to take positions regarding the interpretation of complex statutory and regulatory tax rules and on valuation matters that are subject to uncertainty, and tax authorities may challenge the positions that we take.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our Class A common stock and publicly traded warrants.

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, net loss and cash flows, has varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be

TABLE OF CONTENTS

meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:

•

our ability to maintain and grow the number of members on our platform;

•

the demand for and types of services that are offered on our platform by providers;

•

the timing of recognition of revenue, including possible delays in the recognition of revenue due to sometimes unpredictable implementation timelines;

•

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

•

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our network of healthcare providers relative to the level of demand for services from our members and our clients’ members and patients;

•

our ability to respond to competitive developments, including pricing changes and the introduction of new products and services by our competitors;

•

client and member renewal rates and the timing and terms of client and member renewals;

•

changes to our pricing model;

•

our ability to introduce new features and services and enhance our existing platform and our ability to generate significant revenue from new features and services;

•

the impact of outages of our platform and associated reputational harm;

•

security or data privacy breaches and associated remediation costs;

•

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses; and

•

the COVID-19 pandemic or other pandemics.

Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our Class A common stock and publicly traded warrants.

We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than the ownership of a minority of the economic interests in P3 LLC. As of March 31, 2023, we owned approximately 17.1% of the economic interests in P3 LLC. We depend on P3 LLC and its subsidiaries for distributions, loans and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including to satisfy our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, or to pay any dividends with respect to our Class A Common Stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in agreements governing the indebtedness of P3 LLC and its subsidiaries may limit our ability to obtain cash from P3 LLC. The earnings from, or other available assets of, P3 LLC and its subsidiaries may not be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our financial obligations, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, or pay any dividends on our Class A common stock should we decide to do so. P3 LLC will be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will generally not be subject to entity level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of P3 LLC units, including us. As a result, we generally will incur taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income generated by P3 LLC. Under the terms of the P3 LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement (the “P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement”), and the Tax Receivable Agreement, P3 LLC will be obligated to make tax distributions or payments to holders of its P3 LLC units, including us, except to the extent such distributions or payments would render P3 LLC insolvent or are otherwise prohibited by law or the terms of any credit facility. In addition to our tax payment obligations, we will also incur expenses related to our operations and our interests in P3 LLC, including costs and expenses of being a publicly traded company, all of which could be significant. To the extent that we require funds and P3 LLC or its subsidiaries are restricted from making distributions under applicable law or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulation or under the terms of their financing arrangements, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, including our ability to pay our income taxes when due.

Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment

The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state and local governments. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payors, our contractual relationships and arrangements with healthcare providers and vendors, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:

•

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (the “AKS”), which prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration for referring an individual, in return for ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Although there are several statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. By way of example, the AKS safe harbor for value-based arrangements requires, among other things, that the arrangement does not induce a person or entity to reduce or limit medically necessary items or services furnished to any patient. Failure to meet the requirements of a safe harbor, however, does not render an arrangement illegal, although such arrangements may be subject to greater scrutiny by government authorities. Further, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

•

the federal physician self-referral law (the “Stark Law”), which, subject to limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain designated health services (“DHS”), if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity, and prohibits the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such DHS. Unlike the AKS, the Stark Law is violated if the financial arrangement does not meet an applicable exception, regardless of any intent by the parties to induce or reward referrals or the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral;

•

the federal False Claims Act (the “FCA”), which imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly make, or cause to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid, including qui tam or whistleblower suits. There are many potential bases for liability under the FCA. The government has used the FCA to prosecute Medicare and other government healthcare program fraud; including alleged upcoding or improper coding of diagnosis codes under the risk-adjustment methodology, billing for services not provided, and providing care that is not medically necessary or that is substandard in quality. In addition, we could be held liable under the FCA if we are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing, coding or risk adjustment information to our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners through Provider Portal and Analytic Management Tools, respectively. The government may also assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the AKS or Stark Law constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA;

•

the Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, which prohibits, among other things, an individual or entity from offering remuneration to a federal healthcare program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive healthcare items or services from a particular provider;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of HIPAA and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the AKS, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

•

reassignment of payment rules that prohibit certain types of billing and collection practices in connection with claims payable by the Medicare or Medicaid programs;

•

similar state law provisions pertaining to anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims issues, some of which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers;

•

laws that regulate debt collection practices;

•

a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to disclose, or refund known overpayments;

•

federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented, and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered; and

•

federal and state laws pertaining to the provision of services by nurse practitioners and physician assistants in certain settings, physician supervision of those services, and reimbursement requirements that depend on the types of services provided and documented and relationships between physician supervisors and nurse practitioners and physician assistants.

The laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing and often subject to varying interpretations. As a result, there is no guarantee that a government authority will find that we or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners are in compliance with all such laws and regulations that apply to our business. Further, because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of the business activities undertaken by us or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners could be subject to challenge under one or more of these laws, including, without limitation, our patient assistance programs that waive or reduce the patient’s obligation to pay copayments, coinsurance or deductible amounts owed for the services we provide to them if they meet certain financial need criteria. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply, we may be subject to significant penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment. In addition, any action against us or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity, or otherwise experience a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation as a result.

If any of our owned or managed clinics lose their regulatory licenses, permits and/or registrations, as applicable, or become ineligible to receive reimbursement under Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

The operations of our owned and managed clinics through affiliated professional entities and other physician partners are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and proof of financial ability to operate. Our owned and managed clinics and affiliated professional entities and other physician partners are also subject to extensive laws and regulation relating to facility and professional licensure, conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare, Medicaid and state fraud and abuse and physician self-referrals, and maintaining updates to our and our

TABLE OF CONTENTS

affiliated professional entities’ and other physician partners’ enrollment in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, including addition of new clinic locations, providers and other enrollment information. Our owned and managed clinics are subject to periodic inspection by licensing authorities to assure their continued compliance with these various standards. There can be no assurance that these regulatory authorities will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at any given time. Should any of our owned or managed clinics be found to be noncompliant with these requirements, we could be assessed fines and penalties, could be required to refund reimbursement amounts or could lose our licensure or Medicare and/or Medicaid certification so that we or our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners are unable to receive reimbursement from such programs and possibly from other third-party payors, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Our contractual relationships with our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners may implicate certain state laws that generally prohibit non-professional entities from providing licensed medical services or exercising control over licensed physicians or other healthcare professionals (such activities generally referred to as the “corporate practice of medicine”) or engaging in certain practices such as fee-splitting with such licensed professionals. The interpretation and enforcement of these laws vary significantly from state to state. There can be no assurance that these laws will be interpreted in a manner consistent with our practices or that other laws or regulations will not be enacted in the future that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Regulatory authorities, state boards of medicine, state attorneys general and other parties may assert that, despite the agreements through which we operate, we are engaged in the provision of medical services and/or that our arrangements with our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners constitute unlawful fee-splitting. If a jurisdiction’s prohibition on the corporate practice of medicine or fee-splitting is interpreted in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices, we would be required to restructure or terminate our arrangements with our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners to bring our activities into compliance with such laws. A determination of non-compliance, or the termination of or failure to successfully restructure these relationships could result in disciplinary action, penalties, damages, fines, and/or a loss of revenue, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. State corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions also often impose penalties on healthcare professionals for aiding in the improper rendering of professional services, which could discourage physicians and other healthcare professionals from providing clinical services to members of the health plans with whom we contract.

As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Other third-party payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits. We also periodically conduct internal audits and reviews of our regulatory compliance. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:

•

refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from payors;

•

state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

•

temporary suspension of payment for new patients to the facility or agency;

•

decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more payor networks;

•

self-disclosure of violations to applicable regulatory authorities;

•

damage to our reputation;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

the revocation of a facility’s or agency’s license;

•

criminal penalties;

•

a corporate integrity agreement with HHS’s Office of Inspector General; and

•

loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with payors.

We have in the past and will likely in the future be required to refund amounts we have been paid and/or pay fines and penalties as a result of these inspections, reviews, audits and investigations. If adverse inspections, reviews, audits or investigations occur and any of the results noted above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Furthermore, the legal, document production and other costs associated with complying with these inspections, reviews, audits or investigations could be significant.

Our records and submissions to a health plan may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of members, which could cause us to overstate or understate our revenue and subject us to various penalties.

The claims and encounter records that we submit to health plans may impact data that support the Medicare Risk Adjustment Factor (“RAF”) scores attributable to members. These RAF scores determine, in part, the revenue to which the health plans and, in turn, we or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners are entitled for the provision of medical care to such members. The data submitted to CMS by each health plan is based, in part, on medical charts and diagnosis codes that we prepare and submit to the health plans. Each health plan generally relies on us and our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners to appropriately document and support such RAF data in our medical records. Each health plan also relies on us and our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners to appropriately code claims for medical services provided to members. Erroneous claims and erroneous encounter records and submissions could result in inaccurate revenue and risk adjustment payments, which may be subject to correction or retroactive adjustment in later periods. This corrected or adjusted information may be reflected in financial statements for periods subsequent to the period in which the revenue was recorded. We might also need to refund a portion of the revenue that we received, which refund, depending on its magnitude, could damage our relationship with the applicable health plan and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Additionally, CMS audits MA plans for documentation to support RAF-related payments for members chosen at random. The MA plans ask providers to submit the underlying documentation for members that they serve. It is possible that claims associated with members with higher RAF scores could be subject to more scrutiny in a CMS or plan audit. There is a possibility that an MA plan may seek repayment from us should CMS make any payment adjustments to the MA plan as a result of its audits. The plans also may hold us liable for any penalties owed to CMS for inaccurate or unsupportable RAF scores provided by us or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners. In addition, we could be liable for penalties to the government under the federal FCA, that include a monetary penalty adjusted for inflation on an annual basis for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim, which can be as much as the amounts received directly or indirectly from the government for each such false claim.

CMS has indicated that payment adjustments will not be limited to RAF scores for the specific MA enrollees for which errors are found but may also be extrapolated to the entire MA plan subject to a particular CMS contract. Based on a recent final rule issued by CMS in January 2023, although 2011 to 2017 plan years are still subject to audit, overpayments to MA plans that are identified as a result of a Risk Adjustment Data Validation (“RADV”), audit will only be subject to extrapolation for plan year 2018 and any subsequent plan year. In addition, CMS will not apply an adjustment factor, known as a FFS Adjuster, in RADV audits to account for potential differences in diagnostic coding between the MA program and Medicare FFS program. We are continuing to assess the potential impact this final rule may have on our business and operations.

There can be no assurance that a health plan will not be randomly selected or targeted for review by CMS or that the outcome of such a review will not result in a material adjustment in our revenue and profitability, even if the information we submitted to the plan is accurate and supportable.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The impact on us of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending, reimbursement and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. By way of example, the ACA, which was enacted in 2010, made major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and it increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured populations of the United States.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court’s decision, President Biden issued an executive order initiating a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2032, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 30, 2022, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which may materially adversely affect consumer demand and affordability for our products and services and, accordingly, the results of our financial operations. Additional changes that may affect our business include the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives for physicians under the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”), which first affected physician payment in 2019. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the Medicare quality payment program will impact overall physician reimbursement.

Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payer mix that may affect our operations and revenue. In addition, certain provisions of the ACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and post-acute services for episodes of hospital care. Further, the ACA may adversely affect payors by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payors seek to offset these increases by reducing costs in other areas.

In addition, new legislative proposals to reform healthcare and government insurance programs, along with the trend toward managed healthcare in the United States, could result in reduced demand and prices for our services. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payers will pay for healthcare products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The evolving regulation of value-based reimbursement models may have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Regulation of downstream risk-sharing arrangements, including, but not limited to, global risk and other value-based arrangements, varies significantly from state to state. Some states require downstream entities and risk-bearing entities to obtain an insurance license, a certificate of authority, or an equivalent authorization, in order to participate in downstream risk-sharing arrangements with payors. In some states, statutes, regulations and/or formal guidance explicitly address whether and in what manner the state

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulates the transfer of risk by a payor to a downstream entity. However, the majority of states do not explicitly address the issue, and in such states, regulators may nonetheless interpret statutes and regulations to regulate such activity. If downstream risk-sharing arrangements are not regulated directly in a particular state, the state regulatory agency may nonetheless require oversight by the licensed payor as the party to such a downstream risk-sharing arrangement. Such oversight is accomplished via contract and may include the imposition of reserve requirements, as well as reporting obligations. Further, state regulatory stances regarding downstream risk-sharing arrangements can change rapidly and codified provisions may not keep pace with evolving risk-sharing mechanisms and other new value-based reimbursement models. Certain of the states where we currently operate or may choose to operate in the future regulate the operations and financial condition of risk bearing organizations like us and our affiliated providers. These regulations can include capital requirements, licensing or certification, governance controls and other similar matters. As a result, new and existing laws, regulations or guidance could have a material adverse effect on our operations and could subject us to the risk of restructuring or terminating our arrangements with our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners, as well as the risk of regulatory enforcement, penalties and sanctions, if state and federal enforcement agencies disagree with our interpretation of these laws. While these regulations have not had a material impact on our business to date, as we continue to expand, these rules may require additional resources and capitalization and add complexity to our business.

Regulatory proposals directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, including the Direct Contracting Model, and our participation, voluntary or otherwise, in such proposed models, could impact our business, financial condition, cash flows and operations.

The ACA also required CMS to establish a Medicare shared savings program that promotes accountability and coordination of care through the creation of ACOs. The Medicare shared savings program allows for providers, physicians and other designated healthcare professionals and suppliers to form ACOs and voluntarily work together to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to give coordinated high quality care to their Medicare patients, avoid unnecessary duplication of services and prevent medical errors. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards established by CMS are eligible to share in a portion of the Medicare program’s cost savings. We have an ACO in Arizona participating in the Medicare Shared Savings Plan (“MSSP”), and is subject to ACO program methodologies and participation requirements that are updated by CMS for each performance year. We and our affiliated providers as ACO participants are expected to comply with such program requirements and are required to report to CMS on performance after the close of the year. Failure to comply with such program requirements could subject us and our affiliated providers to significant penalties and, in some cases, termination from participating in MSSP.

Additionally, the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation continues to test an array of value-based alternative payment models, including the Global and Professional Direct Contracting Model to allow Direct Contracting Entities to negotiate directly with the government to manage traditional Medicare beneficiaries and share in the savings and risks generated from managing such beneficiaries. Although we currently do not participate in these pilot payment models, we may choose to do so in the future. Additional changes that may affect our business include the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives for physicians under the MACRA, which first affected physician payment in 2019. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the Medicare quality payment program will impact overall physician reimbursement. In addition, there likely will continue to be regulatory proposals directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, as government healthcare programs and other third-party payors transition from FFS to value-based reimbursement models, which can include risk-sharing, bundled payment and other innovative approaches. It is possible that the federal or state governments will implement additional reductions, increases, or changes in reimbursement in the future under government programs that may adversely affect us or increase the cost of providing our services. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue or attain growth, any of which could have a material impact on our business.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in our annual reports. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Additionally, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. An adverse report may be issued in the event our independent registered public accounting firm is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports in a timely manner. When evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we have identified, and we may identify additional, material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021, and the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which continued to exist as of December 31, 2022. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We did not maintain appropriately designed entity-level controls impacting the control environment, risk assessment procedures, and effective monitoring controls to prevent or detect material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements. These material weaknesses are specifically attributed to the following: (i) we did not have adequate policies and procedure or sufficient qualified resources with sufficient technical knowledge to maintain effective controls over the accounting related to significant accounts and related financial statement disclosures; (ii) we did not design and implement a sufficient risk assessment process to identify and assess risks impacting control over financial reporting; and (iii) we had ineffective evaluation and determination as to whether the components of internal control were present and functioning. As a consequence of these entity-level material weaknesses, we did not design, implement, and maintain effective control activities within certain business processes and the information technology environment to mitigate the risk of material misstatement in financial reporting. Specifically: (i) we did not maintain effective controls over our information systems to ensure that relevant and reliable information was communicated on a timely basis across the organization to support the financial reporting process. Particularly, we did not design and implement effective information technology general controls in the areas of user access related to certain information technology systems that support our financial reporting process. We also did not maintain sufficient segregation of duties over the performance of control activities for financial close and reporting, including over the review of account reconciliations and journal entries; (ii) we did not design and maintain effective management review controls at a sufficient level of precision over the accounting for transactions related to the risk adjustment factor receivable and related revenue, capitated revenue classification, premium deficiency reserves, business combinations, goodwill and intangibles, income taxes, warrant valuation, and equity awards. This material weakness resulted in certain material corrections to the financial statements; (iii) we did not design and maintain effective controls at a sufficient level of precision over the estimation of claims expense and payable including controls over the review of historical claims data, including the completeness and accuracy of data used to determine the financial statement amounts; and (iv) we did not design and maintain effective controls over accounting for complex transactions, including the inaccurate attribution of net income or loss to the controlling and non-controlling interest for subsidiaries that are variable interest entities, the improper classification of the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Class A Units as permanent equity instead of temporary equity, and the improper accounting of preferred returns in equity and interest expense, as no recognition is necessary until legally declared.

We have taken and are taking steps to remediate these material weaknesses through (i) hiring qualified accounting, financial reporting, IT, and other key management personnel with public company experience, (ii) engaging an external advisor to assist with the risk assessment process, documenting internal controls, including enhancing controls to ensure proper communication of critical information, review and approvals; evaluating effectiveness of internal controls and assist with the remediation of deficiencies and training of personnel, as necessary, and establishment of a formal internal audit function and (iii) enhancing policies and procedures documentation for key areas of accounting, including each area where a material weakness was identified. However, we are still in the process of implementing these steps and cannot assure investors that these measures will significantly improve or remediate the material weaknesses described above. We have identified other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that have not risen to the level of a material weakness, which we are in the process of remediating.

If we are unable to successfully remediate the material weaknesses or identify any future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is ineffective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, a material misstatement in our financial statements could occur, and we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports, which may adversely affect our business and the price of our Class A common stock may decline as a result. Investors may also lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock and warrants could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”), the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

In addition, even if we remediate the material weaknesses, we will be required to expend significant time and resources to further improve our internal controls over financial reporting, including by further expanding our finance and accounting staff to meet the demands placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to adequately staff our accounting and finance function to remediate our material weaknesses or fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, any new or recurring material weaknesses could prevent our management from concluding that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and impair our ability to prevent material misstatements in our financial statements, which could cause our business to suffer.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we have elected to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements, which could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are eligible for certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, (iv) not being required to provide audited financial statements for certain periods and (v) an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; (b) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of the initial public offering of Foresight; (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. In addition, we have chosen to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards

TABLE OF CONTENTS

applicable to public companies. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our Class A common stock may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our reduced disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price for the Class A common stock may be more volatile.

We cannot predict the impact our dual-class structure may have on the stock price of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our dual-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have policies that restrict or prohibit the inclusion of companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indices, including the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Beginning in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under the announced policies, our dual-class capital structure will make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track those indices will not be investing in our stock. It is possible that these policies may depress the valuations of publicly traded companies that are excluded from the indices compared to those of other similar companies that are included. Because of our dual-class structure, we will likely be excluded from certain of these indices and we cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make shares of our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of shares of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of Class A common stock, and therefore depress the trading price of Class A common stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. Among other things, the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws include provisions:

•

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

•

regarding the ability of the board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

•

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

•

regarding the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, directors and officers;

•

providing that certain transactions are not “corporate opportunities” and that, subject to certain exceptions, Foresight Sponsor Group, LLC, (the “Sponsor”) or the Chicago Pacific Founders funds or their respective affiliates and any of their respective principals, members, directors, partners,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stockholders, officers, employees or other representatives, or any director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our subsidiaries, are not subject to the doctrine of corporate opportunity and such persons do not have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries;

•

regarding the ability of the board of directors to amend the bylaws, which may allow the board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquiror to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

•

regarding advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the board of directors and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our board of directors or management.

The Sponsor and the Chicago Pacific Founders funds, which are significant stockholders in our company, and their respective affiliates and representatives, non-employee directors and other non-employee stockholders will not be limited in their ability to compete with us, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our certificate of incorporation could enable such persons to benefit from corporate opportunities that might otherwise be available to us, which presents potential conflicts of interest.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that subject to certain exceptions, the Sponsor and the Chicago Pacific Founders funds and their respective affiliates and any of their respective principals, members, directors, partners, stockholders, officers, employees or other representatives, or any director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our subsidiaries, would not be restricted from owning assets or engaging in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or any of our subsidiaries. In particular, subject to the limitations of applicable law and the certificate of incorporation, these persons may among other things:

•

engage in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which we or our affiliates have a reasonable expectancy interest or property right;

•

purchase, sell or otherwise engage in transactions involving securities or indebtedness of us or our affiliates, provided that such transactions do not violate our insider trading policies; and

•

otherwise compete with us.

One or more of these persons may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities (such as acquisition opportunities) and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such opportunities. Further, such businesses may choose to compete with us for these opportunities, possibly causing these opportunities to not be available to us or causing them to be more expensive for us to pursue. As a result, our renunciation of our interest and expectancy in any business opportunity that may be from time to time be presented to such persons, could adversely impact our business or prospects if attractive business opportunities are procured by such parties for their own benefit rather than for ours.

The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our company’s behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or stockholders to our company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought in a state court located within the State of Delaware

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(or if no state court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the courts having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. The foregoing provision will not apply to claims seeking to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act.

Additionally, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit our company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Further, in the event a court finds either exclusive forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be unenforceable or inapplicable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

An active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not be sustained.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain an active trading market for our Class A common stock on Nasdaq or any other exchange in the future. If an active market for our Class A common stock is not maintained, or if we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards of Nasdaq for any reason and our Class A common stock is delisted, it may be difficult for our stockholders to sell their Class A common stock without depressing the market price for our Class A common stock, or at all. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to both raise capital by selling shares of capital stock, attract and motivate employees through equity incentive awards and acquire other companies, products, or technologies by using shares of capital stock as consideration.

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our Class A common stock in future by our stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our Class A common stock to fall.

As of March 31, 2023, there were approximately 41.6 million shares of Class A common stock outstanding and an additional approximately 201.6 million shares of Class V common stock, which are exchangeable, together with P3 LLC units, for an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Our issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock are freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As of March 31, 2023, approximately 62.2% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock (on an as-converted and as-exchanged basis) were held by entities affiliated with us and our executive officers and directors.

In addition, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement that we entered into with certain of our stockholders, we are obligated to register the resale of shares of Class A common stock held by such stockholders and issuable upon the exercise or exchange of securities held by such stockholders. In addition, these stockholders are entitled to demand the registration of such shares of Class A common stock subject to certain minimum requirements and also have certain “piggyback” registration rights with respect to registration statements we file.

Upon effectiveness of any registration statement we file for the resale of shares held by such stockholders, and upon the expiration of the lock-up periods applicable to such stockholders, these stockholders may sell large amounts of our Class A common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which could have the effect of increasing the volatility in the share price of our Class A common stock or putting significant downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we could face significant material adverse consequences including:

•

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

•

reduced liquidity for our securities;

•

a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

•

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

•

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

On May 18, 2022, we received a notification from the listing qualifications department of Nasdaq indicating that as a result of our delinquency in the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2022, we were not in compliance with the requirements for continued listing under Listing Rule 5250(c)(1) (the “Listing Rule”), which requires listed companies to timely file all required periodic financial reports with the SEC. On August 17, 2022, we received a second deficiency notice from Nasdaq as a result of the delay in filing our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2022 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”), indicating that any additional Nasdaq exception to allow the Company to regain compliance with all delinquent filings, including the Second Quarter Form 10-Q, would be limited to September 27, 2022. On September 28, 2022, because we did not file the delinquent periodic reports prior to the expiration of the compliance period, the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Department initiated a process to delist our securities from Nasdaq. We subsequently appealed Nasdaq’s delisting determination by requesting a hearing before the Nasdaq Hearing Panel (the “Panel”), which was granted by the Nasdaq Staff. Prior to the scheduled Panel hearing, we regained compliance with the Listing Rule following the filing of our three delinquent periodic reports with the SEC on October 21, 2022. We received a letter from the Nasdaq Staff informing us that our filing delinquency had been cured and we were in compliance with all applicable listing standards and accordingly, that the scheduled hearing before the Panel had been determined to be moot and had been cancelled, and that our securities would continue to be listed and traded on Nasdaq.

While we have regained compliance with the Nasdaq listing standards, there is no assurance that we will remain in compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq in the future. We cannot guarantee that any actions we take to prevent future non-compliance or to regain compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements in the future will be successful.

Risks Related to Our Warrants

Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Foresight issued 10,819,105 warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock (the “Public Warrants”) as part of the units offered in its initial public offering and, simultaneously with the closing of its initial public offering, Foresight issued in a private placement an aggregate of 832,500 units, including (i) an aggregate of 277,500 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (the “Private Placement Warrants”), and (ii) an aggregate of 832,500 shares of Class A common stock.

In addition, on December 13, 2022, in connection with our issuance of the VGS Promissory Note (see Note 12 “Debt” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), we issued to VGS warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of Class A common stock and on April 6, 2023, in connection with a private placement pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, we issued warrants to purchase 59,934,479 shares of Class A common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase 10,755,490 shares of Class A common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To the extent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of our Class A common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to our stockholders and increase the number of shares of Class A common stock eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market or the fact that such warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

We may redeem your unexpired Public Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Public Warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant if, among other things, the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of such redemption to the Public Warrant holders. If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding Public Warrants could force you (i) to exercise your Public Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your Public Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Public Warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Public Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your Public Warrants.

In addition, we may redeem your Public Warrants commencing 90 days after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per Public Warrant if, among other things, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the Public Warrant holders. In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their Public Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. The value received upon exercise of the Public Warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their Public Warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the Public Warrants, including because the number of shares of Class A common stock received in connection with such an exercise is capped at 0.361 shares of Class A common stock per whole Public Warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the Public Warrants.

None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Certain of our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of these warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.

On April 12, 2021, the Acting Chief Accountant and Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC published a statement on the SEC’s website indicating that the terms of the public and private warrants issued by many special purpose acquisition companies may need to be accounted for as liabilities, rather than as equity (the “SEC Warrant Accounting Statement”). As a result of the SEC Warrant Accounting Statement, Foresight, along with many other current and former special purpose acquisition companies, concluded that certain warrants should be presented as liabilities with subsequent fair value remeasurement and engaged a valuation firm to determine the fair market value of its warrants. Accordingly, Foresight reevaluated the accounting treatment of the Public Warrants to purchase 10,819,105 shares of Class A common stock and Private Placement Warrants to purchase 277,500 shares of Class A common stock, and determined to classify all of the warrants as derivative liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings.

As a result, included on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 contained elsewhere in this prospectus are derivative liabilities related to embedded features contained within the warrants. Accounting Standards Codification 815, Derivatives and Hedging, provides for the remeasurement of the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fair value of such derivatives at each balance sheet date, with a resulting non-cash gain or loss related to the change in the fair value being recognized in earnings in the statements of operations. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our financial statements and results of operations may fluctuate quarterly, based on factors, which are outside of its control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect that we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our warrants each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material.

Risks Related to the Tax Receivable Agreement

Our sole material asset is our interest in P3 LLC, and, accordingly, we depend on distributions from P3 LLC to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. P3 LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership in P3 LLC. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay taxes and operating expenses or declare and pay dividends in the future, if any, will be dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of P3 LLC and its subsidiaries, and distributions we receive from P3 LLC. There can be no assurance that P3 LLC and its subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us, or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in any debt agreements of P3 LLC or its subsidiaries, will permit such distributions. The credit agreement governing P3 LLC’s credit facilities restrict its ability to make distributions to the Company, and future debt instruments or other agreements may restrict the ability of P3 LLC to make distributions to the Company or of P3 LLC’s subsidiaries to make distributions to P3 LLC.

P3 LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of P3 LLC Units, including us. Accordingly, we will incur income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of P3 LLC. Under the terms of the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, P3 LLC will be obligated, subject to various limitations and restrictions, including with respect to any debt agreements, to make tax distributions to holders of P3 LLC Units, including us. In addition to tax expenses, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which could be substantial. We intend, as its sole manager, to cause P3 LLC to make cash distributions to the owners of P3 LLC Units in an amount sufficient to (i) fund all of such owners’ tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to such owners and (ii) cover our operating expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, P3 LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions under contracts or agreements to which P3 LLC is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering P3 LLC insolvent. If P3 LLC does not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund its operations, it may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect its liquidity and financial condition and subject it to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. To the extent that we are unable to make timely payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Our failure to make any payment required under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including any accrued and unpaid interest) within 90 calendar days of the date on which the payment is required to be made will constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which will terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement and accelerate future payments thereunder, unless the applicable payment is not made because (i) P3 LLC is prohibited from making such payment under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement or the terms governing certain of its indebtedness or (ii) P3 LLC does not have, and despite using commercially reasonable efforts cannot obtain, sufficient funds to make such payment. In addition, if P3 LLC does not have sufficient funds to make distributions, its ability to declare and pay cash dividends will also be restricted or impaired.

Under the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, P3 LLC will, from time to time, make distributions in cash to its equityholders (including us) pro rata, in amounts at least sufficient to cover the taxes on their allocable share of taxable income of P3 LLC. As a result of (i) potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to us and to P3 LLC’s other equityholders, (ii) the lower tax rates currently applicable to corporations as opposed to individuals, and (iii) the favorable tax benefits that we anticipate from any purchase

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of P3 Existing Units in connection with the Business Combinations and future redemptions or exchanges by the P3 Equityholders of P3 LLC Units for Class A common stock or cash pursuant to the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, tax distributions payable to us may be in amounts that exceed our actual tax liabilities with respect to the relevant taxable year, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Our board of directors will determine the appropriate uses for any excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, the payment of other expenses or dividends on our stock, although we will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash) to our stockholders. Except as otherwise determined by us as the sole manager of P3 LLC, no adjustments to the exchange ratio for P3 LLC Units and corresponding shares of our Class A common stock will be made as a result of any cash distribution by us or any retention of cash by us. To the extent we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on our Class A common stock, we may take other actions with respect to such excess cash, for example, holding such excess cash or lending it (or a portion thereof) to P3 LLC, which may result in shares of our Class A common stock increasing in value relative to the value of P3 LLC Units. The holders of P3 LLC Units may benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances if they acquire shares of our Class A common stock in exchange for their P3 LLC Units, notwithstanding that such holders may previously have participated as holders of P3 LLC Units in distributions by P3 LLC that resulted in such excess cash balances.

We will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combinations, we entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of the P3 Equityholders and P3 LLC. The Tax Receivable Agreement generally provides for the payment by us to the P3 Equityholders of 85% of the income tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) in periods after the closing as a result of: (i) increases in our proportionate share of the tax basis of P3 LLC’s assets resulting from Business Combinations, future redemptions or exchanges by the P3 Equityholders of P3 LLC Units for our Class A common stock or cash and certain distributions (or deemed distributions) by P3 LLC; and (ii) certain other tax benefits resulting from payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. The amount of the cash payments that we may be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be significant and is dependent upon significant future events and assumptions, including the timing of the exchanges of P3 LLC units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable transactions and the amount of the exchanging P3 Equityholder’s tax basis in its P3 LLC units at the time of the relevant exchange. The amount of such cash payments is also based on assumptions as to the amount and timing of taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that constitute interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis. Moreover, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, which tax reporting positions are subject to challenge by taxing authorities. We will be dependent on distributions from P3 LLC to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and we cannot guarantee that such distributions will be made in sufficient amounts or at the times needed to enable us to make our required payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, or at all. Any payments made by us to the P3 Equityholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are also not conditioned upon the P3 Equityholders maintaining a continued ownership interest in P3 LLC or us. We may recognize an estimated liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement of approximately $530.0 million if all P3 Equityholders redeem or exchange their P3 LLC units for Class A common stock or cash at the earliest possible date permitted under the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement and assuming (a) the generation of sufficient future taxable income, (b) a trading price of $10 per share of Class A common stock at the time of the redemption or exchanges, (c) a constant corporate combined U.S. federal and state income tax rate of 23.89% and (d) no material changes in tax law.

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that if we breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if we undergo a change of control or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate and our obligations,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or our successor’s obligations, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement would accelerate and become immediately due and payable. The amount due and payable in those circumstances is determined based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.

As a result of the foregoing, (i) we could be required to make cash payments to the P3 Equityholders that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, and (ii) we would be required to make a cash payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control due to the additional transaction costs a potential acquirer may attribute to satisfying such obligations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to P3 Equityholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits are disallowed.

We will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to the P3 Equityholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement if any tax benefits initially claimed by us are subsequently challenged by a taxing authority and are ultimately disallowed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by us to a P3 Equityholder will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, a challenge to any tax benefits initially claimed by us may not arise for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement and, as a result, there might not be future cash payments from which to net against. The applicable U.S. federal income tax rules are complex and factual in nature, and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or a court will not disagree with our tax reporting positions. As a result, it is possible that we could make cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantially greater than our actual cash tax savings.

Certain of the P3 Equityholders may receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and their interests may conflict with yours.

The P3 Equityholders may receive payments from us under the Tax Receivable Agreement upon any redemption or exchange of their P3 LLC units, including the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock upon any such redemption or exchange. As a result, the interests of the P3 Equityholders may conflict with the interests of holders of our Class A common stock. For example, the P3 Equityholders may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and whether and when we should terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement and accelerate our obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration tax or other considerations of P3 Equityholders even in situations where no similar considerations are relevant to us.

General Risk Factors

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our securities may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm its business.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants contained in any existing or future indebtedness. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock and Public Warrants may be volatile and could decline significantly.

The trading price of our securities may fluctuate substantially and may be lower than the price at which you purchase such securities. There can be no assurance that the market price of Class A common stock and Public Warrants will not fluctuate widely or decline significantly in the future in response to a number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance, and which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their Class A common stock or Public Warrants and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the Class A common stock or Public Warrants. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Factors affecting the trading price of our securities may include:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

•

changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

•

success of competitors;

•

our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

•

changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning us or the health population management industry in general;

•

operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

•

our ability to market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

•

changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

•

our ability to meet compliance requirements;

•

commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;

•

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

•

the volume of shares of our Class A common stock available for public sale;

•

any major change in our board of directors or management;

•

sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock by our directors, executive officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, public health crises, and acts of war or terrorism.

A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to us could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price and trading volume of our securities could decline.

The trading market for our securities depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts, and the analysts who publish information about us may have relatively little experience with us or our industry, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. If few or no securities or industry analysts cover us, the trading price for our securities would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our securities, publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about us, ceases coverage of us, or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for and visibility of our securities could decrease, which could cause the price or trading volumes of our securities to decline.

We will continue to incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls, corporate governance requirements and required filings of annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. We expect that continued compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company. We are in the process of hiring additional legal and accounting personnel and may in future need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. This could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, board committees or as executive officers.

Our results of operations and financial condition are subject to management’s accounting judgments and estimates, as well as changes in accounting policies.

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. If these estimates or assumptions are incorrect, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Increased scrutiny of, and evolving expectations for, sustainability and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) initiatives could increase our costs, harm our reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

We, as with other companies, are facing increasing scrutiny related to our ESG practices and disclosures from certain investors, capital providers, shareholder advocacy groups, other market participants, customers, and other stakeholder groups. For example, certain institutional and individual investors have requested various ESG-related information and disclosures as they increasingly incorporate ESG criteria in making investment and voting decisions. With this increased focus, public reporting regarding ESG practices is becoming more broadly expected. Such increased scrutiny may result in increased costs, changes in demands for certain products, enhanced compliance or disclosure obligations, or other adverse impacts on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

While we may at times engage in voluntary initiatives (such as voluntary disclosures, certifications, or goals, among others), such initiatives may be costly and may not have the desired effect. For example, expectations around company’s management of ESG matters continues to evolve rapidly, in many instances due to factors that are out of our control. In addition, we may commit to certain initiatives or goals and we may not ultimately be able to achieve such commitments or goals due to cost, technological constraints, or other factors that are within or outside of our control. Moreover, actions or statements that we may take based on expectations, assumptions, or third-party information that we currently believe to be reasonable may subsequently be determined to be erroneous or be subject to misinterpretation. Even if this is not the case, our current actions may subsequently be determined to be insufficient by various stakeholders. If our ESG practices and reporting do not meet investor, consumer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, which continue to evolve, our brand, reputation and customer retention may be negatively impacted, and we may be subject to investor or regulator engagement regarding such matters, even if they are currently voluntary. Certain market participants, including major institutional investors, use third-party benchmarks or scores to measure our ESG practices in making investment and voting decisions. As ESG best practices, reporting standards and disclosure requirements continue to develop, we may incur increasing costs related to ESG monitoring and reporting. In addition, new sustainability rules and regulations have been adopted and may continue to be introduced in various states and other jurisdictions. Operating in more than one jurisdiction is likely to make our compliance with ESG and sustainability-related rules more complex and expensive, and potentially expose us to greater levels of legal risks associated with our compliance. Our failure to comply with any applicable rules or regulations could lead to penalties and adversely impact our reputation, customer attraction and retention, access to capital and employee retention. Such ESG matters may also impact our suppliers and customers, which may augment or cause additional impacts on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our management has limited experience in operating a public company.

Our executive officers and certain directors have limited experience in the management of a publicly traded company. Our management team may not successfully or effectively manage the transition to a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under federal securities laws. Their limited experience in dealing with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage in that it is likely that an increasing amount of our management’s time may be devoted to these activities which will result in less time being devoted to the management and growth of the company. It is possible that we will be required to expand our employee base and hire additional employees to support our operations as a public company, which will increase our operating costs in future periods.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the securities offered by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Stockholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.

Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants for cash, we will receive an aggregate of approximately $67.7 million, but will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exercise. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants, if any, to fund continued growth and for general corporate purposes. We will have broad discretion over the use of any proceeds from the exercise of the Common Warrants and Pre‑Funded Warrants. There is no assurance that the holders of the Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants will elect to exercise for cash any or all of such warrants.

The Selling Stockholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Stockholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Stockholders in disposing of the securities. We will bear the costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accounting firm.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any financing instruments. The terms of Term Loan Facility preclude us from paying cash dividends without consent. Our ability to declare dividends may also be limited by restrictive covenants pursuant to any other future debt financing agreements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET INFORMATION

Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “PIII” and “PIIIW,” respectively. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combinations, our Class A Common Stock, warrants and units were listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “FORE”, “FOREWS” and “FOREU,” respectively. As of April 21, 2023, there were 24 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock and 56 holders of record of our Class V Common Stock. The actual number of stockholders of our Class A Common Stock is greater than the number of record holders and includes stockholders whose Class A Common Stock are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the “Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” section of this prospectus and our condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

P3 is a patient-centered and physician-led population health management company. We strive to offer superior care to all those in need. We believe that the misaligned incentives in the FFS healthcare payment model and the fragmentation between physicians and care teams has led to sub-optimal clinical outcomes, limited access, high spending and unnecessary variability in the quality of care. We believe that a platform such as ours, which helps to realign incentives and focuses on treating the full patient, is uniquely positioned to address these healthcare challenges.

We have leveraged the expertise of our management team’s more than 20 years of experience in population health management, to build our “P3 Care Model.” The key attributes that differentiate P3 include: 1) patient-focused model, 2) physician-led model, and 3) our broad delegated model. Our model operates by entering into arrangements with payors providing for monthly payments to manage the total healthcare needs of members attributed to our primary care physicians. In tandem, we enter into arrangements directly with existing physician groups or independent physicians in the community to join our VBC network. In our model, physicians are able to retain their independence and entrepreneurial spirit, while gaining access to the tools, teams and technologies that are key to success in a VBC model, all while sharing in the savings from successfully improving the quality of patient care and reducing costs.

We operate in the $829 billion Medicare market, which covers approximately 65 million eligible lives as of 2021. Our core focus is the MA market, which makes up approximately 48% of the overall Medicare market, or nearly 28 million Medicare eligible lives in 2022. Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in a Medicare Advantage plan, under which payors contract with the CMS to provide a defined range of healthcare services that are comparable to Medicare FFS (which is also referred to as “traditional Medicare”).

We predominantly enter into capitated contracts with the nation’s largest health plans to provide holistic, comprehensive healthcare to Medicare Advantage members. Under the typical capitation arrangement, we are entitled to PMPM fees from payors to provide a defined range of healthcare services for Medicare Advantage health plan members attributed to our PCPs. These PMPM fees comprise our capitated revenue and are determined as a percent of the premium (“POP”) payors receive from CMS for these members. Our contracted recurring revenue model offers us highly predictable revenue and rewards us for providing high-quality care rather than driving a high volume of services. In this capitated arrangement, our goals are well-aligned with payors and patients alike — the more we improve health outcomes, the more profitable we will be over time.

Under this capitated contract structure, we are generally responsible for all members’ medical costs across the care continuum, including, but not limited to emergency room and hospital visits, post-acute care admissions, prescription drugs, specialist physician spend, and primary care spend. Keeping members healthy is our primary objective. When they need medical care, delivery of the right care in the right setting can greatly impact outcomes. When our members need care outside of our network of PCPs, we utilize a number of tools including network management, utilization management and claims processing to ensure that the appropriate quality care is provided.

Our company was formed in 2017 and our first at-risk contract became effective on January 1, 2018. We have demonstrated an ability to rapidly scale, primarily entering markets with our affiliate physician model, and expanding to a PCP network of approximately 2,800 physicians, in 15 markets (counties) across

TABLE OF CONTENTS

five states in five full years of operations as of March 31, 2023. Our platform has enabled us to grow our revenue by an average of 99% annually from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2022. As of March 31, 2023, our PCP network served approximately 103,400 at-risk MA members. We believe we have significant growth opportunities available to us across existing and new markets, with less than 1% of the 502,000 PCPs in the U.S. currently included in our physician network.

COVID-19 and Macroeconomic Update

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve, with pockets of resurgence and the emergence of variant strains contributing to continued uncertainty about its scope, duration, severity, trajectory, and lasting impact. COVID-19 disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes many of our patients. Due to our recurring contracted revenue model, the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material impact on P3’s revenue during 2021 and 2022. Nearly 99% the Company’s total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022 and the three months ended March 31, 2023 is recurring, consisting of fixed monthly PMPM capitation payments received from MA health plans.

Because of the nature of capitation arrangements, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods. The full extent to which COVID-19 will directly or indirectly impact our future results of operations and financial condition will depend on multiple factors. In addition, the economy may continue to be impacted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including any resurgences to infections, and actions taken in response to it. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the scope and duration of stay-at-home practices and business closures and restrictions, government-imposed or recommended suspensions of elective procedures, and expenses required for supplies and personal protective equipment. Because of these factors, management may not be able to fully estimate the length or severity of the impact of the pandemic on our business. However, management will continue to closely evaluate and monitor the nature and extent of these potential impacts to our business, results of operations and liquidity.

Business Combinations

On December 3, 2021, we consummated the Business Combinations by and among Foresight and P3 Health Group Holdings and the other parties thereto. As a result of the Business Combinations (see Note 5 “Business Combinations” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), the Company was deemed to be the acquirer for accounting purposes, and P3 Health Group Holdings, which is the business conducted prior to the closing of the Business Combinations, was deemed to be the acquiree and accounting predecessor. The Business Combinations were accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting, and the Successor’s (defined below) financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting that is based on the fair value of net assets acquired. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting as of the effective time of the Business Combinations, the financial statements of P3 Health Group Holdings as “Predecessor” for the periods prior to the Closing Date and of the Company as “Successor” for the periods after the Closing Date, including the consolidation of P3 Health Group Holdings, are presented on different bases for the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period, and the Predecessor Period. The historical financial information of the Company (the acquirer) has not been reflected in the Predecessor Period financial statements.

Recent Acquisitions

On December 27, 2021 and December 31, 2021, respectively, the Company acquired the net assets of Omni IPA Medical Group, Inc. (“Omni”) and 100% of the equity interests of Medcore Health Plan, Inc. (“Medcore HP”) for a total purchase price of $40.0 million, including contingent consideration of $3.5 million (together, the “Medcore Acquisition”). Medcore HP is a health plan licensed under the California Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (the “Knox Keene Act”) and Omni is an independent practice association located in California. Omni serves as Medcore HP’s contracted physician network providing medical services to Medcore HP’s patients and members.

The Knox Keene Act requires entities that participate in downstream risk-sharing arrangements, including global risk and VBC arrangements, to be licensed health plans. Our acquisition of Medcore HP

TABLE OF CONTENTS

allows our network of providers to participate in global risk and VBC arrangements with California payors. Through this transaction, we intend to replicate our affiliate model to contract with local physicians and grow our network in California.

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

Growing Medicare Advantage Membership on Our Platform

Membership and revenue are tied to the number of members attributed to our physician network by our payors. We believe we have multiple avenues to serve additional members, including through:

•

Growth in membership under our existing contracts and existing markets:

•

Patients who are attributed to our physician network who (a) age into Medicare and elect to enroll in MA or (b) elect to convert from Medicare FFS to MA.

•

Adding new contracts (either payor contracts or physician contracts) in existing markets.

•

Adding new contracts (either payor contracts or physician contracts) in adjacent and new markets.

The strength of our affiliate physician model and its multiple avenues of growth is evident by our growth from 2018 to March 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2022, the number of MA at-risk members on our platform was approximately 100,400 compared to approximately 67,000 at December 31, 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 41% over this period. The table below illustrates membership growth from 2021 to 2022:

	December 31,				March 31, 2023
	2022		2021		March 31, 2023		CAGR
MA at-risk members		100,400		67,000		103,400		41%
Year-over-year % change		50%		32%		3.4%

Growing Existing Contract Membership

According to CMS, the Medicare market covers approximately 65 million eligible lives as of 2021. MA penetration of the Medicare beneficiary population has increased from 26% in 2011 to 48% in 2022 of the overall Medicare beneficiary market making up nearly 28 million Medicare eligible lives. As new patients age-in to Medicare and enroll in MA through our payors, they become attributed to our network of physicians with little incremental cost to us.

In addition to age-ins, Medicare eligible patients can change their enrollment selections during select periods throughout the year. Our sales and marketing teams actively work with local community partners to connect with Medicare eligible patients and make them aware of their healthcare choices and the services that we offer with our VBC model, including greater access to their physicians and customized care plans catered to their needs. The ultimate effect of our marketing efforts is increased awareness of P3 and additional patients choosing us as their primary care provider. We believe that our marketing efforts also help to grow our payor partners’ membership base as we grow our own patient base and help educate patients about their choices on Medicare, further aligning our model with that of healthcare payors.

Growing Membership in Adjacent and New Markets

Our affiliate model allows us to quickly and efficiently enter into new and adjacent markets in two ways: 1) partnering with payors and 2) partnering with providers. Because our model honors the existing patient-provider relationship, we are able to deploy our care model around existing physicians in a given a market. By utilizing the local healthcare infrastructure, we can quickly build a network of PCPs to serve the healthcare needs of contracted members.

Our business development and managed care teams maintain an active pipeline of new partnership opportunities for both providers and payors. These potential opportunities are developed through significant

TABLE OF CONTENTS

inbound interest and the deep relationships our team has developed with their more than 20 years of experience in the VBC space and our proactive assessment of expansion markets. When choosing a market to enter, we make our decision on a county-by-county basis across the United States. We look at various factors including: (i) population size, (ii) payor participants and concentration, (iii) health system participants and concentration, and (iv) competitive landscape.

When entering a new market, we supplement the existing physician network with local market leadership teams and support infrastructure to drive the improvement in medical cost and quality. When entering an adjacent market, we are able to leverage the investments we previously made to have a faster impact on our expanded footprint. We have historically demonstrated success in effectively growing into new and adjacent markets. As of March 31, 2023, we operate in 15 markets, markets being counties, across five states. P3 is actively pursuing opportunities to expand operations to additional states in the Southwest and Midwest. One of the primary uses of the net proceeds we obtained from the consummation of the Business Combinations and the concurrent private placement of 20,370,307 shares (the “PIPE Shares”) of our Class A common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $203.7 million (the “PIPE Investment”) is to fund the investment required to enter these new markets and to take on additional new contracts.

Growing Membership in Existing Markets

Once established in a market, we have an opportunity to efficiently expand both our provider and payor contracts. Given the benefits PCPs experience from joining our P3 Care Model, which offers providers the teams, tools and technologies to better support their patient base, we often experience growth in our affiliate network after entering a market. Because of the benefits, we have also historically experienced high retention with our affiliate providers. From 2018 through March 31, 2023, we experienced a 98% physician retention rate in our affiliate provider network. By expanding our affiliate provider network and adding new physicians to the P3 network, we can quickly increase the number of contracted at-risk members under our existing health plan arrangements.

Additionally, by expanding the number of contracted payors, we can leverage our existing infrastructure to quickly increase our share of patients within our physician network. We have a proven ability to manage medical costs and improve clinical outcomes of our lives under management on behalf of our payor partners. This is evidenced by the receipt of inbound partnership requests from payors to improve growth, quality and profitability in their markets.

Growing Capitated Revenue Per Member

Medicare pays capitation using a risk adjusted model, which compensates payors based on the health status, or acuity, of each individual member. Payors with higher acuity members receive a higher payment and those with lower acuity members receive a lower payment. Moreover, some of our capitated revenue also includes adjustments for performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors. Given the prevalence of FFS arrangements, our patients often have historically not participated in a VBC model, and therefore their health conditions are poorly documented. Through the P3 Care Model, we determine and assess the health needs of our patients and create an individualized care plan consistent with those needs. We capture and document health conditions as a part of this process. We expect that our PMPM revenue will continue to improve the longer members participate in our care model as we better understand and assess their health status (acuity) and coordinate their medical care.

Effectively Managing Member Medical Expense

Our medical claims expense is our largest expense category, representing 82% of our total operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment) for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 81% of our total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2023. We manage our medical costs by improving our members access to healthcare. Our care model focuses on maintaining health and leveraging the primary care setting as a means of avoiding costly downstream healthcare costs, such as emergency department visits and acute hospital inpatient admissions. The power of our model is reflected in the relative performance of our network when compared to local FFS benchmarks.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Achieving Operating Efficiencies

As a result of our affiliate model and ability to leverage our existing local and national infrastructure, we generate operating efficiencies at both the market and enterprise level. Our local corporate, general and administrative expense, which includes our local leadership, care management teams and other operating costs to support our markets, are expected to decrease over time as a percentage of revenue as we add members to our existing contracts, grow membership with new payor and physician contracts, and our revenue subsequently increases. Our corporate general and administrative expenses at the enterprise level include resources and technology to support payor contracting, quality, data management, delegated services, finance and legal functions. While we expect our absolute investment in our enterprise resources to increase over time, we expect our investment will decrease as a percentage of revenue when we are able to leverage our infrastructure across a broader group of at-risk members. We expect our corporate, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future as we continue to invest to support growth of our business, as well as due to the costs required to operate as a public company, including insurance coverage, investments in internal audit, investor relations and financial reporting functions, fees paid to the Nasdaq Stock Market, and increased legal and audit fees.

Impact of Seasonality

Our operational and financial results reflect some variability depending upon the time of year in which they are measured. This variability is most notable in the following areas:

At-Risk Member Growth. While new members are attributed to our platform throughout the year, we experience the largest portion of our at-risk member growth during the first quarter. Contracts with new payors typically begin on January 1, at which time new members become attributed to our network of physicians. Additionally, new members are attributed to our network on January 1, when plan enrollment selections made during the prior Annual Enrollment Period from October 15 through December 7 of the prior year take effect.

Revenue Per Member. Our revenue is based on percentage of premium we have negotiated with our payors as well as our ability to accurately and appropriately document the acuity of a member’s health status. We experience some seasonality with respect to our per member revenue as it will generally decline over the course of the year. In January of each year, CMS revises the risk adjustment factor for each patient based upon health conditions documented in the prior year, leading to an overall increase in per-patient revenue. As the year progresses, our per-patient revenue declines as new patients join us typically with less complete or accurate documentation (and therefore lower risk-adjustment scores) and patients with more severe acuity profiles (and, therefore, higher per member revenue rates) expire.

Medical Costs. Medical expense is driven by utilization of healthcare services by our attributed membership. Medical expense will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, including the weather and the number of business days. Certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We would therefore expect to see higher levels of per-member medical expense in the first and fourth quarters. Business days can also create year-over-year comparability issues if one year has a different number of business days compared to another.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Performance Metrics

We use certain financial measures, which are not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”), as well as certain key performance metrics, to supplement our consolidated financial statements. The measures set forth below should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP, and non-GAAP financial measures and key performance metrics as used by us may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures and key performance metrics provides additional information to investors regarding our results of operations that our management believes is useful for identifying trends, analyzing and benchmarking the performance of our business.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

The key non-GAAP metric we utilize to measure our profitability and performance is Adjusted EBITDA. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it helps investors understand underlying trends in our business and facilitates an understanding of our operating performance from period to period because it facilitates a comparison of our recurring core business operating results.

By definition, EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude the effect of certain supplemental adjustments, such as mark-to-market warrant gain/loss, premium deficiency reserves, equity-based compensation expense, and certain other items that we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as the definitions used in any of our debt agreements.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of performance or liquidity calculated in accordance with GAAP. It is unaudited and should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss) as an indicator of our operating performance. Uses of cash flows that are not reflected in Adjusted EBITDA include capital expenditures, interest payments, debt principal repayments, and other expenses defined above, which can be significant. As a result, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of our liquidity.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA set forth below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of our net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP metric, to Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Net loss		$	(52,448)		$	(60,790)
Interest expense, net			4,086			2,755
Depreciation and amortization expense			21,540			21,752
Provision for income taxes			290			—
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			(649)			5,861
Premium deficiency reserve			5,140			(1,325)
Equity-based compensation			977			11,711
Transaction and other related costs(1)			70			1,102
Other(2)			1,861			6
Adjusted EBITDA loss		$	(19,133)		$	(18,928)

(1)

Transaction and other related costs during the three months ended March 31, 2023 consisted of legal fees incurred related to acquisition-related litigation.

(2)

Other during the three months ended March 31, 2023 consisted of (i) interest income offset by (ii) restructuring and other charges, including severance and benefits paid to employees pursuant to workforce reduction plans, (iii) the disposition of our Pahrump operations, (iv) expenses for third-party consultants to assist us with the development, implementation, and documentation of new and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

enhanced internal controls and processes for compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404(b), (v) a legal settlement outside of the ordinary course of business, and (vi) valuation allowance on our notes receivable.

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Net loss		$	(1,561,557)		$	(57,938)		$	(146,400)
Interest expense, net			11,404			893			9,824
Depreciation and amortization expense			87,289			7,150			1,574
Provision for income taxes			1,862			—			—
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			(9,865)			(2,272)			7,665
Premium deficiency reserve			(11,461)			26,277			11,559
Equity-based compensation			19,404			4,635			3,701
Transaction and other related costs(1)			14,050			—			37,563
Goodwill impairment			1,314,952			—			—
Other(2)			6,008			429			(147)
Adjusted EBITDA loss		$	(127,914)		$	(20,826)		$	(74,661)

(1)

Transaction and other related costs consist of accounting, legal, and advisory fees and bonus incurred related to the Business Combinations, the Medcore Acquisition, and other transactions that were completed, pending, or abandoned.

(2)

During the year ended December 31, 2022, other consists of (i) income related to the release of indemnity funds previously escrowed as part of the Medcore Acquisition and (ii) interest income, offset by (iii) accounting, legal, and professional services expenses incurred related to the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 and the condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2021, June 30, 2021, September 30, 2021, March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020, and September 30, 2020, (iv) expenses for third-party consultants to assist us with the development, implementation, and documentation of new and enhanced internal controls and processes for compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404(b), and (v) severance expense. During the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021, other consists of interest income offset by valuation allowance on our notes receivable.

Medical Margin

Medical margin is a non-GAAP financial metric. We present medical margin because we believe it helps investors understand underlying trends in our business and facilitates an understanding of our operating performance from period to period because it facilitates a comparison of our recurring core business operating results.

Medical margin represents the amount earned from capitation revenue after medical claims expenses are deducted. Medical claims expenses represent costs incurred for medical services provided to our members. As our platform grows and matures over time, we expect medical margin to increase in absolute dollars; however, medical margin PMPM may vary as the percentage of new members brought onto our platform fluctuates. New membership added to the platform is typically dilutive to medical margin PMPM. Furthermore, in light of COVID-19, we continue to evaluate the ultimate impact of the pandemic on medical margin.

Medical margin should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using medical margin on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of operating loss to medical margin set forth below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables present our medical margin (dollars in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Capitated revenue		$	298,704		$	269,685
Less: medical claims expenses			(259,458)			(244,858)
Medical margin		$	39,246		$	24,827

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Capitated revenue		$	1,034,800		$	57,224		$	567,735
Less: medical claims expenses			(972,725)			(62,344)			(550,869)
Medical margin		$	62,075		$	(5,120)		$	16,866

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of our operating loss, the most directly comparable GAAP metric, to medical margin (in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Operating loss		$	(48,817)		$	(52,168)
Other patient service revenue			(3,373)			(3,859)
Other medical expense			26,112			20,963
Premium deficiency reserve			5,140			(1,325)
Corporate, general and administrative expense			37,643			38,599
Sales and marketing expense			1,001			865
Depreciation and amortization			21,540			21,752
Medical margin		$	39,246		$	24,827

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Operating loss		$	(1,560,913)		$	(58,888)		$	(129,058)
Other patient service revenue			(14,671)			(1,538)			(10,867)
Other medical expenses			84,499			4,533			41,596
Premium deficiency reserve			(11,461)			26,277			11,559
Corporate, general and administrative expenses			157,284			16,983			100,243
Sales and marketing expenses			5,096			364			1,818
Depreciation and amortization			87,289			7,149			1,575
Goodwill impairment			1,314,952			—			—
Medical margin		$	62,075		$	(5,120)		$	16,866

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Network Contribution

Network contribution is a non-GAAP financial metric. We present network contribution because we believe it helps investors understand underlying trends in our business and facilitates a broader understanding of our operating performance from period to period because it facilitates a comparison of our recurring core business operating results.

We define network contribution as total operating revenue less the sum of: (i) medical claims expenses and (ii) other medical expenses including physician compensation expense related to surplus sharing and bonuses and other direct medical expenses incurred to improve care for our members. We believe this metric provides insight into the economics of the P3 Care Model, as it includes all medical claims expense associated with our members’ care as well as partner compensation and additional medical costs we incur as part of our aligned partnership model. Other medical expenses are largely variable and proportionate to the level of surplus in each respective market, among other cost factors.

Network contribution should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using network contribution on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of operating loss to network contribution set forth below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

The following tables present our network contribution (dollars in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Total operating revenue		$	302,077		$	273,544
Less: medical claims expense			(259,458)			(244,858)
Less: other medical expense			(26,112)			(20,963)
Network contribution		$	16,507		$	7,723

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Total operating revenue		$	1,049,471		$	58,762		$	578,602
Less: medical claims expenses			(972,725)			(62,345)			(550,869)
Less: other medical expenses			(84,499)			(4,532)			(41,596)
Network contribution		$	(7,753)		$	(8,115)		$	(13,863)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of our operating loss, the most directly comparable GAAP metric, to network contribution (in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Operating loss		$	(48,817)		$	(52,168)
Premium deficiency reserve			5,140			(1,325)
Corporate, general and administrative expense			37,643			38,599
Sales and marketing expense			1,001			865
Depreciation and amortization			21,540			21,752
Network contribution		$	16,507		$	7,723

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Operating loss		$	(1,560,913)		$	(58,888)		$	(129,058)
Premium deficiency reserve			(11,461)			26,277			11,559
Corporate, general and administrative expenses			157,284			16,983			100,243
Sales and marketing expenses			5,096			364			1,818
Depreciation and amortization			87,289			7,149			1,575
Goodwill impairment			1,314,952			—			—
Network contribution		$	(7,753)		$	(8,115)		$	(13,863)

Key Performance Metrics

We monitor the following financial and performance metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions (dollars in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(dollars in thousands)
At-risk members			103,400			100,000
Affiliate PCPs			2,800			2,200
Platform support costs		$	30,479		$	22,646

	Successor						Predecessor
	As of and For the Year Ended December 31, 2022			As of and from December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
MA at-risk members			100,400			67,000			N/A
Affiliate PCPs			2,800			2,100			N/A
Platform support costs		$	119,167		$	14,292		$	78,293

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MA At-Risk Members

MA at-risk members represent the approximate number of MA members for whom we receive a fixed PMPM fee under capitation arrangements as of the end of the period.

Affiliate Primary Care Physicians

Affiliate primary care physicians represent the approximate number of primary care physicians included in our affiliate network, with whom members may be attributed under our capitation arrangements, as of the end of the period.

Platform Support Costs

Our platform support costs, which include regionally-based support personnel and other operating costs to support our markets, are expected to decrease over time as a percentage of revenue as our physician partners add members and our revenue grows. Our operating expenses at the enterprise level include resources and technology to support payor contracting, clinical program development, quality, data management, finance, and legal functions. We exclude costs related to the operations of our owned medical clinics and wellness centers.

The tables below represent costs to support our markets and enterprise functions, which are included in corporate, general and administrative expenses (dollars in thousands):

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(dollars in thousands)
Platform support costs		$	30,479		$	22,646
% of total operating revenue			10%			8%

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Platform support costs		$	119,167		$	14,292		$	78,293
% of Total operating revenue			11.4%			24.3%			13.5%

Revenue

Capitated revenue. We contract with health plans using an at-risk model. Under the at-risk model, we are responsible for the cost of all covered health care services provided to members assigned by the health plans to the Company in exchange for a fixed payment, which generally is a POP based on health plans’ premiums received from CMS. Through this capitation arrangement, we stand ready to provide assigned Medicare Advantage members all their medical care via our directly employed and affiliated physician/specialist network.

The premiums health plans receive are determined via a competitive bidding process with CMS and are based on the costs of care in local markets and the average utilization of services by patients enrolled. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Medicare Advantage plans with higher acuity patients receive higher premiums. Conversely, Medicare Advantage plans with lower acuity patients receive lesser premiums. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after final data is compiled. As premiums are adjusted via this risk adjustment model (via a Risk Adjustment Factor, “RAF”), our PMPM payments will change commensurately with how our contracted Medicare Advantage plans’ premiums change with CMS.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management determined the transaction price for these contracts is variable as it primarily includes PMPM fees, which can fluctuate throughout the course of the year based on the acuity of each individual enrollee. In certain contracts, PMPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors. Capitated revenue is recognized based on an estimated PMPM transaction price to transfer the service for a distinct increment of the series (e.g., month) and is recognized net of projected acuity adjustments and performance incentives or penalties as management can reasonably estimate the ultimate PMPM payment of those contracts. We recognize revenue in the month in which attributed members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits during the contract term. The capitation amount is subject to possible retroactive premium risk adjustments based on the member’s individual acuity.

Other patient service revenue. Other patient service revenue is comprised primarily of encounter-related fees to treat patients outside of our at-risk arrangements at company owned clinics. Other patient service revenue also includes ancillary fees earned under contracts with certain payors for the provision of certain care coordination and other care management services. These services are provided to patients covered by these payors regardless of whether those patients receive their care from our directly employed or affiliated medical groups.

Operating Expenses

Medical expense. Medical expense primarily includes costs of all covered services provided to members by non-P3 employed providers. This also includes an estimate of the cost of services that have been incurred, but not yet reported (“IBNR”). Estimates for incurred claims are based on historical enrollment and cost trends while also taking into consideration operational changes. Future and actual results typically differ from estimates. Differences could result from an overall change in medical expenses per member, changes in member mix or simply due to the addition of new members. IBNR estimates are made on an accrual basis and adjusted in future periods as required. To the extent we revise our estimates of IBNR claims for prior periods up or down, there would be a correspondingly unfavorable or favorable effect on our current period results that may or may not reflect changes in long term trends in our performance.

Premium deficiency reserve. Premium deficiency reserves (“PDR”) are recognized when it is probable that expected future health care costs and maintenance costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and stop-loss insurance recoveries on those contracts. PDR represents the advance recognition of a probable future loss in the current period’s financial statements.

Corporate, general and administrative expense. Corporate, general and administrative expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs and equity-based compensation for our executive, technology infrastructure, operations, clinical and quality support, finance, legal, and human resources departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include all corporate technology and occupancy costs.

Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expenses consist of costs related to patient and provider marketing and community outreach. These expenses capture all costs for both our local and enterprise sales and marketing efforts.

Depreciation and amortization expense. Depreciation expense is associated with our property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, computer equipment and software, furniture and fixtures, and internally developed software. Amortization expense is associated with definite lived intangible assets, including trademarks and tradenames, customer contracts, provider network agreements, and payor contracts.

Other (Income)/Expense

Interest expense, net. Interest expense primarily consists of interest on our Term Loan Facility (as defined herein).

Mark-to-market of stock warrants. Mark-to-market of stock warrants consists of the change in the fair value on the revaluation of warrant liabilities associated with our public, private placement, and forward purchase warrants.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other. Other consists of gains and losses resulting from other transactions.

Income Taxes

P3 LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax jurisdictions. As a partnership, P3 LLC is generally not subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by P3 LLC is passed through to and included within the taxable income or loss of its members, including us, on a pro rata basis. We are subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income or loss generated by P3 LLC.

Non-controlling Interests

We consolidate the financial results of P3 LLC and report a non-controlling interest on our consolidated statements of operations, representing the portion of net income or loss attributable to the non-controlling interest. The weighted average ownership percentages during the period are used to calculate the net income or loss attributable to P3 Health Partners Inc. and the non-controlling interest.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and liquidity compares the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.

The following table sets forth our condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated. Amounts may not sum due to rounding.

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2023			% of Revenue		Three Months Ended March 31, 2022			% of Revenue
	(dollars in thousands)
Operating revenue:
Capitated revenue		$	298,704		99%		$	269,685		99%
Other patient service revenue			3,373		1			3,859		1
Total operating revenue			302,077		100			273,544		100
Operating expense:
Medical expense			285,570		95			265,821		97
Premium deficiency reserve			5,140		2			(1,325)		—
Corporate, general and administrative expense			37,643		12			38,599		14
Sales and marketing expense			1,001		—			865		—
Depreciation and amortization			21,540		7			21,752		8
Total operating expense			350,894		116			325,712		119
Operating loss			(48,817)		(16)			(52,168)		(19)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net			(4,086)		(1)			(2,755)		(1)
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			649		—			(5,861)		(2)
Other			96		—			(6)		—
Total other expense			(3,341)		(1)			(8,622)		(3)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2023			% of Revenue		Three Months Ended March 31, 2022			% of Revenue
	(dollars in thousands)
Loss before income taxes			(52,158)		(17)			(60,790)		(22)
Provision for income taxes			(290)		—			—		—
Net loss			(52,448)		(17)			(60,790)		(22)
Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests			(43,249)		(14)			(50,213)		(18)
Net loss attributable to controlling interests		$	(9,199)		(3)%		$	(10,577)		(4)%

Revenue

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Change
	2023			2022			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Capitated revenue		$	298,704		$	269,685		$	29,019		11%
Other patient service revenue		$	3,373		$	3,859			(486)		(13)%
Total operating revenue		$	302,077		$	273,544		$	28,533		10%

Capitated revenue was $298.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, an increase of $29.0 million, or 11%, compared to capitated revenue of $269.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. This increase was primarily driven by a 3% increase in the total number of at-risk members from 100,000 at March 31, 2022 to 103,400 at March 31, 2023 and a 7% increase in capitated revenue rates, due to increased premiums from patients with a higher average level of acuity. Capitated revenue was approximately 99% of total revenue for each of the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.

Other patient service revenue was $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 13%, compared to other patient service revenue of $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Other patient service revenue was approximately 1% of total revenue for each of the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.

Operating Expense

Medical Expense

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Change
	2023			2022			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Medical expense		$	285,570		$	265,821		$	19,749		7%

Medical expense was $285.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, an increase of $19.7 million, or 7%, compared to medical expense of $265.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in the total number of at-risk members year-over-year resulting from our participation in the Accountable Care Organization Realizing Equity, Access, and Community Health (“ACO REACH”) Model, which began January 1, 2023, partially offset by the termination and conversion of certain health plans from at-risk to upside-only risk.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Premium Deficiency Reserve

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Change
	2023			2022			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Premium deficiency reserve		$	5,140		$	(1,325)		$	6,465		488%

Premium deficiency reserve was an expense of $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, an increase of $6.5 million, or 488%, compared to a benefit of $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. The change was due to management’s assessment of expected future losses in 2023.

Corporate, General and Administrative Expense

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Change
	2023			2022			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Corporate, general and administrative expense		$	37,643		$	38,599		$	(956)		(2)%

Corporate, general, and administrative expense was $37.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 2%, compared to corporate, general and administrative expense of $38.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $10.7 million in equity-based compensation expense, partially offset by increases of $6.0 million in professional fees supporting our operations as a public company and $3.7 million in salary related expenses.

Other Income (Expense)

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Change
	2023			2022			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net		$	(4,086)		$	(2,755)		$	(1,331)		48%
Mark-to-market of stock warrants		$	649		$	(5,861)			6,510		(111)%
Other		$	96		$	(6)			102		NM
Total other expense		$	(3,341)		$	(8,622)		$	5,281		(61)%

NM — Not meaningful

Interest expense, net was $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, an increase of $1.3 million, or 48.3%, compared to interest expense of $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. This increase was primarily due to interest associated with the Company’s unsecured promissory note issued in December 2022.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2022 with the Combined Successor and Predecessor Periods of the Year Ended December 31, 2021

The Business Combinations resulted in the presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements on different bases for the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period, and the Predecessor Period. The Company has not provided pro forma statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Accordingly, references to certain financial results in 2022 and 2021 may not be comparable.

The historical financial information of Foresight (a special purpose acquisition company or a “SPAC”) prior to the Business Combinations has not been included in the Predecessor financial statements as this

TABLE OF CONTENTS

information has been determined not to be useful to a user of the financial statements. SPACs deposit the proceeds from their initial public offerings into segregated trust accounts until a business combination occurs, at which point they are utilized to fund the business combination. The operations of a SPAC until the closing of a business combination, other than income from the trust account investments and transaction expenses, are nominal. Accordingly, the only activity reported in the Predecessor Period was the operations of P3 LLC. Foresight’s historical financial information is excluded from the Predecessor financial information. Thus, the financial results of the Successor and Predecessor entities are expected to be largely consistent with the exception of certain financial statement line items impacted by the Business Combinations. Management believes reviewing our operating results for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2021 by combining the results of the Predecessor and Successor periods is more useful in discussing our overall operating performance when compared to the same period in the prior year. When we refer to the year ended December 31, 2021 herein, we are referring to the combined Successor and Predecessor periods contained in the year ended December 31, 2021.

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and liquidity compares the year ended December 31, 2022 with the combined results of the Successor and Predecessor periods of 2021.

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

	Successor										Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			% of Revenue(1)		December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			% of Revenue(1)		January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021			% of Revenue(1)
Operating revenue:
Capitated revenue		$	1,034,800		99%		$	57,225		97%		$	567,735		98%
Other patient service revenue			14,671		1			1,538		3			10,867		2
Total operating revenue			1,049,471		100			58,763		100			578,602		100
Operating expense:
Medical expense			1,057,224		101			66,877		114			592,465		102
Premium deficiency reserve			(11,461)		(1)			26,277		45			11,559		2
Corporate, general & administrative expense			157,284		15			16,983		29			100,243		17
Sales and marketing expense			5,096		0			364		1			1,818		—
Depreciation and amortization			87,289		8			7,149		12			1,575		—
Goodwill impairment			1,314,952		125			—		—			—		—
Total operating expense			2,610,384		248			117,650		201			707,660		121
Operating loss			(1,560,913)		(149)			(58,887)		(101)			(129,058)		(21)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net			(11,404)		(1)			(851)		(2)			(9,824)		(2)
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			9,865		1			2,272		4			(7,665)		(1)
Other			2,757		0			(471)		—			147		—
Total other income (expense)			1,218		0			950		2			(17,342)		(3)
Loss before income taxes			(1,559,695)		(149)			(57,937)		(99)			(146,400)		(24)
Provision for income taxes			(1,862)		0			—		—			—		—
Net loss			(1,561,557)		(149)			(57,937)		(99)			(146,400)		(24)
Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests			(1,291,430)		(123)			(47,857)		(81)			—		—
Net loss attributable to controlling interests		$	(270,127)		(26)%		$	(10,080)		(18)%		$	(146,400)		(24)%

(1)

Amounts may not sum due to rounding.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenue

Capitated revenue was $1,034.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $409.8 million, or 66%, compared to $625.0 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. This increase was driven primarily by a 50% increase in the total number of at-risk members from 67,000 at December 31, 2021 to 100,400 at December 31, 2022, as we increased the number of health plan contracts from 17 to 24, and a 10% increase in capitation revenue rates, due to increased premiums from patients with a higher average level of acuity. Capitated revenue was approximately 99% and 98% of total operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Other patient service revenue was $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $2.3 million, or 18%, compared to $12.4 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. This increase was primarily driven by increased fees associated with care coordination services and additional fees earned at owned clinics. Other patient service revenue was approximately 1% and 2% of total operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Operating Expense

Medical Expense

Medical expense was $1,057.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $397.9 million, or 61%, compared to $659.3 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to a 50% increase in the total number of at-risk members year-over-year.

Premium Deficiency Reserve

Premium deficiency reserve was a benefit of $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a decrease of $49.3 million, or 130%, compared to expense of $37.8 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. The change was due to management’s assessment of the profitability of contracts, wherein increased membership and the maturation of our overall contractual arrangements are expected to reduce our future losses.

Corporate, General and Administrative Expense

Corporate, general and administrative expense was $157.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $40.1 million, or 34.2%, compared to $117.2 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by increases in professional fees of $19.5 million supporting our operations as a public company and restatement-related costs, and salaries and benefits of $19.2 million, as headcount increased 33% from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing expense was $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $2.9 million, or 133%, compared to $2.2 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was driven by increases in community outreach spend and higher spending related to patient and provider marketing initiatives.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense was $87.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $78.6 million, or 900.6%, compared to $8.7 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to there being a full year of amortization expense recorded on acquired definite lived intangible assets, including trademarks and tradenames, customer contracts, provider network agreements, and payor contracts, during the year ended December 31, 2022.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Goodwill Impairment

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded a $1,315.0 million goodwill impairment charge due to the presence of certain macroeconomic and financial market conditions, industry-specific considerations, our performance, and the sustained decrease in the price of our Class A common stock.

Other

Other income was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to other expense of $0.3 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded income of $2.5 million related to the release of indemnity funds previously escrowed as part of the Medcore Acquisition.

Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 which primarily consisted of Oregon corporate activity tax, a quasi-gross receipts tax that is levied on our Oregon sourced revenue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

P3 Health Partners Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of equity interests in P3 LLC. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”), and to pay dividends will depend on the financial results and cash flows of P3 LLC and the distributions received from P3 LLC. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of P3 LLC for any reason could limit or impair P3 LLC’s ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that we need funds and P3 LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of any financing arrangements, or P3 LLC is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. It is anticipated that the distributions we will receive from P3 LLC may, in certain periods, exceed the actual tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the TRA.

Cash Sources

To date, we have financed our operations principally through the cash we obtained as a result of the Business Combinations, private placements of our equity securities, payments from our payors, issuances of promissory notes, and borrowings under the Term Loan Facility (as defined below). We generate cash from our operations, generally from our contracts with payors. As of March 31, 2023, we had cash and restricted cash of $8.4 million.

We expect to continue to incur operating losses and generate negative cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future due to the strong growth we have experienced over the last five years and the investments we intend to make in expanding our business, which will require up-front expenses. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace of our growth, ability to manage medical costs, the maturity of our members, and our ability to raise capital. We may need to raise additional capital through a combination of debt financing, other non-dilutive financing and/or equity financing and to the extent we are unsuccessful at doing so, we may need to adjust our growth trajectory to accommodate our capital needs and look for additional ways to generate cost efficiencies.

Term Loan

In November 2020, the Company entered a Term Loan and Security Agreement with CRG Servicing, LLC (as amended, the “Term Loan Agreement”) providing for funding of up to $100 million (the “Term Loan Facility”). The Term Loan Facility’s maturity date is December 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2023, we had $65.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, and remaining availability under the Term Loan Facility ended upon termination of the commitment period on February 28, 2022. Interest is payable at 12.0% per annum on a quarterly cycle (in arrears), which began on March 31, 2021. In

TABLE OF CONTENTS

March 2021, we elected to pay interest at 8.0% with the remaining interest at 4.0% being added to principal as paid in-kind (“PIK”) for a period of three years (or 12 payments).

We are required to remain in compliance with financial covenants such as minimum liquidity of $5.0 million and annual minimum revenue levels. In addition, the Term Loan Agreement restricts our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, incur indebtedness and liens. On an annual basis, we must post a minimum amount of annual revenue equal to or greater than $460.0 million in 2022; $525.0 million in 2023; $585.0 million in 2024 and $650.0 million in 2025. The maturity date may be accelerated as a remedy under the certain default provisions in the Term Loan Agreement, or in the event a mandatory prepayment event occurs.

In connection with the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note and entry into the Subordination Agreement (as described below), on December 13, 2022, we entered into an amendment to the Term Loan Agreement to permit the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note and the entry into the Subordination Agreement.

VGS Promissory Note

On December 13, 2022, we entered into a financing transaction with VGS which included the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note and the entry into the VGS Warrant Agreement and the Subordination Agreement. The VGS Promissory Note provides for funding of up to $40.0 million. The maturity date of the VGS Promissory Note is May 19, 2026. As of March 31, 2023, we had $29.1 million of borrowings outstanding under the VGS Promissory Note, and remaining availability under the VGS Promissory Note ended upon termination of the commitment period on February 3, 2023. We paid VGS an up-front fee of 1.5% and will pay a back-end fee at the time the VGS Promissory Note is paid as follows: (i) if paid from March 1, 2023 through June 30, 2023, 4.5%; (ii) if paid from July 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023, 6.75% and (iii) if paid on January 1, 2024 or later, 9.0%. Interest is payable at 14.0% per annum on a quarterly cycle (in arrears) beginning March 31, 2023. We may elect to pay interest of 6.0% in kind and 8.0% in cash, subject to certain limitations.

The VGS Promissory Note may be prepaid, at our option, either in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, at any time and from time to time, subject to the payment of the back-end fee; provided that prepayments must be in increments of at least $2.0 million. The VGS Promissory Note provides for mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of certain asset sales, and the Lender has the right to demand payment in full upon (i) a change of control of the Company and (ii) certain qualified financings (as defined in the VGS Promissory Note).

The VGS Promissory Note restricts our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness and liens, and make investments and restricted payments. The maturity date may be accelerated as a remedy under the certain default provisions in the agreement, or in the event a mandatory prepayment event occurs.

In connection with the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note, we also entered into the VGS Warrant Agreement pursuant to which we issued VGS warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $4.26 per share. The number of shares of common stock for which the VGS Warrant is exercisable and the exercise price may be adjusted upon any event involving subdivisions, combinations, distributions, recapitalizations, and similar transactions. Pursuant to the VGS Warrant Agreement, the warrants and the right to purchase securities upon the exercise of the warrants will terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following: (a) December 13, 2027; and (b) the consummation of (i) a sale, conveyance, consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly owned subsidiary corporation) or (ii) any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of which the Company or P3 LLC is disposed.

In connection with the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note, we also entered into a subordination agreement, dated as of December 13, 2022 (the “Subordination Agreement”) with VGS which subordinates VGS’s right of payment under the VGS Promissory Note to the right of payment and security interests of the lenders under the Term Loan Facility. Under the terms of the Subordination Agreement, we will be required to pay all interest under the VGS Promissory Note in-kind. The VGS Promissory Note may be prepaid, at our option, either in whole or in part, without penalty or premium subject to certain conditions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2023, we were in compliance with the covenants under our Term Loan Facility and VGS Promissory Note; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future or that the lenders under the Term Loan Facility VGS Promissory Note or the lenders of any future indebtedness we may incur will grant any such waiver or forbearance in the future.

Private Placement

On March 30, 2023, we entered into the Securities Purchase Agreement with the purchasers named therein.

Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, on April 6, 2023, we issued 79,912,635 units at a price of $1.1180 per unit for institutional investors, and a purchase price of $1.1938 per unit for employees and consultants. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 0.75 of a warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $1.13. Certain institutional investors elected to receive pre-funded warrants to purchase Class A common stock in lieu of a portion of their Class A common stock. In total, we sold (i) an aggregate of 69,157,145 shares of our Class A common stock , (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 59,934,479 shares of Class A common stock (the “Common Warrants”), and (iii) pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,755,490 shares of Class A common stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”), to the purchasers for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $89.5 million.

Each Common Warrant has an exercise price per share of Class A common stock equal to $1.13 per share. Each Pre-Funded Warrant has an exercise price per share of Class A common stock equal to $0.0001 per share. The exercise price and the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of each warrant are subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting the Class A common stock.

Entities affiliated with Chicago Pacific Partners (“CPF”) purchased 52,751,725 shares of Class A common stock, 10,755,490 Pre-Funded Warrants and 47,630,413 warrants for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $71 million. CPF may not exercise any portion of any warrant, which, upon giving effect to such exercise, would cause the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by CPF (together with its affiliates) to exceed 49.99% of the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class V common stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants. As a result, CPF’s ownership of shares does not represent more than 49.99% of the aggregate voting power of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class V common stock.

The purchasers included Amir Bacchus, M.D., Chief Medical Officer and a director of the Company. Two members of our board of directors, Mary Tolan and Lawrence B. Leisure, serve as Managing Partners of Chicago Pacific Founders, and one member of the Company’s board of directors, Greg Kazarian, serves as an Operating Partner of Chicago Pacific Founders. The entry into the Securities Purchase Agreement was approved by a committee of independent, disinterested directors of the Company.

Repurchase Promissory Note

In June 2019, we issued a share repurchase promissory note (the “Repurchase Promissory Note”) to a former equity investor for $15.0 million, which was subsequently amended in November 2020. The amended agreement stipulated that the Repurchase Promissory Note would automatically mature and be due and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2026, a change in control transaction, or an underwritten primary public offering, each as defined in the agreement. The note accrues PIK interest of 11.0% per year. The principal balance, accrued interest, and an exit fee of $0.6 million are due at maturity. Accrued interest was $9.0 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

For additional discussion of our long-term debt, see Note 12 “Debt” in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

On March 30, 2023, we entered into the Securities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell certain of our securities for gross proceeds of approximately $89.5 million. See Note 25 “Subsequent Events” to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Uses

Our primary uses of cash include payments for medical expenses, administrative expenses, cost associated with our care model, debt service, and capital expenditures. Final reconciliation and receipts of amounts due from payors are typically settled in arrears.

Pursuant to our election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), we expect to obtain an increase in our share of the tax basis in the net assets of P3 LLC when its units are redeemed or exchanged. We intend to treat any redemptions and exchanges of P3 LLC units as direct purchases of the units for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amounts that we would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. They may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent the tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

In connection with the Business Combinations, we entered into a TRA that provides for the payment by us of 85% of the amount of any tax benefits that we actually realize, or in some cases are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) increases in our share of the tax basis in the net assets of P3 LLC resulting from any redemptions or exchanges of P3 LLC, (ii) tax basis increases attributable to payments made under the TRA, and (iii) deductions attributable to imputed interest pursuant to the TRA (the “TRA Payments”). We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of any tax benefits that we may actually realize.

The estimation of a liability under the TRA is, by its nature, imprecise and subject to significant assumptions regarding a number of factors, including (but not limited to) the amount and timing of taxable income generated by the Company each year as well as the tax rate then applicable. As a result of the Business Combinations, we may recognize an estimated liability under the TRA of approximately $530.0 million if all P3 Equityholders redeem or exchange their Common Units for Class A common stock or cash at the earliest possible date permitted under the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement and assuming (a) the generation of sufficient future taxable income, (b) a trading price of $10 per share of Class A common stock at the time of the redemption or exchange, (c) a constant corporate combined U.S. federal and state income tax rate of 23.89% and (d) no material changes in tax law. The TRA liability is estimated to be $4.6 million as of March 31, 2023. Due to the Company’s history of losses, the Company has not recorded tax benefits associated with the increase in tax basis as a result of the Business Combinations. As a result, the Company determined that payments to TRA holders are not probable and no TRA liability has been recorded as of March 31, 2023.

As non-controlling interest holders exercise their right to exchange their units in P3 LLC, a TRA liability may be recorded based on 85% of the estimated future tax benefits that the Company may realize as a result of increases in the tax basis of P3 LLC. The amount of the increase in the tax basis, the related estimated tax benefits, and the related TRA liability to be recorded will depend on the price of the Company’s Class A common stock at the time of the relevant redemption or exchange.

The following table summarizes current and long-term material cash requirements as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	Material Cash Requirements
	Total			Less than 1 year			1 – 3 years			3 – 5 years			More than 5 years
Unpaid claims(1)		$	151,207		$	151,207		$	—		$	—		$	—
Long-term debt, principal(2)			95,000			—			65,000			30,000			—
Long-term debt, interest(3)			78,216			13,429			42,001			22,786			—
Operating lease liabilities(4)			12,790			704			4,292			3,538			4,256
Total		$	337,213		$	165,340		$	111,293		$	56,324		$	4,256

(1)

Represents unpaid claims due to third parties for health care services provided to members, including estimates for incurred but not reported claims. Estimates for incurred claims are based on historical enrollment and cost trends while also taking into consideration operational changes. Future and actual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

results typically differ from estimates. Differences could result from an overall change in medical expenses per members, changes in member mix or simply due to addition of new members.

(2)

Represents principal payments only. We will pay interest on outstanding indebtedness based on the rates and terms summarized in Note 12 “Debt” in our consolidated financial statements.

(3)

Represents interest expected to be incurred on our long-term debt based on amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2022 as summarized in Note 12 “Debt” in our consolidated financial statements.

(4)

Represents minimum operating lease payments, excluding potential lease renewals. See Note 17 “Leases” in our consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of the date of this prospectus, management believes that our existing cash resources are not sufficient to support planned operations for at least the next year from the issuance of this prospectus. As a result, management has concluded that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date hereof. In evaluating the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, management considered the Company’s current projections of future cash flows, current financial condition, sources of liquidity, and debt obligations for at least one year from the date of issuance of this prospectus in considering whether it has the ability to meet its obligations. This evaluation of our cash resources available over the next year from the date of issuance of this prospectus does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of our ongoing efforts to raise capital or management’s plans that have not been fully implemented or the many factors that determine the Company’s capital requirements, including the pace of our growth, ability to manage medical costs and the maturity of our members. Management continues to explore raising additional capital through a combination of debt financing and equity issuances. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities or preferred stock, or by incurring loans, these forms of financing would have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise capital through the issuance of additional equity, such sales and issuance would dilute the ownership interests of the existing holders of our Class A common stock. The availability and the terms under which we may be able to raise additional capital could be disadvantageous, and the terms of debt financing or other non-dilutive financing may involve restrictive covenants and dilutive financing instruments, which could place significant restrictions on our operations. Macroeconomic conditions and credit markets could also impact the availability and cost of potential future debt financing. There can be no assurances that any additional debt, other non-dilutive and/or equity financing would be available to us on favorable terms, or potentially at all. We expect to continue to incur net losses, comprehensive losses, and negative cash flows from operating activities in accordance with our operating plan. If we are unable to obtain additional funding when needed, we will need to curtail planned activities in order to reduce costs, which will likely have an unfavorable effect on our ability to execute on our business plan, and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and future prospects.

The audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, in its report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022, has also expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows

The following tables summarize our cash flows:

	Successor
	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities		$	(23,722)		$	(27,776)
Net cash used in investing activities			(464)			(1,149)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			14,102			(1,207)
Net change in cash			(10,084)			(30,132)
Cash at beginning of period			18,457			140,834
Cash at end of period		$	8,373		$	110,702

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Net cash used in operating activities		$	(126,019)		$	(15,342)		$	(51,129)
Net cash used in investing activities			(7,733)			(47,856)			(8,209)
Net cash provided by financing activities			11,375			198,677			24,790
Net change in cash		$	(122,377)		$	135,479		$	(34,548)

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $23.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $27.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Significant changes impacting net cash used in operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2023 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2022 were primarily due to the receipt of $2.5 million in cash related to the release of indemnity funds previously escrowed as part of an acquisition in a prior year and changes in working capital.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, consisting of purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022, primarily consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided from financing activities was $14.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, consisting of proceeds from borrowings on our unsecured promissory note. Net cash provided from financing activities was $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022, consisting of debt repayments.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2022 with the Combined Successor and Predecessor Periods of the Year Ended December 31, 2021

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $126.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $66.5 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor

TABLE OF CONTENTS

periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021. Significant changes impacting net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 were primarily due to the timing of cash sweeps received in 2022, but recognized in 2021 in accordance with our revenue recognition policy resulting from the extended reporting period related to the 2021 audit, and payments of professional fees supporting our operations as a public company and restatement-related costs.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily consisting of the acquisition of two medical practices for a total purchase price of $5.5 million, net of cash acquired. Net cash used in investing activities was $56.1 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily consisting of the cash paid for the Business Combinations and Medcore Acquisition.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided from financing activities was $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, consisting of proceeds from the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note, offset by repayments of debt. Net cash provided from financing activities was $223.5 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor periods included in the year December 31, 2021, primarily consisting of $195.3 million of proceeds from the issuance of PIPE Shares.

JOBS Act

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods permitted under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management use judgment in the application of accounting policies, including making estimates and assumptions that could affect assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Management bases its estimates on the best information available at the time, its experiences and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected. For a more detailed discussion of our significant accounting policies, see Note 3 “Significant Accounting Policies” in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Below is a discussion of

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accounting policies that are particularly important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require the application of significant judgment by our management.

Capitated Revenue

The transaction price for our capitated payor contracts is variable as it primarily includes PMPM fees associated with unspecified membership. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model”, which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Medicare Advantage plans with higher acuity patients receive higher premiums. Conversely, Medicare Advantage plans with lower acuity patients receive lesser premiums. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after final data is compiled. As premiums are adjusted via this risk adjustment model (via a RAF), the Company’s PMPM payments will change commensurately with how our contracted Medicare Advantage plans’ premiums change with CMS. In certain contracts, PMPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors.

Capitated revenue is recognized based on an estimated PMPM transaction price to transfer the service for a distinct increment of the series (e.g., month), net of projected acuity adjustments and performance incentives or penalties as management can reasonably estimate the ultimate PMPM payment of those contracts. The Company recognizes revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits during the contract term. The capitation amount is subject to possible retroactive premium risk adjustments based on the member’s individual acuity.

Medical Expense and Claims Payable

The cost of healthcare services is recognized in the period services are provided. Medical expense includes costs of all covered services provided to members assigned by the health plans under P3’s at-risk model. Medical expense includes the cost for third-party healthcare service providers, the cost for overseeing the quality of care and programs, and from time to time, remediation of certain claims that might result from periodic reviews conducted by various regulatory agencies. This also includes an estimate of the cost of services that have been incurred, but not yet reported (“IBNR”).

Management estimates the Company’s IBNR by applying standard actuarial methodologies, which utilize historical data, including the period between the date services are rendered and the date claims received (and paid), denied claims activity, expected medical cost inflation, seasonality patterns, and changes in membership mix. Such estimates are subject to impact from changes in both the regulatory and economic environments. The Company’s claims payable represents management’s best estimate of its liability for unpaid medical costs. We have included incurred but not reported claims of $151.2 million and $102.0 million on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted if actual claims expense is different from our estimates. If our liability for incurred and not reported claims at December 31, 2022 were to differ by plus or minus 5%, the impact on medical claims expense would be approximately $7.6 million.

Warrant Liability

We have Public and Private Placement Warrants that are classified as liabilities at their fair value at inception and adjusted to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised and any change in fair value is recognized in our statement of operations.

The Public Warrants are publicly traded and are recorded at fair value using the closing price as of the measurement date. The Private Placement Warrants have no observable traded price and are valued using an option pricing model (Black-Scholes-Merton). The assumptions used in preparing these models include estimates such as volatility, contractual terms, discount rates, dividend yield, expiration dates and risk-free rates. We have historically been a private company and lacked sufficient company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we estimated our expected stock volatility based on the historical

TABLE OF CONTENTS

volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies. The risk-free interest rate assumption is determined by using the U.S. Treasury rates of the same period as the expected term of the private placement warrants at each reporting period. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the estimate of the fair value of these instruments and could cause a material increase or decrease to expense realized from the change in fair value of warrants, and to the underlying warrant liability.

Goodwill and Other Identified Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized and instead is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.

We have determined that there is only one reporting unit for the purpose of testing goodwill impairment. In circumstances where we conclude that it is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of greater than 50%) that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative fair value test is performed. Factors we consider when performing the qualitative assessment primarily include general economic conditions and changes in forecasted operating results.

In a quantitative impairment test, we assess goodwill by comparing the carrying amount of each reporting unit to its fair value. We estimate the fair value of our reporting unit using a weighted combination of the income approach and market-based approach. The income approach discounts the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows using an estimated discount rate, both of which are considered Level 3 inputs. The market approach is based on comparable companies’ market multiples of revenue and EBITDA. Publicly traded companies in the same industry and target companies with transactions that are similar in nature are selected as guideline companies for the market-based approach. The resulting fair value is then compared to the carrying amount.

Our annual impairment review measurement date is in the fourth quarter of each year. For 2022, we completed the required annual assessment of goodwill for impairment for our reporting unit using a qualitative assessment and determined that a quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment was required (i.e., it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount). Based on the results of our quantitative assessment, we recorded a $1,315.0 million goodwill impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2022.

We review identified intangible assets with defined useful lives and subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that, in the opinion of management, is more likely than not to be realized.

We account for uncertain tax positions by reporting a liability for unrecognizable tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Premium Deficiency Reserves

A PDR is recorded when there is a probable future loss on unearned capitated premiums after estimated expected claim costs and claim adjustment expenses. Losses under prepaid health care services contracts shall be recognized when it is probable that expected future health care costs and maintenance costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and stop-loss insurance recoveries on those contracts. To determine the need to recognize a loss, contracts shall be grouped in a manner consistent with the provider’s method of establishing premium rates, for example, by community rating practices, geographical area, or statutory requirements, to determine whether a loss has been incurred. In our at-risk arrangements, the more we improve health outcomes and lower the overall cost of care, the more profitable we will be over time.

We assess the profitability of our at-risk arrangements to identify contracts where current operating results or forecasts indicate probable future losses. Management estimates the Company’s PDR by utilizing estimates of membership growth rates, changes in membership mix, estimated PMPM payments under contracts, historical claims data, seasonality patterns, our ability to lower the overall cost of care and incremental medical costs, such as those related to COVID-19 admissions. Such estimates are subject to impact from changes in both the regulatory and economic environments. The Company’s PDR represents management’s best estimate of its probable future losses. We have included premium deficiency reserve liabilities of $26.4 million and $37.8 million on our accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Equity-based Compensation

We measure the cost of the employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value or, in certain circumstances, the calculated value of the award. Under our unit-based incentive plan, the Company may reward grantees with various types of awards, including but not limited to profits interests on a service-based or performance-based schedule. These awards may also contain market conditions.

For performance-vesting units, P3 recognizes unit-based compensation expense when it is probable that the underlying performance condition will be achieved. The Company will analyze if a performance condition is probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for awards subject to performance vesting. For service-vesting units, P3 recognizes unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of recent accounting standards issued and the anticipated effects on our consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

As fellow healthcare professionals, we understand the challenges physicians face when providing VBC. We have leveraged that expertise to build our “P3 Care Model.” The key attributes that differentiate P3 include: 1) patient centricity, 2) physician leadership, and 3) our delegated/integrated care model. Tactically, we typically leverage the community’s existing healthcare infrastructure to build a strong network of local physicians. We primarily contract with local physicians to enter the P3 network using an affiliate model, rather than building and staffing our own clinics or acquiring individual practices. By doing so, we preserve the existing patient-physician relationship, allow physicians to maintain their independence and have a built-in patient panel on Day 1. We then align physician incentives and provide our team tools and technology to support our physician partners in a VBC system and care for the patients we have the honor and privilege to serve together. These affiliated physicians provided care to approximately 90% of our primary care physicians as of March 31, 2023. We augment these affiliate partnerships with employed Primary Care Physicians (“PCPs,”), P3 operated clinics, and wellness centers. Furthermore, unlike our peers, we offer a broad delegated care model in which we take on the responsibility to reshape the local healthcare market to provide high quality care for patients throughout the care continuum.

We operate in the $829 billion Medicare market, which covers approximately 65 million eligible lives as of 2021. This segment is supported by numerous tailwinds. Approximately 60% of Americans suffer from a chronic disease with 40% suffering from two or more. Additionally, over 10,000 individuals age into Medicare each day, with 48% choosing Medicare Advantage plans. Our core focus is the Medicare Advantage (“MA”) market, specifically counties where there are over 10,000 MA eligible lives. MA spending is expected to grow an average of 7.2% annually and MA plan penetration of the Medicare beneficiary population is projected to increase from 48% of the overall Medicare market in 2022 to 61% of the overall Medicare market by 2031.

In MA, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) pays health plans a monthly sum per member to manage all health expenses of a participating member. Our platform focuses exclusively on Medicare Advantage and manages the needs of our members through subscription-like per-member-per-month (“PMPM”) arrangements with health plans or payors. From there, the economics of our care model are further impacted by our ability to drive total cost of care savings and bend the cost curve. Our model allows us to “do well” while also “doing good.”

The U.S. healthcare system is ripe for change and disruption, and we believe that the P3 Care Model is distinctly situated to address several pain points, including:

•

Unsustainable and rising healthcare costs. The United States spent $4.3 trillion, representing 18.3% of GDP, on healthcare in 2021. National health expenditures are projected to grow 5.1% per year from 2021 to 2030, according to CMS. While representing only 17% of the United States population, the 65 and older age group accounted for 21% of all healthcare spending in 2021, with an average spend of approximately $13,000 per person. This segment is growing faster than the rest of the population and is projected to reach 22% of the United States population by 2050. Healthcare expenditures are particularly concentrated in this age group in large part due to the high rate of chronic conditions. Rising healthcare costs disproportionally impact low- and middle-income seniors, who often embrace Medicare Advantage plans. This is our area of focus given we believe we can have the greatest clinical and financial impact on this population. Improved care management of seniors is critical to reducing the rapid growth in U.S. healthcare spending.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Inadequate access to primary care and PCP shortages. The current fee-for-service (“FFS”) reimbursement model leads to relatively lower pay for PCPs as well as fewer quality touchpoints with patients. We believe that factors like these directly contribute to fewer physicians considering, or staying, in the field of primary care.

•

Sub-optimal quality of care and sub-optimal clinical outcomes.

•

PCP burnout and dissatisfaction. The traditional FFS model values quantity over quality, which has been shown to lead to physician burnout and jeopardizes the long-term sustainability of the independent primary care business model. According to a 2022 Physicians Foundation report, six in 10 physicians show signs of burnout, compared to four in 10 in 2018. In addition, as average reimbursement rates decline in an FFS model, physicians would need to continually increase the number of patients seen to sustain their practice.

•

Difficulty in maintaining PCP independence. Small physician practices deliver the majority of care in the U.S. — with 53.7% of physicians working in practices with 10 or fewer physicians, per a 2021 American Medical Association report. That report also found that 2020 was the first year in which a minority (49.1%) of PCPs worked in a practice that was wholly owned by physicians (e.g., private practice). This represented a decrease of approximately 5% from 2018 (54.0%). In our experience, physicians who have chosen to work at smaller practices throughout their careers tend to do so because they value their independence. Given the increasingly significant financial and administrative burdens, these physicians are generally unable to maintain independence while effectively transitioning to a VBC model. We believe that allowing them to maintain their independence increases their engagement with population health management practices, which is key to transforming the healthcare system.

•

Limited collaboration between PCPs and payors. Over the years, we have seen that payors recognize the importance of PCPs in directing and managing total cost of care. Payors have attempted to increase their proximity to primary care physicians through acquisitions and investments in care delivery services and technologies. However, a payor’s ability to impact physician workflows continues to be structurally limited by the multi-payor nature of most physician practices. This makes it challenging for any single payor to achieve the level of integration we believe is needed to improve clinical engagement and effectively manage healthcare costs. We believe this creates significant opportunity for a platform to partner directly and create alignment between payors and physicians.

We overcome these hurdles with a differentiated model that we believe is an attractive option for patients, physicians and payors. P3 honors the existing social and moral contract between patients and their PCPs, partnering with local physicians using an affiliate model. We risk-stratify our patients to help our physician partners prioritize care for those who need it the most. We also provide care teams to serve as an extension of the physician’s practice. These teams provide wraparound services to our patients and collaborate with the patients’ caregivers to ensure patients have the tools to successfully navigate their healthcare journey across the care continuum. We have made significant investments in technology to customize patient care management plans. Taken as a whole, our P3 Care Model helps facilitate enhanced clinical outcomes for our key stakeholders, resulting in a 98% physician retention rate from 2018 through December 31, 2022, 96% patient satisfaction rate, a hospitalization rate 34% lower than the MA FFS benchmark, and an emergency department visit rate 50% lower than the MA FFS benchmark.

We are led by one of the most experienced management teams in population health. Our executive team has a track record of more than 20 years in the healthcare industry. These years of experience have fostered strong relationships in the managed care, physician and payor segments. This is paired with a deep understanding of physicians, patients, technology, payments and branding. Lastly, the core of our care model is based on their collective years of experience in medical cost management. We believe these critical facets position our team to successfully navigate and enable the shift to patient-centric, physician-led, VBC.

Background

We were incorporated in Delaware as Foresight Acquisition Corp. (“Foresight”) on August 20, 2020. On December 3, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), we completed the Business Combinations (defined and discussed more fully below) with P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“P3 Health

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Group Holdings”) and we changed our name to P3 Health Partners Inc. Following the Business Combinations, we are organized in an “Up-C” structure, in which P3 Health Partners Inc. is the sole manager of P3 Health Group, LLC and directly owned approximately 17.1% of P3 Health Group, LLC as of March 31, 2023. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are held and operations are conducted by P3 LLC and its subsidiaries, and the Company’s only assets are equity interests in P3 LLC.

Business Combinations

The Business Combinations were effected pursuant to (1) an agreement and plan of merger, dated as of May 25, 2021 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Foresight, P3 Health Group Holdings and Merger Sub, and (2) the transaction and combination agreement, dated as of May 25, 2021 (as amended, the “Transaction and Combination Agreement”), by and among Foresight, FAC-A Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Foresight, FAC-B Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Foresight (together with FAC-A Merger Sub Corp., the “Merger Corps”), CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CPF P3 Blocker-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, the “Blockers”), CPF P3 Splitter, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P., the “Blocker Sellers”), pursuant to which, among other things, P3 Health Group Holdings merged with and into Merger Sub (the “P3 Merger”), with Merger Sub as the surviving company, which was renamed P3 LLC, and the Merger Corps merged with and into the Blockers, with the Blockers as the surviving entities and wholly owned subsidiaries of Foresight (collectively, the “Business Combinations”).

The Business Combinations resulted in the presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements on different bases for the year ended December 31, 2022, the period December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (the “Successor Period”), and the period January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 (the “Predecessor Period”). The Company has not provided pro forma statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Accordingly, references to certain financial results in 2022 and 2021 may not be comparable.

We Deliver VBC to the Fastest Growing Market in Healthcare

A need for a new payment structure and an aging U.S. population

Historically, healthcare in the U.S. has been focused on reacting to acute events, which resulted in the development of the FFS payment model. The FFS model unintentionally incentivizes the volume of patients and services performed rather than the quality of services and care — resulting in a deprioritization of preventative services and overall health of the patient. Beyond sub-optimal clinical outcomes, FFS results in significant healthcare spend. As 10,000 seniors age into Medicare each day and prevalence of chronic conditions increases, the need for lower healthcare spend leads the push towards VBC and additional offerings such as Medicare Advantage.

VBC and Medicare Advantage

Medicare Advantage serves as an alternative to traditional Medicare. Medicare Advantage is an integrated plan that includes both Part A and Part B coverage. Most Medicare Advantage plans also offer Part D, vision, hearing, dental and other benefits. Typically, the out-of-pocket costs are lower for Medicare Advantage plans than traditional Medicare, but patients are limited to seeing physicians within the plan’s network and some coverage of certain specialty services may require PCPs’ referrals and plan authorizations.

Medicare Advantage has been well received since it was introduced, with penetration among Medicare beneficiaries increasing from 13% in 2004 to 48% in 2022 and is projected to increase to 61% by 2031. This trend reflects the understanding that Medicare Advantage plans are financially and clinically valuable to Medicare eligible patients.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Market Opportunity

We believe there is significant white space opportunity. As of December 31, 2022, we have contracted with 2,800 primary care physicians, an increase of 33% from 2,100 at December 31, 2021. This represents less than 1% of the total number of PCPs in the U.S. of approximately 502,000. The industry is primed for a platform like ours, which allows physicians to remain independent while accessing financial resources and infrastructure to support a VBC model.

We believe our total addressable market is represented by the approximately 65 million Americans (approximately 17% of the total population) who were enrolled in either traditional Medicare or Medicare Advantage nationally in 2021, which represented $829 billion of annual spend. Within this, we believe our core addressable market to be the Medicare Advantage market, specifically within moderate-to-highly populated Medicare Advantage eligible dense counties, which we define as having greater than 10,000 Medicare eligible lives. By multiplying these approximately 28 million Medicare Advantage members by an average $1,000 per member per month spend, we estimate this represents a core addressable market size of approximately $300 billion.

The P3 Care Model

Patient-Centric

Patient wellness, not sickness. The VBC model rewards superior clinical outcomes and value delivered to the patient. With this in mind, we built our model to consider the whole patient rather than individual illnesses as they arise. We work with our physician partners to develop a holistic view of a patient’s health over time to understand the most effective methods to empower their patients to actively participate in and better manage their health (e.g., medication adherence, complete understanding of potential impediments to receiving care).

Robust care teams. We staff dedicated care managers and care navigators to help ensure end-to-end patient care across the full continuum. Care navigators are responsible for day-to-day patient care (e.g., scheduling appointments, assisting with check-ins, etc.). Care managers, on the other hand, tend to have more medical responsibilities (e.g., reviewing patient charts, coordinating care with PCPs, ensuring appropriate documentation, etc.) and serve as a communication point across care teams. Together, they complement our network of physicians and enable the highest quality of care for our patients — ensuring they are being seen at the right time by the appropriate physician and all corresponding documentation and communication has been streamlined.

Personalized care. Using our proprietary technology platform for integrated data reporting, physicians can stratify their patient panels based on risk. Identifying patients who are high risk (or rising risk) helps prioritize those patients who may need to be seen more often or require additional resources to improve their health. Additionally, our tailored tech suite provides our physician partners with detailed insights to understand what is driving individual patient clinical outcomes and medical costs. Leveraging this data, we then collaborate with physicians to build individualized, longitudinal care plans, catered to the needs of individual patients.

Physician-Led

Collaborative and supportive partnerships. As former physicians, we have a deep understanding of the way in which physicians are trained. In our experience, most physicians not only understand the value of a VBC model, but also want to provide their patients with the highest quality care. However, the way in which most physicians today were trained caters to an FFS model. To support the VBC model, we provide training to physicians on best clinical practices based on nationally recognized care guidelines. As a result, we have seen physicians deliver cost saving, quality healthcare. Unlike some of our peers, we typically enter markets with our affiliate physician model and contract directly with physician groups or independent physicians to enter the P3 network rather than primarily building and staffing our own clinics or acquiring physician practices. By doing so, we preserve the existing patient-physician relationship and create a built-in patient panel on Day 1. Affiliate physicians retain their independence, while gaining access to P3’s teams, tools and technologies that are key to success in a VBC model. P3’s care teams become an extension of each

TABLE OF CONTENTS

physician’s office and support our collective patients to navigate the health care system, collaborate with caregivers, and enable a successful health care journey. All P3 affiliated physicians must pass an annual credentialing process and maintain compliance with all regulatory standards.

Aligned incentives. Our model properly aligns physicians’ incentives with clinical outcomes, ensuring patients receive the optimal care they deserve. To do this, we offer several types of incentive-based payments to our affiliated physicians. First, as physicians join our network, we continue to pay them on an FFS basis per visit, or structure a contract to offer a monthly, fixed, capitated payment for each patient paneled to their practice. Additionally, we provide quality incentive payments to our physician partners as they close quality gaps in care, enable patient access and improve documentation. Finally, as improved clinical outcomes result in reduced medical costs, we share the savings between P3 and our physician partners. These contracts were built with the physician in mind, which is reflected in our results — a 98% physician retention rate from 2018 through March 31, 2023. Aligning physician incentives with performance on growth, quality, patient disease documentation, and medical expense creates better economics within their practices.

Broad Delegated Care Model

Reshaping local healthcare. Our more than 20 years of experience in the population health management space has allowed us to build the capabilities to better control and manage the delivery of services across the full care continuum. Our team has the ability to take on additional services from our payor partners, including networking, credentialing, utilization management and claims processing. In order to take on these functions, our teams must pass regular delegation audits by CMS as well as our payor partners. By assuming responsibility for the patient’s entire care experience, we can tailor care provision and coordination to their individual needs. We take on this added burden, as it allows us to reshape the local healthcare market and accelerate the shift from a FFS model to a VBC model.

Delegated services. Through delegation, we can build local networks of physicians and specialists to meet the needs of our patients. By creating a captive network, we ensure that our network of physicians and specialists are properly educated on best clinical practices based on national recognized care guidelines. Furthermore, delegation allows us to align incentives across the full continuum, not just the PCP office. With additional tools like utilization management, we ensure that quality care is delivered in the appropriate care setting. To help with care delivery effectiveness, we perform concurrent reviews to manage acute and post-acute hospitals for length of stay and appropriateness. Finally, by taking on responsibility for processing and paying claims, we are able to ensure the appropriate payment for the appropriate care. Ownership over claims creates value and helps to accelerate the reduction of unnecessary medical costs.

P3 Technology/Health Hub

The backbone of our P3 Care Model is our proprietary technology platform — P3 Technology/Health Hub — which enables physicians, care teams, patients and their family members to engage in the care journey. Our platform was purposefully built as a data and technology-enabled care ecosystem that drives preventive rather than reactive care.

P3 Technology/Health Hub integrates clinical and claims data from more than 250 disparate data points each month from payors, outpatient and inpatient facilities and other ancillary care settings. By using P3 Technology/Health Hub at the time of patient onboarding, we are able to assign patient risk levels using our proprietary risk stratification tool that leverages multiple parameters to prioritize patients who require additional resources. We continually collect data on patients from multiple sources so our care teams can proactively and dynamically deliver individualized care based on changes to a patient’s health profile. For example, within approximately 12 hours of a hospitalization — even out of state — our physician partners are notified and alerted to the patient’s clinical status. Our care managers also monitor patient care and provide physicians with insights to enable additional care across settings and locations. These factors create a positive feedback loop, whereby our technology accelerates clinical outcomes, improving strong performance, and further growing our business.

The P3 Technology/Health Hub is built on multiple products, including:

Provider Portal. This physician-facing product enables our physician partners to understand, care for and monitor their patients. Physicians can access a risk stratified patient list based on historical diagnoses,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

suspect diagnoses, ER visits, chronic comorbidities and socio-economic factors, among others. By using this, P3 is able to present physicians with care opportunities, Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set (“HEDIS®”) gaps in care and drug substitution opportunities, which directly translate into stronger cost management. Analyzing the risk-stratified patient-level data helps physicians and office staff strategize patient scheduling to optimize their resources and work hours to meet the healthcare needs of the patients that need the most care. Provider Portal also generates additional possible conditions that the physicians can screen for during patient visits. This exercise gives physicians a longitudinal view of patients’ health and any potential medical conditions they may have developed since their last annual wellness visit. This represents an important opportunity for physicians to address the conditions which otherwise may have been missed during initial health reviews of the patient.

Provider Portal is also used by our internal certified coders to review and reconcile claims data with electronic medical record and charts data. This provides P3 an opportunity to capture dropped or missed codes documented in the patient’s medical record that were not properly converted during the initial submission of claims by our physician partner offices. This practice also ensures that the diagnosis data that is submitted to health plans is validated with appropriate supporting documentation for seamless acceptance by CMS for year-over-year risk calculation for our patients.

P3 Care Connect. P3 Care Connect is a comprehensive management tool used by P3 care management, utilization management and concurrent review teams. P3 Care Connect enables P3 care managers to provide concierge and individualized care for specific, high-risk and special needs populations. This capability allows our platform and its constituents to deliver highly impactful clinical programs aimed to reduce cost and improve clinical outcomes while optimizing efficiency. Care orchestration through a combination of program management, cohort building, care plan and assessment builders help our care managers build more intelligent care plans. P3 Care Connect allows our care and medical management teams to process prior authorizations, track P3 patient referrals within our network throughout the care continuum and manage a concurrent review for inpatient services through an automated platform that improves efficiency and auditability of existing business workflows. This tool also enables a streamlined communication between P3 and primary care physicians, specialists and other ancillary care physicians who are involved in the care of our patients.

Analytic Management Tools. Analytic Management Tools is a business intelligence platform that converts data into visualizations and real-time metrics to empower decision making at every level across the organization. It helps our administrative teams deliver a data driven approach for a better, more engaged physician experience and act as a support system to their practices.

This tool combines data management with data analysis to evaluate and transform complex data sets into meaningful, actionable information used to support effective strategic, tactical and operational insights. It also provides comprehensive information that drives performance to improve clinical outcomes and quality of care and creates physician profiles and cost analysis to improve healthcare management. With an embedded Risk Adjustment engine, it allows the organization to determine the burden of illness for our patients while providing stratification clinical data to physicians.

Our Value Proposition

We believe that our P3 Care Model is effective, differentiated and represents a ‘win’ for all key stakeholders.

Patients

Our P3 Care Model of partnering with local physicians allows patients to maintain their relationship with their existing physicians. We believe this is key to delivering stronger clinical outcomes and support for our patients, as evidenced by our patient satisfaction rate of 96%. Our model deploys care teams for each individual patient to assist in the continuity and coordination of care. This support allows for seamless interactions across multiple physicians and various care settings. Connectivity minimizes unnecessary progression of disease or downstream care, which is evident in our results.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Physicians

We believe our model supports and empowers physicians, care teams, and practices in their transition from a traditional FFS model to a VBC model. Importantly, we enable physicians to implement VBC protocols while maintaining their independence. Additionally, our P3 Care Model leverages an innovative technology suite that provides physicians with the tools to drive better clinical outcomes. Enabling physicians to own much of this process also allows for improved personal satisfaction on their journey to VBC, resulting in our 98% physician retention rate from 2018 through March 31, 2023 on our network of approximately 2,800 physicians at March 31, 2023.

Payors

Our model is differentiated in our ability to also partner directly with payors. We have a proven ability to manage medical costs and improve clinical outcomes of our lives under management on behalf of our payor partners. This is evidenced by the receipt of inbound partnership requests from payors to improve growth, quality and profitability in their markets. We believe there is a significant and growing demand from payors as they capitate risk and transition to VBC.

Competitive Differentiation

Broad delegated care model

Under our at-risk model, we are financially responsible for the medical costs associated with our attributed patients across the care continuum. Our broad delegated care model enables us to better manage and control critical aspects of care beyond the PCP office. By taking on additional, delegated services from our payor partners, including networking, credentialing, utilization management and claims processing, we can better control care delivery, align incentives across the care continuum, and ensure that quality care is delivered and paid for in the appropriate care setting.

Rapidly scalable, capital efficient model

We have demonstrated the rapid scalability of our model with organic revenue growth of 99% from 2018 to 2022. This is in part due to the capital efficiency of our affiliate model and in part due to our ability to grow through multiple channels. Because we primarily partner with physicians and physician groups or payors, we do not need to build brick and mortar clinics or acquire practices to enter a new market; therefore, we require less upfront capital to enter a market and can take the time to establish a market presence and build patient recognition and familiarity as well as other relationships before investing significant funds. While many of our competitors employ the buy / build or joint-venture partnership model, our approach has a minimal “ramp-up” period and thus a faster expected near-term path to profitability. Furthermore, our ability to effectively leverage existing physician bases across the U.S. accelerates our speed to scale.

Highly experienced management team

Our management team has extensive experience in population health management, the MA space, and leading the transition to VBC throughout the United States.

Our executive team has worked hard to build cultural alignment around our vision to transform healthcare. This vision and values permeate throughout our organization and are embraced by our employees and partners. Furthermore, our executive team has been thoughtful and strategic about fostering a culture of mentorship to pass on their extensive industry knowledge to future P3 leaders.

Virtuous growth cycle

Our model incentivizes all constituencies across the care spectrum to work together by aligning incentives directly based on growth, care quality, patient disease documentation, and medical expense improvements. Our model creates better physician economics within their practices. When all constituencies benefit, we all capture the meaningful value generated by the P3 Care Model by improving clinical outcomes

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and decreasing the cost of care. Our ability to drive savings allows us to continuously innovate, support our physician partners and engage patients on the P3 platform.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to utilize our competitive strengths and capitalize on favorable industry trends to increase our footprint within our current markets and across new states and counties to ultimately increase the number of physicians and patients we serve.

Additional membership through current relationships. Recent data suggests that the number of Medicare-eligible patients and Medicare Advantage penetration rates will continue to increase in the upcoming years. We believe that this trend will translate into increased coverage by our current payor partners in our existing markets. As these new patients enroll in Medicare Advantage through our payors, they become attributed to our platform with little incremental cost to us.

Furthermore, we believe our physician partners will also increase their patient coverage as the number of available Medicare Advantage lives increases. We expect to be favorably positioned to benefit from this source of growth, bolstered by the sticky physician-patient relationship and our platform’s ability to assist our physician partners in more effectively managing healthcare quality, patient experience and cost.

Expansion in current markets. Based on our ability to provide a compelling value proposition for physicians looking to shift to value-based care while remaining independent, we believe there is significant opportunity to grow lives in our current markets in Arizona, California, Florida, Nevada, and Oregon. Additionally, we have the opportunity to expand our existing membership base through our payor partners’ presence in our current markets.

Expansion into adjacent markets. Once we establish a presence in a geography, we are then able to leverage our regional infrastructure and our relationships with payors as we expand into adjacent geographies. We are more easily able to deploy this ‘land and expand’ strategy once we have established the P3 brand in a particular market.

Expansion into new markets. We are constantly evaluating our pipeline of opportunities to continue growing our membership. Based on our analysis and experience to date, we have identified a list of target markets that we believe are ideal candidates for the P3 Care Model, whether across physicians or payors. We can facilitate this growth through new payor contracts, new network partnerships via joint ventures or expanding into a new market as part of an existing payor contract. We target entering three to five new markets each year based on this proven strategy.

Execute on accretive acquisitions. While our growth to date has been organic, we believe there are additional robust opportunities to acquire additional lives across both physicians and payors.

Competition

The healthcare industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Our primary competition remains the status quo, FFS environment that much of the healthcare system operates in today. We currently face competition in every aspect of our business, including in offering a favorable reimbursement structure for existing physician partners and attracting payors and physician partners who are not contracted with us, from a range of large- and medium-sized local and national companies that provide care under a variety of models that could attract patients, providers and payors. Our primary competitors in the population health management space include Oak Street Health, Cano Health and agilon health, in addition to numerous local provider networks, hospitals and health systems. Moreover, large, well-financed payors have in some cases developed their own managed care services tools and may provide these services to their physicians and patients at discounted prices or may seek to expand their relationships with additional competing physicians or physician networks. Other organizations may also seek to apply specialized services or programs, including providing data analytics or disease-based programs, designed to enable physicians or payors to operate successfully under VBC arrangements. Our competitors typically vary by geography, and we may also encounter competition in the future from other new entrants. Our growth strategy and our business could be adversely affected if we are not able to continue to access existing geographies, successfully expand into new geographies or maintain or establish new relationships with payors and physician partners.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.”

The principal competitive factors in our business include the nature and caliber of relationships with physicians; patient healthcare quality, outcomes and cost; the strength of relationships with payors; the quality of the physician experience; local geography leadership position; and the strength of the underlying economic model. We believe our platform, partnership and network model enables us to compete favorably.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trademark laws in the U.S. as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our trade secrets, including proprietary technology, databases and our brand.

We have a federal trademark registration application for “P3 Health Partners” in the U.S. We also have filed other applications to protect names and marks that are meaningful to our business in the U.S. across various states and local jurisdictions, including for the use of the local brand created within each of our geographies, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective.

We are the controller of a variety of registered domain names that include “p3hp” and similar variations.

We have developed proprietary technology and processes that support our operational programs and clinical insights, including our P3 Technology/Health Hub, which is a proprietary system that aids in the aggregation and analysis of third-party data we collect. Our internally developed technology is continuously refined to support the needs of our platform and partners. Although we do not currently hold a patent for P3 Technology/Health Hub, we have filed provisional patent applications relating to the P3 Technology/Health Hub, and we continue to regularly assess the most appropriate methods of protecting our intellectual property and may decide to pursue available protections in the future.

We maintain our intellectual property and confidential business information in a number of ways. For instance, we have a policy of requiring all employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us. Our employee agreements also require relevant employees to assign to us all rights to any inventions made or conceived during their employment with us in accordance with applicable law. In addition, we have a policy of requiring individuals and entities with which we discuss potential business relationships to sign non-disclosure agreements. Lastly, our contracts with physicians include confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions.

We may be unable to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights, and assertions by third parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Human Capital

As of March 31, 2023, we had approximately 600 employees. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining agreement.

Our human capital resources objectives include sourcing, recruiting, developing, retaining, rewarding, recognizing and integrating our existing and prospective employees. We recognize that attracting, motivating and retaining diverse, skilled and purpose-driven talent at all levels is vital to continuing our success. By improving employee retention and engagement, we also improve our ability to protect the long-term interests of our stakeholders and stockholders. We invest in our employees through high-quality benefits, various health and wellness initiatives, and social events that bring our employees together to support the communities in which we live and work. We offer competitive compensation packages, ensuring fairness in internal compensation practices.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

People join P3 because of our mission: to ensure providers and their patients get the healthcare they deserve. Together with our employees and physician partners, we have defined our core values as:

•

People: Our attitude is respecting and valuing everyone. Our community is strong and safe. We are “family” and we take care of each other with the same intensity as we take care of our patients.

•

Passion: Our heart is our patients. Our soul is our clinicians. Our strength is our people and culture.

•

Purpose: Our core is fixing health care. Our mindset is disciplined purposeful growth.

Our human capital efforts are supported by our dedicated human resources team. This team supports the business in identifying and recruiting top talent, supporting the onboarding of new hires through an employee orientation program, providing a structured approach to performance management that allows leaders and employees to collaborate to set organizational goals, chart plans, and assign targets such that it becomes a systematic process to achieving goals and objectives and having productive conversations about performance outcomes and career development. Our talent management framework enables us to meet the human capital and business needs within the organization. From identification of critical roles to succession planning and retention management practices, the team provides resources and tools, and leads the processes and experiences that enable us to make sure that we have everything in place to successfully execute on our talent management strategy.

Our efforts to promote a positive employee experience and build a diverse and inclusive culture are further supported and enhanced by local and national in-person and virtual events, including town halls, in-office celebrations and employee activity committees. We have also developed a taskforce that seeks to drive focused and targeted diversity and inclusion efforts, including employee focus groups and participation up and down the organization to ensure all voices are heard.

Government Regulation

Regulatory Licensing and Certification

Many states, including Florida, require regulatory approval, including licensure and certification, before establishing certain types of clinics offering certain professional and ancillary services, including the services P3 offers. The operations of the P3 owned and managed clinics are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, and proof of financial ability to operate. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part on the ability of P3 owned and managed clinics and its providers to obtain and maintain all necessary licenses and other approvals, and maintain updates to their enrollment in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, including the addition of new clinic locations, providers and other enrollment information. In addition, certain ancillary services such as the provision of diagnostic laboratory testing require additional state and federal licensure and regulatory oversight, including oversight by CMS, under Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”) which requires all clinical laboratories to meet certain quality assurance, quality control and personnel standards, and comparable state laboratory licensing authorities. Standards for testing under CLIA are based on the complexity of the tests performed by the laboratory, with tests classified as “high complexity,” “moderate complexity,” or “waived.” P3 owned and managed clinics hold CLIA Certificates of Waiver and perform certain CLIA-waived tests, which subjects such clinics to certain CLIA requirements. Sanctions for failure to comply with applicable state and federal licensing, certification and other regulatory requirements include suspension, revocation or limitation of the applicable authorization, significant fines and penalties and/or an inability to receive reimbursement from government healthcare programs and other third-party payors.

With respect to P3’s providers participating in its network, P3 providers must meet minimum requirements to apply for participation or continued participation with P3 through a credentialing process, including, without limitation, having a valid, current medical license and Drug Enforcement Administration registration, if required for the provider’s scope of practice, the absence of any debarment, suspension, exclusion or other restriction from receiving payments from any government or other third-party payor program, and clearing National Practitioner Data Bank of any reports and/or disciplinary actions. P3’s credentialing program is designed to meet CMS and the National Committee for Quality Assurance (“NCQA”)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

credentialing requirements as well as applicable federal and state laws. P3’s credentialing committee is comprised of a group of multispecialty providers with responsibilities for thoroughly reviewing each P3 provider’s qualifications and credentials. Providers are generally recredentialed every three years or more often if necessary, which is consistent with industry guidelines. In addition, network providers are required under their participating provider agreements with P3 to have established an ongoing quality assurance program. Moreover, P3’s contracts may allow P3 to withhold compensation from time to time based upon the providers meeting certain quality metrics, including HEDIS quality measures and care coordination metrics.

State Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting Laws

Our arrangements with our affiliated professional entities and other physician partners are subject to various state laws, commonly referred to as corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws, which are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment, and prohibiting the sharing of professional service fees with non-professional or business interests. These laws vary from state to state, including those where the Company does business, and are subject to broad interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. For example, the corporate practice of medicine prohibition in Nevada has only been established through attorney general opinions and there is no statutory or regulatory fee-splitting prohibition in the state. Arizona’s corporate practice of medicine was established under older case law, and more recent legislation suggests that the prohibition may not be strictly enforced in the state. Oregon prohibits the corporate practice of medicine but has an exception for professional corporations with majority physician ownership where a non-licensed person or entity may hold minority ownership interest in such professional corporation. Florida does not prohibit the corporate practice of medicine but has professional fee-splitting laws, which prohibit the sharing of professional fees based on referrals for professional services.

California’s corporate practice of medicine doctrine has been developed through statutes, case law and state attorney general opinions. The general prohibition on the corporate practice of medicine arises out of the California Business and Professions Code, which has been enforced through case law and attorney general opinions. In California, physicians and certain licensed professionals cannot be employed by non-professional corporations, except under limited exceptions which do not apply to the Company. Additionally, all clinical decisions and certain business or management decisions that result in control over a physician’s practice of medicine or a licensed professional’s clinical decisions must be made by a physician or licensed professional and not by an unlicensed person or entity. California also prohibits professional fee splitting arrangements, but management fees based on a percentage of gross revenue or similar arrangement that is commensurate with fair market value of services provided by the management company are generally permissible.

We believe we have structured our management services agreements with the our affiliated professional entities to comply with the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws of Nevada, and we expect to enter into similar agreements with affiliated professional entities in California and other states where we may operate in the future, where all clinical decisions and other business and management decisions that result in control over a physician’s practice of medicine or a licensed professional’s clinical decisions remain exclusively with the affiliated professional entities, their physician shareholders and the physicians and licensed professionals employed and contracted by such entities.

A determination of non-compliance against us and/or our affiliated professional entities or other physician partners based on the reinterpretation of existing laws or adoption of new laws could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease-and-desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, and/or restructuring of these arrangements.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

We are subject to a number of federal and state healthcare regulatory laws that restrict certain business practices in the healthcare industry. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti-kickback, false claims, self-referral and other healthcare fraud and abuse laws.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”) prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Several courts have interpreted the AKS’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the AKS has been violated.

The AKS includes statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors that protect certain arrangements. By way of example, the AKS safe harbor for value-based arrangements and the safe harbor for arrangements between managed care organizations and downstream contractors both require, among other things, that the arrangement does not induce a person or entity to reduce or limit medically necessary items or services furnished to any patient. Failure to meet the requirements of an applicable AKS safe harbor, however, does not render an arrangement illegal. Rather, the government may evaluate such arrangements on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all facts and circumstances, including the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse, and may be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.

The Stark Law prohibits a physician who has a financial relationship, or who has an immediate family member who has a financial relationship, with entities providing designated health services (“DHS”) from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to such entities for the furnishing of DHS, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity from billing for any such prohibited referral. Unlike the AKS, the Stark Law is violated if the financial arrangement does not meet an applicable exception, regardless of any intent by the parties to induce or reward referrals or the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral.

The federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) prohibits a person from knowingly presenting, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or from making a false statement or using a false record to have a claim approved. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the United States government. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the AKS or the Stark Law constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil FCA. Penalties for a violation of the FCA include fines for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim. Private individuals also have the ability to bring actions under these false claims laws in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented to or paid by the government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such suits, known as qui tam actions, are pervasive in the healthcare industry.

Further, the Civil Monetary Penalties Statute authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties, assessments and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a variety of prohibited conduct, including, but not limited to offering remuneration to a federal health care program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive health care items or services from a particular provider. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the AKS and civil FCA. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) Office of Inspector General emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payors may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (collectively, “HIPAA”), also established federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the AKS, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program.

Violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in significant penalties, including, without limitation, administrative civil and criminal penalties, damages, disgorgement, fines, additional reporting requirements and compliance oversight obligations, in the event that a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement is required to resolve allegations of noncompliance with these laws, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs and/or individual imprisonment.

Healthcare Reform

In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, many of which are intended to contain or reduce healthcare costs. By way of example, in the United States, the Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “ACA”), substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. The ACA required, among other things, CMS to establish a Medicare shared savings program that promotes accountability and coordination of care through the creation of Accountable Care Organizations (“ACOs”). The Medicare shared savings program allows for providers, physicians and other designated health care professionals and suppliers to form ACOs and voluntarily work together to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to give coordinated high quality care to their Medicare patients, avoid unnecessary duplication of services and prevent medical errors. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards established by CMS are eligible to share in a portion of the Medicare program’s cost savings. ACO program methodologies and participation requirements are updated by CMS for each performance year and participants are expected to comply with such program requirements and required to report on performance after the close of the year. ACOs that fail to comply with such program requirements can face penalties or even termination of their participation in the Medicare shared savings program.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court’s decision, President Biden issued an executive order initiating a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2032, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2022, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In addition, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

beneficiaries and share in the savings and risks generated from managing such beneficiaries. Although we currently do not participate in these pilot payment models, we may choose to do so in the future. Additional changes that may affect our business include the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives for physicians under the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, which first affected physician payment in 2019. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the Medicare quality payment program will impact overall physician reimbursement. In addition, there likely will continue to be regulatory proposals directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, as government healthcare programs and other third-party payors transition from FFS to value-based reimbursement models, which can include risk-sharing, bundled payment and other innovative approaches. It is possible that the federal or state governments will implement additional reductions, increases, or changes in reimbursement in the future under government programs that may adversely affect us or increase the cost of providing our services. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue or attain growth, any of which could have a material impact on our business.

Further, healthcare providers and industry participants are also subject to a growing number of requirements intended to promote the interoperability and exchange of patient health information. For example, on April 5, 2021, healthcare providers and certain other entities became subject to information blocking restrictions pursuant to the Cures Act that prohibit practices that are likely to interfere with the access, exchange or use of electronic health information, except as required by law or specified by the HHS as a reasonable and necessary activity. Violations may result in penalties or other disincentives. It is unclear at this time what the costs of compliance with the new rules will be and what additional risks there may be to our business.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information, including health information privacy and security laws, data breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act). For example, HIPAA imposes obligations on “covered entities,” including certain healthcare providers, such as the affiliated professional entities, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, and their respective “business associates” that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, such as P3, as well as their covered subcontractors with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA, whether as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information (“PHI”), a complaint about privacy practices, or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal, and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance.

In addition, certain state laws, such as the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act, the California Consumer Privacy Act, and the California Privacy Rights Act, govern the privacy and security of personal information, including health-related information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. Privacy and security laws, regulations, and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance efforts, and can result in investigations, proceedings, or actions that lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties and restrictions on data processing.

Federal and State Insurance and Managed Care Laws

Regulation of downstream risk-sharing arrangements, including, but not limited to, at-risk and other value-based arrangements, varies significantly from state to state. Some states require downstream entities and risk-bearing entities to obtain an insurance license, a certificate of authority, or an equivalent authorization, in order to participate in downstream risk-sharing arrangements with payors. In some states,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

statutes, regulations and/or formal guidance explicitly address whether and in what manner the state regulates the transfer of risk by a payor to a downstream entity. However, the majority of states do not explicitly address the issue, and in such states, regulators may nonetheless interpret statutes and regulations to regulate such activity. If downstream risk-sharing arrangements are not regulated directly in a particular state, the state regulatory agency may nonetheless require oversight by the licensed payor as the party to such a downstream risk-sharing arrangement. Such oversight is accomplished via contract and may include the imposition of reserve requirements, as well as reporting obligations. Further, state regulatory stances regarding downstream risk-sharing arrangements can change rapidly and codified provisions may not keep pace with evolving risk-sharing mechanisms and other new value-based reimbursement models. Certain of the states where we currently operate or may choose to operate in the future regulate the operations and financial condition of risk bearing organizations like us and our affiliated providers. By way of example, P3 recently acquired Medcore HP, a licensed health plan under the Knox Keene Act, which subjects the entity to certain capital requirements, licensing or certification, governance controls, utilization review and grievance procedures, among others. While these regulations have not had a material impact on our business to date, as we continue to expand, for example, through acquisitions or otherwise, these rules may require additional resources and capitalization and add complexity to our business.

Seasonality

Our business experiences some variability depending upon the time of the year. While new patients are attributed to our platform throughout the year, we experience the largest portion of our at-risk membership growth during the first quarter. Operations in our new markets generally begin on January 1, at which time our payor partners attribute patients to our physician partners as our agreements with those payors in those geographies become effective. This coincides with the beginning of the Medicare program year, when plan enrollment selections made during the prior Annual Enrollment Period, which runs each year from October 15 to December 7, take effect.

In addition, in January of each year, CMS revises the risk adjustment factor for each patient based upon health conditions documented in the prior year, leading to an overall increase in per-member revenue. As the year progresses, our per-member revenue declines as new members join us typically with less complete or accurate documentation (and therefore lower risk-adjustment scores) and patient morbidity disproportionately impacts our higher-risk (and therefore greater revenue) members.

Medical costs will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, including the weather and the number of calendar working days in a given period. Certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We therefore expect to see higher levels of per member medical costs in the first and fourth quarters.

Additional Information

Properties.

As of March 31, 2023, our principal executive office is located in Henderson, NV, where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 34,000 square feet, primarily under a lease that expires in July 2030. We use this facility for principal corporate activities. We also lease offices in Tucson, AZ; Las Vegas, NV; Salem,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OR; Stockton, CA; and the St. Petersburg/Tampa areas, FL. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings.

The Company is a party to various claims, legal and regulatory proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions arising in the ordinary course of business and associated with the Business Combinations. The Company carries general and professional liability insurance coverage to mitigate the Company’s risk of potential loss in such cases. An accrual is established when a specific contingency is probable and estimable. The Company also faces contingencies that are reasonably possible to occur that cannot currently be estimated. The Company believes that disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, net loss or cash flows. It is the Company’s policy to expense costs associated with loss contingencies, including any related legal fees, as they are incurred.

Books and Records Action

On April 19, 2021, two members of the P3 Board of Managers, Joseph Straus and Jonathan Bradburn, filed a lawsuit in the Delaware Court of Chancery captioned Straus et al v. P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC, C.A. No. 2021-0335-JTL (the “Books and Records Action”). In the Books and Records Action, Straus and Bradburn sought an order requiring P3 to produce certain books and records relating to the process leading up to, and the approval of, the Business Combinations. On May 21, 2021, P3 filed its answer to the complaint in the Books and Records Action. On May 9, 2023, the Books and Records Action was dismissed with prejudice.

Hudson Class D Dispute

On June 11, 2021, Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC (“Hudson”), a holder of P3’s Class D Units, filed an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery captioned Hudson Vegas Investments SPV, LLC v. Chicago Pacific Founders Fund, L.P., et al., C.A. No. 2021-0518-JTL (the “Hudson Action”), in which it challenged the Business Combinations. Specifically, Hudson purports to assert claims against P3, certain managers that were on the P3 Board of Managers, certain of its officers, and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund, L.P. (“CPF”) for breach of P3’s then-existing LLC agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) (against P3 and CPF), breach of fiduciary duty (against certain of P3’s officers) and breach of contract claims related to the then-existing LLC Agreement (against the P3 Board of Managers) in connection with the process leading up to, and approval of, the Business Combinations. In the Hudson Action, Hudson sought to enjoin the consummation of the Business Combinations and seeks a declaration that the Business Combinations violate its rights under the P3 then-existing LLC Agreement, a declaration that certain managers on the P3 Board of Managers and certain of P3’s officers breached their fiduciary duties, and money damages including attorneys’ fees.

On June 13, 2021, P3 filed an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery captioned P3 Health Group Holdings, L.L.C. v. Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC, C.A. No. 2021-0519-JTL (the “P3 Action”). In the P3 Action, P3 seeks: (i) a declaration that the Business Combinations do not violate Section 3.10 of P3’s Existing LLC Agreement; and (ii) reformation of a provision of P3’s Existing LLC Agreement. The P3 Action was consolidated with the Hudson Action. The combined cases are captioned In re P3 Health Group Holdings, L.L.C., C.A. No. 2021-0518-JTL.

On June 22, 2021, Hudson filed a motion for expedited proceedings in the Hudson Action in which it sought expedited discovery and a hearing on its motion for preliminary injunction to enjoin the consummation of the Business Combinations. The defendants in the Hudson Action determined not to oppose Hudson’s motion for expedited proceedings and engaged in expedited discovery in advance of a preliminary injunction hearing that took place September 9, 2021.

On September 14, 2021, the Court of Chancery issued an oral ruling denying Hudson’s motion for preliminary injunction due to the lack of probability of success on the merits or, with respect to the Section 5.10 of the then-existing P3 LLC Agreement (the “Purchase Option”) only, lack of a showing of irreparable harm based on the condition that the escrow described below be created. In its ruling, the Court

TABLE OF CONTENTS

held that Hudson had not demonstrated a reasonable probability of success on its claims, except for its claim under the Purchase Option, which — if applicable — would allow Hudson to exercise an option to purchase additional equity interests in P3 in connection with the pending transaction with Foresight. With respect to the Purchase Option claim, the Court declined to address the merits and instead denied Hudson’s motion finding that Hudson failed to demonstrate irreparable harm. This ruling was made subject to the condition that Defendants memorialize their commitment to escrow, pending final resolution of this action, the consideration Hudson would be entitled to receive if it is determined that the Purchase Option can be validly exercised, in a stipulation filed with the Court. On September 17, 2021, Defendants filed a stipulation and proposed order regarding escrow which confirmed their commitment to do so and to cause the Payment Spreadsheet (as that term is defined in Section 2.01(f) of the Merger Agreement) to provide that such consideration will be directed to such escrow. The Court granted and entered the stipulation and proposed order on September 17, 2021.

The former members of P3 (other than Hudson) have agreed to indemnify the Company and P3 LLC following the Closing, for any damages, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of matters relating to the dispute with Hudson.

On December 27, 2021, Hudson filed a Motion for Leave to Amend the Verified Complaint. The proposed Amended Complaint contains certain of Hudson’s original claims and also adds additional claims, including bad faith breach of contract claims against certain of the former P3 Managers, an additional contractual claim against P3, and a tortious interference with contract claim against Foresight Acquisition Corp., Foresight Acquisition Corp. II, P3 Partners Inc., Sameer Mathur, and Greg Wasson. Defendants informed Hudson that they did not oppose the Motion for Leave to Amend the Verified Complaint, and on February 4, 2022, Hudson filed its Verified Amended Complaint.

On March 9, 2022, all Defendants moved to dismiss the Verified Amended Complaint. The briefing on Defendants’ Motion to Dismiss was completed on May 17, 2022.

On March 25, 2022, Hudson served its Second Request for the Production of Documents directed to Defendants, and on April 14, 2022, Defendants filed a Motion to Stay Discovery and for Protective Order Pending Resolution of Motions to Dismiss (the “Motion to Stay”). Defendants served formal responses and objections to the Second Request for the Production of Documents on April 25, 2022. Hudson opposed the Motion to Stay on May 12, 2022. On July 13, 2022, the Court heard argument on both the Motions to Dismiss and the Motion to Stay and took the matters under advisement.

From September 12, 2022 and through November 7, 2022, the Court issued a series of Orders ruling on the Motions to Dismiss. Such Orders provided for the dismissal with prejudice of (i) Hudson’s claim to a Purchase Option and (ii) Hudson’s claim to a priority right to cash distributed as a result of the transactions; and (iii) the denial of each of the various Motions to Dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction.

The Court granted in part and denied in part a motion to dismiss filed by Mr. Leisure, Mr. Kazarian, Mr. Abdou, Mr. Bacchus, Mr. Garrett, Mr. Price, Ms. Glisson, and Mr. Leavitt (the “Manager Defendants”) with respect to Hudson’s claim for bad faith breach of contract under a variety of theories. The Court also granted in part and denied in part the Manager Defendants’ motion, permitting Hudson’s bad faith breach of contract claim to proceed against the Manager Defendants on certain theories, but dismissing other theories, including that the Manager Defendants committed a bad faith breach of contract by failing to act in good faith to facilitate the Purchase Option.

On November 7, 2022, the Court issued an order denying in part and granting in part the motion to dismiss the breach of fiduciary claims against the officer Defendants, including Mr. Kazarian, Mr. Abdou, Mr. Bacchus, Ms. Glisson, and Ms. Puathasnanon. The Court allowed certain theories for these claims to survive the motion to dismiss, but it dismissed other theories for the claims, including that the officers “fail[ed] to engage in an adequate auction or sale process.” On November 9, 2022, the Court issued an order denying the motion to dismiss the claim against Mr. Mathur for tortious interference with Hudson’s contract rights. The parties are now currently engaged in discovery on Hudson’s surviving claims.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and members of our board of directors (ages as of the date of this prospectus):

Name	Age	Position
Executive Officers
Sherif Abdou, M.D.	62	Chief Executive Officer, Director and Co-Founder
Amir Bacchus, M.D.	59	Chief Medical Officer, Director and Co-Founder
Atul Kavthekar	55	Chief Financial Officer
Non-Employee Directors
Mark Thierer	63	Chairman of the Board
Greg Wasson	64	Director
Lawrence B. Leisure	72	Director
Mary Tolan	62	Director
Greg Kazarian	60	Director
Thomas E. Price, M.D.	69	Director
Jeffrey G. Park	51	Director

Sherif Abdou, M.D. is a Co-founder of P3 and has served as P3’s Chief Executive Officer and on the Legacy P3 Board of Managers since 2017 and as a Director of the Company since December 2021. Dr. Abdou served as Chief Executive Officer of P3 Health Group from 2015 to 2017. Dr. Abdou received a Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery degree from Mansoura University and a Master of Medical Management degree from the University of Southern California. Dr. Abdou was selected to serve on our board of directors for his experience in the healthcare industry, his role as one of P3’s founders and his service as P3’s Chief Executive Officer.

Amir Bacchus, M.D. is a Co-founder of P3 and has served as P3’s Chief Medical Officer and on the Legacy P3 Board of Managers since 2017 and as a Director of the Company since December 2021. Dr. Bacchus served as Chief Medical Officer of P3 Health Group from 2015 to 2017. Dr. Bacchus served as a director of the University of Nevada, Las Vegas — School of Medicine Advisory Board, a position he held from 2014 to 2020. Dr. Bacchus received a Bachelor of Arts degree from California State University, Northridge, a Doctor of Medicine from Wayne State University School of Medicine and an MBA from the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. Dr. Bacchus was selected to serve on our board of directors for his experience in the healthcare industry, his role as one of P3’s founders and his service as P3’s Chief Medical Officer.

Atul Kavthekar has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 12, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kavthekar served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EyeCare Partners, a clinically-integrated comprehensive eyecare platform, since March 2021. From July 2020 to March 2021, Mr. Kavthekar served as Chief Financial Officer of Encyclopedia Britannica, a digital media, publishing and educational curriculum company. From May 2017 to April 2019, Mr. Kavthekar served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Diplomat Pharmacy, Inc., an independent provider of specialty pharmacy services. Mr. Kavthekar served as Chief Financial Officer of LivingSocial, Inc., an e-commerce retailer, from June 2015 to December 2016. Mr. Kavthekar also served as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Corporate Development for the health and wellness division of Sears Holding Corporation, which included the Kmart Pharmacy business, from December 2013 to May 2015, and as Division Chief Financial Officer of e-commerce for Walgreen Co. from December 2009 to December 2013. Prior to these positions, he held a number of positions in the financial industry, focusing on investment banking and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Kavthekar received an MBA from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Mark Thierer has served as a Director of the Company since December 2021 and an advisor to Foresight since October 2020. Mr. Thierer currently serves as the managing partner of the investment firm

TABLE OF CONTENTS

he formed, AssetBlue Investment Group, a position he has held since June 2017. From October 2017 through February 2018, Mr. Thierer also served as the interim Chief Executive Officer of Dentsply Sirona Inc. (Nasdaq: XRAY), a manufacturer of dental implants. Mr. Thierer was Chief Executive Officer of OptumRx, a pharmacy care services company, from July 2015 until September 2017. He previously served as chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Catamaran Corporation (Nasdaq: CTRX), one of the nation’s largest pharmacy benefit management companies, from March 2011 until it combined with OptumRx in 2015. Mr. Thierer has experience as a Chief Executive Officer leading a national pharmacy benefit and healthcare information technology solutions company. His skills include strategy and business development, technology, finance and marketing. He brings valuable leadership experience and knowledge of operations and the day-to-day management of a national corporation. Mr. Thierer also has experience in the structuring and execution of strategic corporate transactions, including mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Thierer is a member of the board of directors of Discover Financial Services (NYSE: DFS) since 2014 and Senior Connect Acquisition Corp. (Nasdaq: SNRH). Mr. Thierer received a BS in Finance from the University of Minnesota and an MBA from Nova Southeastern University. Mr. Thierer also holds the designation of CEBS (Certified Employee Benefits Specialist) from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Thierer was selected to serve on our board of directors for his extensive experience in both the financial and healthcare sectors.

Greg Wasson has served as a director of P3 Health Partners Inc. and its predecessor, Foresight Acquisition Corp, since November 2020. Mr. Wasson currently serves as President and Founder of his own family office, Wasson Enterprise. Wasson Enterprise’s focus is to partner with entrepreneurs and operators to build sustainable, high-growth businesses that do well by doing good. As the former President and CEO of Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc., Mr. Wasson has extensive global operational and management experience, as well as extensive knowledge of the retail and healthcare industries. Mr. Wasson attended Purdue University’s School of Pharmacy, receiving his pharmacy degree in 1981. Before his senior year, he was invited to become one of the first pharmacy services interns in Walgreens’ corporate offices — an opportunity that led to his being hired by Walgreens upon graduation and that changed the course of his future career. Mentored by many company leaders through the years, together with his outstanding performance in positions of increasing responsibility, Mr. Wasson served Walgreens for 34 years. As Walgreens CEO, Mr. Wasson led the Fortune 35 company to record fiscal 2014 sales of $76.4 billion. He is credited with creating significant financial and shareholder value, initiating and completing transformative mergers and investments, leading complex organizational and structural change, assembling a diverse and high- performance senior leadership team, and establishing Walgreens’ position as an industry leader. Before retiring from Walgreens, Mr. Wasson had transformed an iconic 114-year-old domestic company into the first global pharmacy-led, health, well-being and beauty enterprise via the successful merger with European-based Alliance Boots to create Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc. Mr. Wasson currently serves on the Board of Directors of OptimizeRx Corp. (Nasdaq: OPRX), a position he has held since August 2020. Mr. Wasson also served on the Board of Directors of PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (NYSE: PNC) from July 2015 to October 2018 and Verizon Communications Inc. (NYSE: VZ) from February 2013 to October 2018. Mr. Wasson was selected to serve on our board of directors for his deep experience as an executive in the healthcare services industry and broad industry relationships.

Lawrence B. Leisure has served as a Director of the Company since December 2021 and on the Legacy P3 Board of Managers since April 2017. Mr. Leisure co-founded and has served as a Managing Partner of Chicago Pacific Founders, a private equity fund focused exclusively on healthcare services and senior living, since 2014. Mr. Leisure currently serves as a director of BioIntelliSense, a position he has held since January 2019, as a manager of Recovery Ways Holdings, a position he has held since July 2014. Mr. Leisure serves as a manager of Chicago Pacific Capital, L.P., a position he has held since July 2014, a manager of Chicago Pacific Founders UGP I, a position he has held since July 2014, a manager of Chicago Pacific Founders UPP II, a position he has held since June 2019, a manager of Wellbe Senior Medical, LLC, a position he has held since March 2019, a manager of Impact Advisors Holdings, LLC, a position he has held since December 2019, and a manager of Allymar Health Solutions, LLC, a position he has held since March 2021. Mr. Leisure also served as a manager of FEMG Holdings, LLC, from August 2018 to July 2021. He also serves on the board of IrsVision, and Cahrus Technologies, both early-stage startup companies. From a not-for-profit perspective, he is a Senior Advisor to the Byers Center for BIODESIGN at Stanford University, a member of the Board of Advisors of the UCLA Anderson School of Management, and Chair of the Advisory Board of the UCSF Rosenman Institute. Mr. Leisure received a Bachelor of Arts degree

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from Stanford University and an MBA degree from the University of California, Los Angeles. Mr. Leisure was selected to serve on our board of directors for his deep experience in value-based healthcare delivery models and broad industry relationships.

Mary Tolan has served as a Director of the Company since December 2021 and on the Legacy P3 Board of Managers since April 2017. Ms. Tolan co-founded and has served as a Managing Partner of Chicago Pacific Founders, a private equity fund focused exclusively on healthcare services, technology and healthcare real estate, since 2014. Previously, Ms. Tolan was the founder of R1 RCM, Inc. (Nasdaq: RCM), a provider of comprehensive end-to-end healthcare revenue-cycle management services and population health management services infrastructure. Prior to R1 RCM, Ms. Tolan was a Group Chief Executive at Accenture, the global management consulting, technology services, and outsourcing company. Ms. Tolan currently serves as a director of Tredence, Inc., Atrio, WellBe, Duo, Peeq, Novum Health, SightMD, and Ascend. Ms. Tolan serves on the Board of Trustees for the University of Chicago. Ms. Tolan received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Loyola University and an MBA from the University of Chicago. Ms. Tolan was selected to serve on our board of directors for her extensive experience in value-based care as an executive in the healthcare services industry and her investing experience.

Greg Kazarian has served as a Director of the Company since December 2021 and on the Legacy P3 Board of Managers since May 2017. Mr. Kazarian has served as an Operating Partner of Chicago Pacific Founders since 2014. Mr. Kazarian currently serves as a director of Recovery Ways Holdings, LLC, a position he has held since July 2014, and a director of CPF Outpatient Holdings, LLC, a position he has held since October 2020. Mr. Kazarian was one of the four Executive Officers of Accretive Health (now R1 RCM, Inc. (Nasdaq: RCM)) a provider of comprehensive end-to-end healthcare revenue-cycle management services and population health management services infrastructure. Mr. Kazarian served in a variety of roles during his tenure at Accretive Health including General Counsel, Head of the Physician Advisory Services Business and Senior Vice President of Operations with P&L responsibility for one third of the Company’s revenue cycle business. Prior to joining Accretive Health, Mr. Kazarian was a partner at Pedersen and Houpt in Chicago, where he spent 16 years representing mid-sized growth companies. Mr. Kazarian received his law degree and his Bachelor of Science degree in Biophysics from the University of Illinois. Mr. Kazarian was selected to serve on our board of directors for his experience as an executive in the healthcare services industry and his investing experience.

Thomas E. Price, M.D. has served as a Director of the Company since December 2021 and on the Legacy P3 Board of Managers since January 2018. Dr. Price currently serves as a director of Triumph Orthopedics, LLC, a position he has held since 2021, a sole director of HealthWiseFirst, LLC, a position he has held since 2018, a director of Association Health Plans of America, LLC, a position he has held since 2018, a director of Transformation Care Network, LLC, a position he has held since 2020, a director of Botanicals Sciences, LLC, a position he has held since 2020, a director of Capital Ministries (non-profit), a position he has held since 2018. Dr. Price entered private medical practice in 1984, returned to Emory University as an assistant professor of orthopedic surgery in 2002 and subsequently serviced as director of the orthopedic clinic at Atlanta’s Grady Memorial Hospital. Dr. Price served in the US House of Representatives from Georgia’s 6th district from 2005 to 2017, during which time he served as Chair of the House Budget Committee from 2015 to 2017. In February 2017, he was confirmed by the Senate as the United States Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) and remained in that position until September 2017. Currently, Dr. Price serves on the boards of several privately held health care companies and non-profits as well as consulting and advising companies. Dr. Price holds Bachelor’s and Doctor of Medicine degrees from the University of Michigan. He completed his residency at Emory University and was in private orthopedic practice from 1984 to 2004. Dr. Price was selected to serve on our board of directors for his extensive experience in public service and medical practice that bring a deep perspective on P3’s business.

Jeffrey G. Park has served as a Director of the Company since December 2021. Mr. Park was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WellDyneRx, an independent pharmacy benefits manager, from April 2019 until April 2022 and since October 2019 as a director of Progyny (Nasdaq: PGNY). From January 2018 until May 2018, he was the Interim Chief Executive Officer of Diplomat Pharmacy, Inc., or Diplomat (NYSE: DPLO), a provider of specialty pharmacy services. Additionally, from June 2017 to February 2019, he served on the board of directors of Diplomat. Prior to that, from July 2015 until July 2016, he was the Chief Operating Officer of OptumRX, the entity resulting from the merger of Catamaran

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporation, or Catamaran, and OptumRX, UnitedHealthcare Group’s free-standing pharmacy care services business. Before the merger, from March 2014 until July 2015, he was Catamaran’s Executive Vice President, Operations, and previously served as Catamaran’s Chief Financial Officer, beginning in 2006. Mr. Park holds a B.S. in Accounting from Brock University. Mr. Park was selected to serve on our board of directors for his extensive leadership experience in the pharmaceutical industry.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Director Independence

Mark Thierer, Greg Wasson, Lawrence B. Leisure, Mary Tolan, Tom E. Price, M.D. and Jeffrey G. Park each qualify as “independent” in accordance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics (“Code of Ethics”) that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics is available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at ir.p3hp.org. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the Nasdaq rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Ethics. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

We have a separately-designated standing audit committee (“Audit Committee”) that consists of Jeffrey G. Park, Greg Wasson and Thomas E. Price, with Jeffrey G. Park serving as the chair of the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has determined that all three members of the Audit Committee (Jeffrey G. Park, Greg Wasson and Thomas E. Price) are independent directors under the Nasdaq rules and the additional independence standards applicable to audit committee members established pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that each of Jeffrey G. Park, Greg Wasson and Thomas E. Price meets the “financial literacy” requirement for audit committee members under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules and Jeffrey G. Park is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC rules.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for P3 executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2022, the “named executive officers” and their positions with P3 were as follows:

•

Sherif Abdou, M.D., Chief Executive Officer;

•

Amir Bacchus, M.D., Chief Medical Officer; and

•

Atul Kavthekar, Chief Financial Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus ($)(1)		Stock Awards ($)(2)		Option Awards ($)(2)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3)		All Other Compensation ($)(4)		Total ($)
Sherif Abdou Chief Executive Officer		2022		800,000		6,300,000		—		—		—		—		7,100,000
Sherif Abdou Chief Executive Officer		2021		750,000		750,000		81,081		—		—		2,824		1,583,905
Amir Bacchus Chief Medical Officer		2022		600,000		3,700,000		—		—		—		—		4,300,000
Amir Bacchus Chief Medical Officer		2021		500,000		500,000		56,474		—		—		1,927		1,058,401
Atul Kavthekar Chief Financial Officer		2022		17,308		—		—		1,326,347		—		20,462		1,364,117

(1)

With respect to Drs. Abdou and Bacchus, amounts in 2022 include the executives’ transaction bonuses, which were earned in 2022 and totaled $6,300,000 and $3,700,000, respectively.

(2)

Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of the equity awards granted to the named executive officers, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all equity awards granted to executives in 2022 in Note 15 “Equity-Based Compensation” in our consolidated financial statements included in the Original Filing.

(3)

For 2022, the Compensation and Nominating Committee has not yet made determinations regarding annual bonus payments with respect to 2022, but anticipates that such determinations will be made in the second quarter of 2023.

(4)

Amount in 2022 reflects the reimbursement of certain moving expenses for Mr. Kavthekar pursuant to his offer letter further described below.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

2022 Salaries

In 2022, the named executive officers received an annual base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. The 2022 annual base salaries for Dr. Abdou, Dr. Bacchus and Mr. Kavthekar were $800,000, $600,000 and $450,000, respectively. The actual base salaries earned by our named executive officers for services in 2022 are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Salary.”

2022 Bonuses

Certain of our named executive officers were eligible to earn cash bonuses for work performed in 2022 under our annual bonus program. For 2022, Drs. Abdou and Bacchus were eligible to receive annual target

TABLE OF CONTENTS

bonuses of 100% of their respective base salaries. Dr. Abdou was eligible to receive a bonus based on the actual achievement of EBITDA and revenue goals. Dr. Bacchus was eligible to receive a bonus based on the actual achievement of EBITDA, revenue and medical loss ratio goals. Mr. Kavthekar was not eligible to receive a bonus in 2022. The Compensation and Nominating Committee has not yet made determinations regarding bonus payments with respect to 2022, but anticipates that such determinations will be made in the second quarter of 2023.

In addition, in connection with entering into new employment agreements with Drs. Abdou and Bacchus, we entered into transaction bonus agreements with each executive that provided for the payment of bonuses in an aggregate amount equal to $6,300,000 (Dr. Abdou) and $3,700,000 (Dr. Bacchus) in connection with the consummation of the Business Combinations. The transaction bonuses were earned in 2022 pursuant to the terms of those agreements, as further described below.

Equity-Based Compensation

In connection with the Business Combinations, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and its stockholders approved, the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”), in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of our affiliates and to enable us to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. The 2021 Plan became effective on December 3, 2021.

Drs. Abdou and Bacchus did not receive any incentive equity awards in 2022. In connection with his appointment as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in December 2022 Mr. Kavthekar was granted a stock option to purchase 600,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. The option will vest and become exercisable with respect to 25% of the option on the first anniversary of December 12, 2022, and the remaining 75% will vest and become exercisable in equal annual installments over the following three years on each anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Kavthekar’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

Benefits and Perquisites

Health and Welfare Plans

In 2022, the named executive officers were eligible to participate in a 401(k) retirement savings plan maintained by P3. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. In 2022, the Company did not make matching contributions under the 401(k) plan for the named executive officers.

In 2022, the named executive officers participated in standard health and welfare plans maintained by P3.

We believe the benefits described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

Relocation Benefits

In connection with the commencement of his employment as Chief Financial Officer, in 2022 Mr. Kavthekar was provided with certain relocation benefits pursuant to his offer letter (as described below).

No Tax Gross-Ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by our company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2022.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Option Awards

Name

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

Sherif Abdou

Amir Bacchus

Atul Kavthekar

—

600,000

3.70

12/12/2032

(1)

Outstanding equity awards cover shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

We have entered into offers of employment letters or employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, and transaction bonus agreements with Drs. Abdou and Bacchus. The material terms of these agreements are described below.

Sherif Abdou and Amir Bacchus 2022 Employment Agreements

We entered into new employment agreements with each of Sherif Abdou and Amir Bacchus in May 2022, which superseded their earlier employment agreements (collectively, the “2022 Employment Agreements”). The initial term of the 2022 Employment Agreements will end on January 1, 2025, and the term automatically will renew for successive one-year terms unless advance written notice of non-renewal is given by either party (such term, the “employment term”). In addition, during the employment term, for so long as Dr. Abdou or Dr. Bacchus serve as Chief Executive Office or Chief Medical Officer, respectively, the Company will nominate the executive for re-election as a member of the board of directors. The 2022 Employment Agreements provide for a base salary ($800,000 in the case of Dr. Abdou and $600,000 in the case of Dr. Bacchus) and eligibility to earn an annual bonus (100% of base salary in the case of each of Drs. Abdou and Bacchus). Each of Drs. Abdou and Bacchus are entitled to participate in any employee benefit plan that the Company and its affiliates adopts, and the Company has agreed to maintain short-term and long-term disability insurance coverage for Drs. Abdou and Bacchus during the term of their respective employment.

The 2022 Employment Agreements include customary confidentiality and mutual non-disparagement provisions, as well as a standard non-compete restriction effective during employment and for 18 months thereafter and service provider/customer non-solicitation restrictions effective during employment and for 24 months thereafter.

Under the terms of the 2022 Employment Agreements, if the employment of Dr. Abdou or Dr. Bacchus is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the executive for “cause” (each, as defined in the 2022 Employment Agreements), then, in addition to any accrued benefits through the date of termination, the executive will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, subject to the executive’s and the Company’s timely execution (and non-revocation) of a mutual release of claims: (i) cash severance in an aggregate amount equal to one-and-one-half times the sum of the executive’s (a) annual base salary then in effect and (b) target annual bonus amount, payable in equal monthly installments over an 18-month period following the date of termination; and (ii) Company-subsidized COBRA premiums for up to 18 months. If the executive’s employment is terminated without “cause” by the executive, then, in addition to any accrued benefits through the date of termination, the executive will be entitled to receive cash severance in an aggregate amount equal to one-and-one-half times the sum of the executive’s (i) annual base salary then in effect and (ii) target annual bonus amount, payable in equal monthly installments over an 18-month period following the date of termination. In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated due to his death, then, in addition to any accrued benefits through the date of termination, the executive will be entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his target bonus for the year of termination.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sherif Abdou and Amir Bacchus Transaction Bonus Agreements

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combinations, the board of directors of the Company approved transaction bonus agreements with each of Sherif Abdou and Amir Bacchus in May 2022 (each a “Transaction Bonus Agreement”). The Transaction Bonus Agreements provide for the payment of bonuses in an aggregate amount equal to $6,300,000 to Dr. Abdou and $3,700,000 to Dr. Bacchus (each, a “Transaction Bonus”).

Pursuant to the Transaction Bonus Agreements, bonuses were earned in 2022.

The Transaction Bonus terms include: (i) a restriction on the executive’s ability to offer, sell, or announce an intention to dispose of any shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock until the closing of the Company’s first underwritten offering and sale of common stock (the “First Secondary Sale”); (ii) a requirement that, following the First Secondary Sale, the executive will only sell shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock pursuant to a customary 10b5-1 plan; and (iii) a limitation on the number of shares of Class A Common Stock the executive may sell under such 10b5-1 plan. These restrictions apply to Class A Common Stock held directly by the executive or in a trust established by the executive. If the executive fails to comply with these terms, he will be required to repay the Transaction Bonus.

Atul Kavthekar Letter Agreement

In connection with his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, on November 27, 2022, the Company entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Kavthekar (the “Kavthekar Letter Agreement”), effective as of December 12, 2022. Under the Kavthekar Letter Agreement, Mr. Kavthekar’s annual base salary is $450,000 and his target annual bonus is 50% of his base salary. In addition, pursuant to the Kavthekar Letter Agreement, Mr. Kavthekar will receive a $50,000 signing bonus, which will be paid on the six month anniversary of his start date (the “Signing Bonus”), provided that Mr. Kavthekar is continuously employed by the Company through such date. The Signing Bonus is subject to repayment by Mr. Kavthekar on a pro-rata basis if his employment terminates for any reason before the 18-month anniversary of his start date. Pursuant to his letter agreement, Mr. Kavthekar was provided certain relocation benefits, including the reimbursement of up to $25,000 for expenses relating to home finding trips, up to $12,000 for temporary housing, the shipment of an automobile and the reimbursement of his moving expenses, all in accordance with the Company’s relocation reimbursement policy. Pursuant to his letter agreement, Mr. Kavthekar also was granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, of which 25% will vest on the first anniversary of his start date, and the remaining 75% will vest in equal annual installments over the next three years on each anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Kavthekar’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. In addition, if Mr. Kavthekar’s employment is terminated without cause, he will be entitled to receive a lump-sum severance payment equal to six months of his base salary, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and continued compliance with restrictive covenants.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Effective as of March 24, 2022, our Board adopted a non-employee director compensation program (the “Director Compensation Program”). The Director Compensation Program provides for annual cash retainer fees and long-term equity awards for each of our non-employee directors (each, an “Eligible Director”). The Director Compensation Program consists of the following components:

Cash Compensation

•

Annual Retainer: $65,000

•

Annual Committee Chair Retainer:

•

Audit: $25,000

•

Compensation and Nominating: $25,000

•

Annual Committee Member (Non-Chair) Retainer:

•

Audit: $12,500

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Compensation and Nominating: $12,500

•

Chairperson: $95,000

The annual cash retainers will be paid in quarterly installments in arrears, but effective as of January 1 of each calendar year (including 2022). Annual cash retainers will be pro-rated for any partial calendar quarter of service.

Equity Compensation

An Eligible Director who is serving on our Board as of the date of an annual meeting of stockholders automatically will be granted, on the date of such annual meeting, an option to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock with an aggregate fair market value of $170,000 and, in the case of the Chairperson of the Board, an aggregate fair market value of $340,000 (an “Annual Grant”).

Each Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date and the date of the next annual meeting following the grant date, subject to continued service.

However, for calendar years 2022 and 2023, each of, Mr. Kazarian, Mr. Leisure, Mr. Price, Mr. Park, Ms. Tolan, and Mr. Wasson received a stock option on March 24, 2022 to purchase 85,535 shares or, with respect to Mr. Thierer only, 171,069 shares of our Class A Common Stock (the “2022/2023 Grant”). The 2022/2023 Grant will vest as to 50% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued service. In addition, Mr. Thierer received an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock (the “Thierer Grant”), which vests and becomes exercisable with respect to one-third of the shares on the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service. Each of these directors will not be eligible to receive the Annual Grant for calendar years 2022 and 2023.

The Annual Grant, the 2022/2023 Grant and the Thierer Grant will vest and become exercisable in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2021 Plan).

Compensation under the Director Compensation Program is subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Plan.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

The table below sets forth information regarding the compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)		Option Awards ($)(1)		Total ($)
Mark Thierer		160,000		1,097,521		1,257,521
Gregory N. Kazarian		65,000		249,762		314,762
Lawrence B. Leisure		77,500		249,762		327,262
Jeffrey G. Park		90,000		249,762		339,762
Thomas E. Price		90,000		249,762		339,762
Mary A. Tolan		90,000		249,762		339,762
Greg Wasson		90,000		249,762		339,762

(1)

Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of the equity awards granted to the non-employee directors, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all equity awards granted to non-employee directors in Note 15 “Equity-Based Compensation” in our consolidated financial statements included in the Original Filing. The table below shows the aggregate number of stock option awards held as of December 31, 2022 by each director.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Name	Number of Class A Shares Underlying Stock Options
Mark Thierer		371,069
Gregory N. Kazarian		85,535
Lawrence B. Leisure		85,535
Jeffrey G. Park		85,535
Thomas E. Price		85,535
Mary A. Tolan		85,535
Greg Wasson		85,535

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2022, the members of our Compensation and Nominating Committee were Lawrence B. Leisure, Thomas E. Price, Mary Tolan and Greg Wasson, none of whom was an officer or employee of the Company during fiscal year 2022 or was formerly an officer of the Company. Related person transactions pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K involving those who served on the Compensation and Nominating Committee during 2022 are described in Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” During 2022, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that had one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation and Nominating Committee.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written Related Person Transaction Policy, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. Under the policy, our legal team is primarily responsible for developing and implementing processes and procedures to obtain information regarding related persons with respect to potential related person transactions and then determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether such potential related person transactions do, in fact, constitute related person transactions requiring compliance with the policy. If our legal team determines that a transaction or relationship is a related person transaction requiring compliance with the policy, our General Counsel is required to present to the Audit Committee all relevant facts and circumstances relating to the related person transaction. Our Audit Committee must review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction, take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and either approve or disapprove the related person transaction. If advance Audit Committee approval of a related person transaction requiring the Audit Committee’s approval is not feasible, then the transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management upon prior approval of the transaction by the chair of the Audit Committee subject to ratification of the transaction by the Audit Committee at the Audit Committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting; provided, that if ratification is not forthcoming, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction. If a transaction was not initially recognized as a related person, then upon such recognition the transaction will be presented to the Audit Committee for ratification at the Audit Committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting; provided, that if ratification is not forthcoming, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction. Our management will update the Audit Committee as to any material changes to any approved or ratified related person transaction and will provide a status report at least annually of all then current related person transactions. No director may participate in approval of a related person transaction for which he or she is a related person.

Relationships and Transactions with Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Stockholders

The following are certain transactions, arrangements and relationships with our directors, executive officers and stockholders owning 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, since January 1, 2021, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Transactions in connection with the Business Combinations

Subscription Agreements

Contemporaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement and the Transaction and Combination Agreement, we entered into the Subscription Agreements with the various Subscribers party thereto. Under the Subscription Agreements, the investors agreed to purchase and subscribe for, and we agreed to sell and issue to such investors, an aggregate of 20,870,307 PIPE Shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, in a private placement. The primary purpose of the sale of the PIPE Shares was to raise additional capital for use in connection with the Business Combinations and to meet the minimum available cash requirement provided in the Merger Agreement.

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, we agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the consummation of the Business Combinations (the “Filing Deadline”), we would file with the SEC a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares, and use our commercially reasonable efforts to have that registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) the 75th calendar day following the earlier of the Filing Deadline and the initial filing date of the registration statement if the SEC notifies us that it will “review” the registration statement and (ii) the 5th business day after the date we are notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SEC that the registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. Our obligations to include the PIPE Shares held by a Subscriber in the registration statement is contingent upon the relevant Subscriber furnishing in writing, to us such information regarding the Subscriber, the PIPE Shares held by such Subscriber and the intended method of disposition of the PIPE Shares, as is reasonably requested by us to effect the registration of such PIPE Shares, and must execute such documents in connection with such registration as we may reasonably request, which will be what is customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations.

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of P3 LLC

We operate our business through P3 LLC (as the successor of P3) and its subsidiaries. At the closing of the Business Combinations, the limited liability company agreement of P3 LLC was amended and restated into the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, which sets forth, among other things, the rights and obligations of the members of P3 LLC after the Closing.

Sole Manager. Pursuant to the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, P3 is the sole manager of P3 LLC. As the sole manager, P3 is generally able to control all of the day-to-day business affairs and decision-making of P3 LLC without the approval of any member of P3 LLC, unless otherwise stated in the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement. As the sole manager of P3 LLC, P3, through its officers and directors, is responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of P3 LLC and the day-to-day management of P3 LLC’s business. Pursuant to the terms of the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, P3 cannot be removed or replaced as the sole manager of P3 LLC except by its resignation, which may be given at any time by written notice to the other members of P3 LLC.

Compensation, Expenses. P3 is not entitled to compensation for its services as the manager of P3 LLC except as expressly provided for in the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement. P3 is entitled to reimbursement by P3 LLC for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of P3 LLC, including all expenses associated with P3 being a public company and maintaining its corporate existence.

Distributions. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement requires tax distributions to be made by P3 LLC to its members on a pro rata basis, except to the extent such distributions would render P3 LLC insolvent or are otherwise prohibited by law. Tax distributions are made on a quarterly basis, to each member of P3 LLC, including P3, based on such member’s allocable share of the taxable income of P3 LLC and an assumed tax rate that will be determined by P3, as described below. The assumed tax rate for purposes of determining tax distributions from P3 LLC to its members will be the highest combined federal, state, and local tax rate that may potentially apply to a corporate or individual taxpayer (whichever is higher) resident in New York City, New York, taking into account certain assumptions and without regard to the actual final tax liability of any such member. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement also allows for cash distributions to be made by P3 LLC (subject to P3’s discretion as the sole manager of P3 LLC) to its members on a pro rata basis out of cash available for distribution in accordance with the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement. We expect P3 LLC may make distributions out of distributable cash periodically and as necessary to enable us to cover P3’s operating expenses and other obligations, including tax liability and other obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, except to the extent such distributions would render P3 LLC insolvent or are otherwise prohibited by law.

Transfer Restrictions. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement generally does not permit transfers of P3 LLC Units by members, except for transfers to permitted transferees, transfers pursuant to the participation right described below and other limited exceptions. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement imposes additional restrictions on transfers (including on exchanges of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock for Class A Common Stock) that are necessary or advisable so that P3 LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the event of a permitted transfer under the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, the transferring member will be required to simultaneously transfer shares of Class V Common Stock held by such transferring member to such transferee equal to the number of P3 LLC Units that were transferred to such transferee in such permitted transfer.

The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement permits holders of P3 LLC Units to participate in a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to Class A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Common Stock that is approved by our board of directors by delivering a participation redemption notice, which shall be effective immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the consummation of such transaction.

Permitted transferees of P3 LLC Units will be required to assume all of the obligations of a transferring member with respect to the transferred P3 LLC Units by executing a joinder to the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement, and such transferee shall be bound by any limitations and obligations under the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement.

Maintenance of One-to-One Ratios. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement includes provisions intended to ensure that P3 at all times maintains (i) a one-to-one ratio between the number of P3 LLC Units owned, directly or indirectly, by P3 and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding, and (ii) a one-to-one ratio between the aggregate number of P3 LLC Units owned, directly or indirectly, by the members of P3 LLC (other than P3 and its subsidiaries) and the number of shares of Class V Common Stock issued and outstanding. These ratio requirements disregard (1) shares of Class A Common Stock issuable under unvested equity incentive awards granted by P3, (2) treasury stock, and (3) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including warrants, options or rights) issued by P3 that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock, except to the extent P3 has contributed the net proceeds from such other securities, including any exercise or purchase price payable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, to the equity capital of P3 LLC.

Excluding certain warrants, options or similar instruments granted pursuant to any equity plan or stock option plan in effect on, or adopted after, the date of the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement by P3 LLC or P3, in the event any holder of P3 Warrants exercises a P3 Warrant, then P3 will cause a corresponding exercise of a warrant to purchase P3 LLC Units with similar terms held by P3, such that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection with the exercise of such P3 Warrants will be matched with a corresponding number of P3 LLC Units issued by P3 LLC to P3. In the event that a P3 Warrant is redeemed, P3 LLC will redeem a warrant to purchase P3 LLC Units with similar terms held by P3.

Issuance of P3 LLC Units upon Exercise of Options or Issuance of Other Equity Compensation. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement contemplates the manner in which various types of equity incentive awards will be treated by P3 and P3 LLC.

Dissolution. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement provides that the consent of P3, as the manager of P3 LLC, and members holding a majority of the P3 LLC Units then outstanding (excluding P3 LLC Units held directly or indirectly by P3) will be required to voluntarily dissolve P3 LLC. In addition to a voluntary dissolution, P3 LLC will be dissolved upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution or other circumstances in accordance with Delaware law. Upon a dissolution event, the proceeds of a liquidation will be distributed in the following order: (1) first, to pay the expenses of winding up P3 LLC; (2) second, to pay debts, liabilities and obligations owed to creditors of P3 LLC other than members; (3) third, to pay debts, liabilities and obligations owed to the members (other than payments or distributions owed to the members in their capacity as such pursuant to the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement); and (4) fourth, to the members pro-rata in accordance with their respective percentage ownership interests in P3 LLC (as determined based on the number of P3 LLC Units held by a member relative to the aggregate number of all outstanding P3 LLC Units).

Confidentiality. Each member of P3 LLC (other than P3) agrees to maintain the confidentiality of P3 LLC’s confidential information. This obligation excludes information (i) that is independently developed by the members without use of or reference to such confidential information, (ii) that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a direct or indirect result of a disclosure by a member or its affiliates or representatives, (iii) that is or becomes available to a member from a source other than P3, P3 LLC, any of its subsidiaries or their respective representatives, provided that such source is not, and was not, known by such member to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or any other confidentiality obligation owed to P3, P3 LLC or any of their respective affiliates or representatives, or (iv) approved for release by written authorization of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of either P3 LLC or P3.

Fiduciary Duties; Indemnification. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement provides (i) that the manager of P3 LLC owes P3 LLC and its members the same fiduciary duties as the manager would owe to a Delaware

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporation and its stockholders if such manager were a member of the board of directors of such corporation, and (ii) that the officers of P3 LLC owe P3 LLC and its members duties of the type owed by the officers of a Delaware corporation to such corporation and its stockholders. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement also provides for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law of (1) the manager (and its directors, officers, employees and agents), (2) officers, employees and agents of P3 LLC and (3) persons serving at P3 LLC’s request as a manager, officer, director, employee or agent of another entity, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, including in the case of fraud, willful misconduct, knowing violations of law and breaches of representations, warranties or covenants under the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement.

P3 LLC Unit Exchange Right. The P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement provides a redemption right to the members of P3 LLC (other than P3 and its subsidiaries) which entitles them to have their P3 LLC Units redeemed for, at P3’s election, newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, or a cash payment equal to the volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A Common Stock for each P3 LLC Unit so redeemed. As holders of P3 LLC Units exercise their redemption rights, P3’s economic interest in P3 LLC will be correspondingly increased and the number of shares of Class V Common Stock outstanding will be correspondingly reduced.

Each member’s (other than P3 and its subsidiaries) redemption rights are subject to certain customary limitations, including the expiration of any contractual lock-up period relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be applicable to such member, and may be conditioned on the closing of an underwritten distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued in connection with such proposed redemption.

Whether by redemption or exchange, P3 is obligated to ensure that at all times the number of P3 LLC Units that P3 owns equals the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities).

Amendments. In addition to certain other requirements, P3’s prior written consent, as manager, and the prior written consent of members holding a majority of the P3 LLC Units then outstanding and entitled to vote (excluding P3 LLC Units held directly or indirectly by P3) will generally be required to amend or modify the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combinations, we entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) with certain of the P3 Equityholders and P3 LLC. The TRA provides for the payment by us to the P3 Equityholders of 85% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of the transactions described above, including tax benefits attributable to payments made under the TRA (such as deductions attributable to imputed interest deemed paid pursuant to the TRA). P3 LLC has in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which a redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash occurs. These TRA payments are not conditioned upon any continued ownership interest in either P3 LLC or us by the P3 Equityholders. The rights of the P3 Equityholders under the TRA are assignable to transferees, including transferees of the P3 LLC Units (other than us or P3 LLC as transferee pursuant to subsequent redemptions or exchanges of the transferred P3 LLC Units). We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of tax benefits, if any, that we may actually realize.

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

estimated tax benefits, and the related TRA liability to be recorded will depend on the price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at the time of the relevant redemption or exchange.

The actual Basis Adjustments, as well as any amounts paid to the P3 Equityholders under the TRA, varies depending on a number of factors, including:

•

the price of shares of Class A Common Stock in connection at the time of redemptions or exchanges — the Basis Adjustments, as well as any related increase in any tax deductions, are directly related to the price of shares of Class A Common Stock at the time of each redemption or exchange;

•

the timing of any subsequent redemptions or exchanges — for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of P3 LLC at the time of each redemption or exchange or distribution (or deemed distribution);

•

the extent to which such redemptions or exchanges are taxable — if a redemption or exchange is not taxable for any reason, the Basis Adjustments, as well as any related increase in tax deductions, relating to such redemption or exchange will not be available; and

•

the amount and timing of our income — the TRA generally requires us to pay 85% of the tax benefits as and when those benefits are treated as realized under the terms of the TRA. If we do not have taxable income, we generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the TRA for that taxable year because no tax benefits will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized tax benefits in a given taxable year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate tax benefits in previous or future taxable years. The utilization of any such tax attributes generally will result in payments under the TRA.

Decisions made by us in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations, or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by the P3 Equityholders under the TRA. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following a transaction that results in a Basis Adjustment will generally accelerate payments under the TRA and increase the present value of such payments.

For purposes of the TRA, cash savings in income tax are computed by comparing our actual income tax liability (subject to certain assumptions relating to state and local income taxes) to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no Basis Adjustments and had the TRA not been entered into. The TRA generally applies to each of our taxable years, beginning with the first taxable year ending after the Business Combinations. There is no maximum term for the TRA; however, the TRA may be voluntarily terminated by us pursuant to an early termination procedure and shall be terminated upon the occurrence of certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations, or other changes of control or our material breach of our material obligations under the TRA under certain circumstances, and in each case we will be obligated to pay the P3 Equityholders an agreed upon amount equal to the estimated present value of the remaining payments to be made under the agreement (calculated based on certain assumptions, including regarding tax rates and utilization of the Basis Adjustments). However, our ability to make such payment may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which we or P3 LLC are then a party, or any applicable law.

The payment obligations under the TRA are our obligations and not of P3 LLC. Although the actual timing and amount of any payments that may be made under the TRA will vary, we expect that the payments that we may be required to make to the P3 Equityholders will be substantial. Any payments made by us to the P3 Equityholders under the TRA will generally reduce the amount of cash that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Our failure to make any payment required under the TRA (including any accrued and unpaid interest) within 90 calendar days of the date on which the payment is required to be made will constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the TRA, which will generally terminate the TRA and accelerate payments thereunder, unless the applicable payment is not made because (i) we are prohibited from making such payment under the terms of the TRA or the terms

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

governing certain of our indebtedness or (ii) we do not have, and despite using commercially reasonable efforts cannot obtain, sufficient funds to make such payment.

The TRA provides that if (i) we materially breach any of our material obligations under the TRA, (ii) certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations, or other changes of control were to occur, or (iii) we elect an early termination of the TRA, then our obligations, or our successor’s obligations, under the TRA would accelerate and become due and payable, based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the TRA, and an assumption that, as of the effective date of the acceleration, any P3 Equityholder that has P3 LLC Units that have not been exchanged is deemed to have exchanged such P3 LLC Units for the fair market value of the shares of Class A Common Stock or the amount of cash that would be received by such P3 Equityholder had such P3 LLC Units actually been exchanged on such date, whichever is lower. However, as noted above, our ability to make such payments may be limited by restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which we or P3 LLC are then a party, or any applicable law.

As a result of the foregoing, we would be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the estimated present value (calculated based on a discount rate equal to 10%) of the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the TRA based on certain assumptions, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of those future tax benefits and, therefore, we could be required to make cash payments to the P3 Equityholders that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the TRA. In these situations, our obligations under the TRA could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations, or other changes of control. We cannot assure that we will be able to finance our obligations under the TRA or that we will be able to make the immediate cash payment described above to the extent our or P3 LLC’s ability to make such payment is restricted as described above.

Payments under the TRA are based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, and the IRS or another tax authority may challenge all or part of the Basis Adjustments, as well as other related tax positions we take, and a court could sustain any such challenge. If the outcome of any such challenge to any Basis Adjustments or the deduction of imputed interest deemed paid pursuant to the TRA would reasonably be expected to materially affect a recipient’s payments under the TRA, then we will not be permitted to settle or to fail to contest such challenge without the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of each P3 Equityholder, and any such restrictions will apply for as long as the TRA remains in effect. We will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to the P3 Equityholders pursuant to the TRA if any tax benefits initially claimed by us are subsequently challenged by a taxing authority and ultimately disallowed. Instead, in such circumstances, any excess cash payments made by us to the P3 Equityholders will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the TRA. However, we might not determine that we have effectively made an excess cash payment to the P3 Equityholders for a number of years following the initial time of such payment. As a result, it is possible that we could make cash payments under the TRA that are substantially greater than our actual cash tax savings.

Payments are generally due under the TRA within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Any late payments that may be made under the TRA will continue to accrue interest at LIBOR (or alternate replacement rate) plus 500 basis points until such payments are made, including any late payments that we may subsequently make because we did not have enough available cash to satisfy our payment obligations at the time at which they originally arose or were prohibited from making such payments under the terms governing certain of our indebtedness (although such payments are not considered late payments and therefore would accrue interest at the lower interest if we make such payments promptly after such limitations are removed). Subject to certain exceptions as noted above, our failure to make any payment required under the TRA (including any accrued and unpaid interest) within 90 calendar days of the date on which the payment is required to be made will constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the TRA under certain circumstances, in which case, the TRA will terminate and future payments thereunder will be accelerated, as noted above.

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

At the Closing, the Sponsors, the Blocker Sellers, certain P3 Equityholders, Brian Gamache, John Svoboda and Robert Zimmerman (collectively, the “Holders”) and Foresight entered into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (i) amends, restates and replaces the registration rights agreement entered into by Foresight with the Sponsors, Brian Gamache, John Svoboda and Robert Zimmerman on February 9, 2021, and (ii) provides registration rights to the Holders pursuant to which P3 will be required to file a shelf registration statement to register the resale shares of Class A Common Stock or any other equity security held by the Holders upon the Closing, including the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the future redemption of P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock by such Holders and the Private Placement Units (including the Foresight Warrants and Class A Common Stock included therein and the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Foresight Warrants included therein), in each case held by them upon the Closing (collectively, “Registrable Securities”). Assuming all of the P3 LLC Units are redeemed for Class A Common Stock and all of the Private Placement Warrants are exercised, the Registrable Securities consist of an aggregate of 239,866,497 shares of Class A Common Stock and 277,500 Private Placement Warrants.

In addition, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions, the Holders may demand, at any time or from time to time, that Foresight file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3, or if Form S-3 is not available, a Form S-1 to register the Registrable Securities held by such Holders. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement also provides the Holders with “piggy-back” registration rights, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions.

Subject to certain exceptions, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement further provides for the Class A Common Stock, the Class V Common Stock and the Class A Common Stock issuable upon the future exchange of P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock held by the P3 Equityholders and the Blocker Sellers after the Closing to be locked-up for a period of six months following the Closing, while the Class A Common Stock received by the Sponsors upon conversion of the Class B common stock on the Closing Date will be locked-up for a period of one year following the Closing, subject to earlier release upon (i) the date on which the last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-day trading period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing or (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction after the Closing that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A Common Stock for cash, securities or other property.

Except as set forth in the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, P3 is required to bear all expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements and any such offerings, other than underwriting discounts and commissions on the sale of Registrable Securities, brokerage fees, underwriter marketing costs and, except as specified in the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, the fees and expenses of counsel to holders of Registrable Securities. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement also includes customary provisions regarding indemnification and contribution.

Escrow Agreement

On December 3, 2021, we entered into an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with P3 Health Group Holdings, P3 LLC, Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC (the “Class D Member”), Mary Tolan and Sherif Abdou (the “Unitholder Representatives”) and PNC Bank, N.A. (“Escrow Agent”). Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, certain of the consideration for the Business Combinations was set aside in an escrow until resolution of the disputes described below.

At Closing, (i) cash, certain units of P3 LLC (“P3 LLC Units”) and shares of Class V Common Stock and Class A Common Stock were placed in escrow, to be allocated upon resolution of the dispute regarding the Class D purchase option described in the section titled “Business — Legal Proceedings — Class D Dispute” (the “Class D Dispute”), and (ii) certain members of P3 LLC (the “Contributing P3 Equityholders”) contributed cash, and Hudson contributed P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock, into escrow, to be allocated upon resolution of a dispute regarding Hudson’s right to a preference on the cash portion of the Merger consideration (the “Cash Preference Dispute”). If the Class D Dispute is (i) resolved in favor of Hudson, Hudson will receive cash, the P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

escrowed for the Class D Dispute and the shares of Class A Common Stock escrowed for the Class D Dispute will be retired or (ii) resolved in favor of the former members of P3 Health Group Holdings (other than Hudson), the former members of P3 Health Group Holdings (including Hudson) will receive cash, the P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, escrowed for the Class D Dispute. If the Cash Preference Dispute is (i) resolved in favor of Hudson, the Contributing P3 Equityholders will receive the P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock escrowed for the Cash Preference Dispute or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, and Hudson will receive cash, or (ii) resolved in favor of the former members of P3 Health Group Holdings (other than Hudson), Hudson will receive the P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock escrowed for the Cash Preference Dispute and the Contributing P3 Equityholders will receive cash.

In the Escrow Agreement, the parties authorized the Unitholder Representatives to direct the voting power of any of the securities in escrow, as applicable, on any matter put to a vote of the applicable securityholders in accordance with the proportional vote totals that such matter received by all voting securities other than those in escrow.

P3 Transactions

Atrio Health Plans

In 2019, Chicago Pacific Founders, a P3 Equityholder, made an equity investment in Atrio Holding Company, LLC (“Atrio Holdings”). Atrio Health Plans, Inc. (“Atrio”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Atrio Holdings. Two members of P3’s board of directors, Mary Tolan and Lawrence B. Leisure, serve as Managing Partners of Chicago Pacific Founders, and one member of P3’s board of directors, Greg Kazarian, serves as an Operating Partner of Chicago Pacific Founders. Beginning in 2020, P3 entered into a Full-Risk capitation agreement with Atrio pursuant to which P3 is delegated to perform services on behalf of Atrio’s members assigned to P3, including provider network credentialing, patient authorizations and medical management (care management, quality management and utilization management). In 2022, P3 earned capitation revenue from Atrio assigned members of $158.9 million and management fees of $2.3 million; and paid claims of $178.3 million for Atrio assigned members. In 2021, P3 earned capitation revenue from Atrio assigned members of $154.4 million and management fees of $2.2 million; and paid claims of $160.9 million for Atrio assigned members.

Unsecured Promissory Note and Warrant Issuance

On December 13, 2022, P3 LLC entered into a financing transaction with VGS, consisting of the issuance of the VGS Promissory Note and the issuance of the VGS Warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of our Class A Common Stock. VGS is a Delaware limited liability company managed by Chicago Pacific Founders GP, L.P., an affiliate of one of our principal stockholders. The members of VGS include Greg Wasson and Mark Thierer, each of whom serves on our Board of Directors, Sherif Abdou, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer and director, and Amir Bacchus, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer and director. Mary Tolan, Lawrence Leisure and Greg Kazarian, each of whom serves on our Board of Directors, hold interests in Chicago Pacific Founders, GP, L.P. The entry into the VGS Promissory Note and the issuance of the VGS Warrants was approved by a committee of our independent, disinterested directors. For additional information on the VGS Promissory Note and Warrants, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” of the Original Filing.

March 2023 Private Placement

On March 30, 2023, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the purchasers named therein (the “Purchasers”) pursuant to which, on April 6, 2023, we issued 79,912,635 units (the “Units”) at a price of $1.1180 per unit for institutional investors, and a purchase price of $1.1938 per unit for employees and consultants. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A Common Stock, and 0.75 of a warrant to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.13. Certain institutional investors elected to receive pre-funded warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock in lieu of a portion of their Class A Common Stock. In total, we sold (i) an aggregate of 69,157,145 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Shares”), (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 59,934,479 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Warrants”), and (iii) pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of 10,755,490 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants” and, together with the Common Warrants, the “Warrants”), to the Purchasers for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $89.5 million (collectively, the “March 2023 Private Placement”). Each Common Warrant has an exercise price per share of Common Stock equal to $1.13 per share. Each Pre-Funded Warrant has an exercise price per share of Common Stock equal to $0.0001 per share. The exercise price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant are subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting the Common Stock.

Entities affiliated with Chicago Pacific Founders purchased an aggregate of 52,751,725 shares of Class A Common Stock, 10,755,490 Pre-Funded Warrants and 47,630,413 Warrants for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $71 million. Chicago Pacific Founders may not exercise any portion of any Warrant, which, upon giving effect to such exercise, would cause the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Chicago Pacific Founders (together with its affiliates) to exceed 49.99% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Warrants. As a result, Chicago Pacific Founders’ ownership of shares does not represent more than 49.99% of the aggregate voting power of our Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock.

Amir Bacchus, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer and a director, and Charlee Co LLC, an entity of which Dr. Bacchus is the managing member, purchased 1,005,193 and 251,298 Units, respectively, in the March 2023 Private Placement at a purchase price of approximately $1.1938 per Unit.

Two members of our board of directors, Mary Tolan and Lawrence B. Leisure, serve as Managing Partners of Chicago Pacific Founders, and one member of the our board of directors, Greg Kazarian, serves as an Operating Partner of Chicago Pacific Founders. Entry into the Purchase Agreement was approved by a committee of our independent, disinterested directors.

March 2023 Registration Rights Agreement

On April 6, 2023, in connection with the Purchase Agreement, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “March 2023 Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Purchasers pursuant to which we agreed to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC within 30 days after the closing of the March 2023 Private Placement for purposes of registering the resale of the Shares and shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. We agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to cause this registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 120 days after the date thereof. The March 2023 Registration Rights Agreement also contains certain shelf takedown and piggyback rights. We also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the Purchasers, their officers, directors, members, employees and agents, successors and assigns under the registration statement from certain liabilities and to pay all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s obligations under the March 2023 Registration Rights Agreement.

March 2023 Letter Agreement

On April 6, 2023, in connection with the Purchase Agreement, we entered into a letter agreement (the “March 2023 Letter Agreement”) with Chicago Pacific Founders GP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“CPF GP I”), Chicago Pacific Founders GP III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“CPF GP III”) (on behalf of the funds of which CPF GP I is the general partner, certain funds of which CPF GP III is the general partner) and/or certain of their affiliated entities and funds (collectively, the “CPF Parties”). Pursuant to the March 2023 Letter Agreement, (i) for as long as the CPF Parties own 40% of the Company’s outstanding Class A Common Stock, Chicago Pacific Founders will be entitled to designate one additional independent member our board of directors, who must be independent and satisfy all applicable requirements regarding service as a director under applicable law and SEC and stock exchange rules, (ii) for as long as the CPF Parties own 40% of our outstanding Class A Common Stock, Chicago Pacific Founders will be entitled to certain information rights and protective provisions, and (iii) subject to the terms of the March 2023 Letter Agreement, the CPF Parties agreed to a standstill restriction from the date of the closing of the March 2023 Private Placement to June 30, 2024 that limits the ownership of the CPF Parties to 49.99% of our Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to holdings of our Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock, as of April 15, 2023, by:

•

stockholders who beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock;

•

each of our named executive officers and directors; and

•

all directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days.

As described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” each P3 LLC Unit (other than P3 LLC Units held by us) is redeemable from time to time at each holder’s option (subject in certain circumstances to time-based vesting requirements) for, at our election (determined solely by a majority of our directors who are disinterested), shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, or to the extent there is cash available from a secondary offering, a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A Common Stock for each P3 LLC Unit so redeemed, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the P3 LLC A&R LLC Agreement; provided that, at our election (determined by a majority or our directors who are disinterested), we may effect a direct exchange of such Class A Common Stock or such cash, as applicable, for such P3 LLC Units.

The P3 LLC Unitholders may, subject to certain exceptions, exercise such redemption right for as long as their P3 LLC Units remain outstanding. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of P3 LLC.” In connection with the Business Combinations, we issued to each P3 Equityholder, for nominal consideration, one share of Class V Common Stock for each P3 LLC Unit such P3 Equityholder owned. As a result, the number of shares of Class V Common Stock listed in the table below correlates to the number of P3 LLC Units the P3 Equityholders own as of April 15, 2023.

The number of shares beneficially owned by the holders in the table below assume the maximum number of P3 LLC Units and shares of Class V Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, are released from escrow to each holder. See the disclosure in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions in connection with the Business Combinations — Escrow Agreement.”

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of those listed in the table below is 2370 Corporate Circle, Suite 300, Henderson, NV 89074. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 312,760,958 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of April 15, 2023 consisting of 110,736,035 shares of our Class A Common Stock and 202,024,923 shares of our Class V Common Stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

	Class A Common Stock		% of Class		Class V Common Stock(1)		% of Class		Total Voting Power(2)
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Mark Thierer(3)		578,214		*		—		—		*
Sherif Abdou(4)		—		—		28,185,982		14.0%		9.0%
Amir Bacchus(5)		2,198,860		2.0%		18,790,658		9.3%		6.7%
Greg Wasson(6)		902,415		*		—		—		*

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Class A Common Stock		% of Class		Class V Common Stock(1)		% of Class		Total Voting Power(2)
Lawrence Leisure(6)		42,767		*		—		—		*
Mary Tolan(6)		42,767		*		—		—		*
Greg Kazarian(7)		42,767		*		1,177,659		*		*
Thomas Price(8)		42,767		*		1,177,659		*		*
Jeffrey Park(6)		42,767		*		—		—		*
Atul Kavthekar		—		—		—		—		—
All Current Directors and Executive Officers (10 individuals)(9)		3,893,324		3.5%		49,331,958		24.4%		17.0%
Five Percent Holders:
Chicago Pacific Founders(10)		68,674,092		58.2%		91,269,317		45.2%		49.9%
Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC(11)		—		—		43,974,331		21.8%		14.1%
Entities affiliated with Leavitt Equity Partners(12)		17,218,245		14.6%		7,505,383		3.7%		7.7%
FMR LLC(13)		7,213,957		6.5%		—		—		2.3%

Less than 1%.

(1)

Class V Common Stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share.

(2)

Represents the percentage of voting power of the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock of the Company voting together as a single class.

(3)

Includes 152,200 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2023. Also includes 426,014 shares of Class A Common Stock held by AssetBlue Ventures, LLC, an entity controlled by Mark Thierer and Nasrin Thierer.

(4)

Includes 7,907,484 shares held by the NA 2021 GRAT, a grantor retained annuity trust of which Dr. Abdou and his spouse serve as trustees, 3,058,479 shares held by the NA 2021 Trust, a trust for the benefit of Dr. Abdou and his children, of which Dr. Abdou and his spouse serve as trustees, 1,408,437 shares held by the NA Charitable Trust, a charitable remainder trust of which Dr. Abdou, his spouse and his children serve as trustees, 7,907,484 shares held by the SA 2021 GRAT, a grantor retained annuity trust of which Dr. Abdou and his spouse serve as trustees, 3,058,479 shares held by the SA 2021 Trust, a trust for the benefit of Dr. Abdou and his children, of which Dr. Abdou and his spouse serve as trustees, 1,408,437 shares held by the SA Charitable Trust, a charitable remainder trust of which Dr. Abdou, his spouse and his children serve as trustees, and 3,437,182 shares held by the Abdou Family Trust, a revocable trust of which Dr. Abdou and his spouse serve as trustees, and of which Dr. Abdou and his spouse are beneficiaries. Includes an aggregate of 2,653,044 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute and the Cash Preference Dispute.

(5)

Includes (i) 1,005,193 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 753,895 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock, and (iii) 15,032,528 shares of Class V Common Stock held by Dr. Bacchus and (i) 251,298 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 188,474 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock, and (iii) 3,758,130 shares of Class V Common Stock held by Charlee Co LLC, of which Dr. Bacchus serves as managing member. Includes 1,768,698 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute and the Cash Preference Dispute.

(6)

Includes 42,767 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2023. Also includes 859,648 shares of Class A Common Stock held by G&K Investment Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by Gregory Wasson.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(7)

Includes (i) 42,767 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2023, (ii) 706,595 shares of Class V Common Stock that Mr. Kazarian owns directly, of which 102,785 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units are being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute, and (iii) 471,064 shares of Class V Common Stock owned through the Kazarian 2020 Irrevocable Trust, for which Mr. Kazarian serves as Trustee.

(8)

Includes (i) 42,767 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2023 and (ii) 102,785 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute.

(9)

Includes 4,627,312 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute and the Cash Preference Dispute.

(10)

Based solely on the Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on April 21, 2023 by (i) Chicago Pacific Founders UGP, LLC (“Founders UGP”), (ii) Chicago Pacific Founders GP, L.P. (“Founders GP”), (iii) Chicago Pacific Founders Fund, L.P. (“Founders Fund LP”), (iv) Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P. (“Fund-A”), (v) Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P. (“Fund-B”), (vi) VBC Growth SPV, LLC (“VBC”), (vii) Chicago Pacific Founders UGP III, LLC (“Founders UGP-III”), (viii) Chicago Pacific Founders GP III, L.P., (ix) CPF III PT SPV, LLC (“SPV III”) and (x) CPF III-A PT SPV, LLC (“SPV III-A). Includes (i) 98,082,332 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Founders Fund LP, of which 89,183,984 shares are issuable upon redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock, 4,223,631 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 3,813,578 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants (as defined herein) and 861,149 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants (as defined herein), (ii) 2,085,333 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Founders GP, all of which are issuable upon redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock, (iii) 3,124,544 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Fund-A, of which 2,942,977 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 148,120 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 33,447 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (iv) 6,694,029 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Fund-B, of which 6,305,039 shares are shares of Class Common Stock currently held, 317,333 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 71,657 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (v) 78,038,268 shares of Class A Common Stock held by SPV III, of which 37,041,039 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 33,444,972 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 7,552,257 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (vi) 23,114,956 shares of Class A Common Stock held by SPV III-A, of which 10,971,566 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 9,906,410 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 2,236,980 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, and (vii) 429,180 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants held by VBC. Included in the number of shares of Class V Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are 8,224,897 shares of Class V Common Stock and 723,291 shares of Class A Common Stock, respectively, that are being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute and the Cash Preference Dispute, as applicable, and will be voted in accordance with the proportional vote totals that a matter receives by all voting securities other than those being held in escrow. Each of Founders Fund LP, Founders GP, Fund-A, Fund-B, SPV III, SPV III-A and VBC (collectively, the “CPF Holders”) may not exercise any portion of the Common Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, which would result in the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock held by the CPF Holders and its affiliates to exceed 49.99% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock immediately after giving effect to the exercise. Founders UGP, is the general partner of Founders GP, which is the general partner of each of Founders Fund LP, Fund-A, Fund-B and VBC. Founders UGP-III, is the general partner of Chicago Pacific Founders GP III, L.P., which is the manager of each of SPV-III and SPV III-A. Founders UGP and Founders UGP III are managed by Mary Tolan, Lawrence Leisure and Vance Vanier. None of Mary Tolan, Lawrence Leisure or Vance Vanier are deemed beneficial holders of any of the securities of the Company held by the CPF Holders. The business address for the reporting persons is 980 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1998, Chicago, IL 60611.

(11)

Based solely on the Schedule 13D filed by Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC, Hudson Vegas Investment Manager, LLC and Daniel Straus with the SEC on December 17, 2021. Hudson Vegas

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Manager, LLC and Daniel Straus each may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares of Class V Common Stock which are held by Hudson Vegas Investment SPV, LLC. Each of Hudson Vegas Investment Manager, LLC and Daniel Straus disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares other than to the extent they may have a pecuniary interest therein. Included in the number of shares of Class V Common Stock are an aggregate of 4,542,624 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of the Cash Preference Dispute the Class D Dispute, and will be voted in accordance with the proportional vote totals that a matter receives by all voting securities other than those being held in escrow. The principal business address of each of the reporting persons is 173 Bridge Plaza North, Fort Lee, NJ 07024.

(12)

Based solely on the Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on April 19, 2023 by Leavitt Equity Partners II, L.P. (“LEP II LP”), Leavitt Equity Partners II, LLC (“LEP II LLC”), Leavitt Equity Partners III, L.P. (“LEP III LP”), Leavitt Equity Partners III, LLC (“LEP III LLC”), LEP Management, LLC (“LEP Management”), Leavitt Legacy LLC (“Legacy”), and Taylor Leavitt (collectively, the “Leavitt Reporting Persons”). Includes (i) 894,454 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 670,841 warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock, and (iii) 7,505,383 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units held of record by LEP II LP and (i) 8,944,543 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 6,708,407 warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by LEP III LLP. LEP II LLC is the general partner of LEP II LP, which is an investment limited partnership, and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by LEP II LP. LEP III LLC is the general partner of LEP III LP, which is an investment limited partnership, and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by LEP III LP. LEP Management is the investment advisor of LEP II LP and LEP III LP, and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by LEP II LP and LEP III LP. Legacy is the manager of LEP II LLC and LEP III LLC, and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by LEP II LP and LEP III LP. Mr. Leavitt is the sole owner of Legacy, and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by LEP II LP and LEP III LP. Mr. Leavitt is the sole owner of Legacy. Includes 676,360 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of the Class D Dispute. The business address of the Leavitt Reporting Persons is 299 South Main Street, Suite 2300, Salt Lake City, UT 84111.

(13)

Based solely on the Schedule 13G/A filed by FMR LLC, Fidelity Contrafund and Abigail P. Johnson with the SEC on March 9, 2023. FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over 7,312,957 shares. Fidelity Contrafund may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over 7,312,957 shares. FMR LLC has sole voting power with respect to 9,870,307 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 7,312,957 shares. Abigail P. Johnson has sole voting power with respect to no shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 7,312,957 shares. Fidelity Global Innovators Investment Trust the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of 2,370,307 shares. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman, and the Chief Executive Officer of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (the “Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company LLC (“FMR Co. LLC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. FMR Co. LLC carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The principal business address of FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (as of December 31, 2022)

Plan category:	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights		Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights			Number of Securities Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excludes securities reflected in first column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)		5,001,779		$	5.39		12,050,488(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—					—
Total		5,001,779					12,050,488

(1)

Consists of the 2021 Plan.

(2)

The number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan will increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, by a number equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of Shares (as defined in the 2021 Plan) as is determined by the board of directors.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

This prospectus covers the resale or other disposition from time to time by the selling stockholders identified in the table below (the “Selling Stockholders”) of up to an aggregate of 139,847,114 shares of our common stock, which consists of (i) 69,157,145 shares of our Class A Common Stock, (ii) 59,934,479 shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Common Warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, and (iii) 10,755,490 share of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, in each case issued and sold in connection with the 2023 Private Placement.

On March 30, 2023, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with the Selling Stockholders (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which we issued 79,912,635 units at a price of $1.1180 per unit for institutional investors, and a purchase price of $1.1938 per unit for employees and consultants. Each unit consists of one share of Class A Common Stock, and 0.75 of a Common Warrant to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.13. Certain institutional investors elected to receive Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock in lieu of a portion of their Class A Common Stock. In total, we sold (i) an aggregate of 69,157,145 shares of our Class A Common Stock, (ii) Common Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 59,934,479 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Warrants”), and (iii) Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,755,490 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”), to the purchasers for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $89.5 million.

This prospectus covers the resale or other disposition by the Selling Stockholders or their transferees of up to the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Selling Stockholders pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement or issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants sold pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement. Throughout this prospectus, when we refer to the Selling Stockholders, we are referring to the purchasers under the Securities Purchase Agreement

We are registering the above-referenced shares to permit the Selling Stockholders and their pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors-in-interest that receive their shares after the date of this prospectus to resell or otherwise dispose of the shares in the manner contemplated under “Plan of Distribution” herein.

The following tables set forth information concerning the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be offered from time to time by each Selling Stockholder. The number of securities beneficially owned by each Selling Stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any securities as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Percentage ownership is based on 110,736,035 shares of Class A Common Stock and 202,024,923 shares of Class V Common Stock outstanding as of April 15, 2023. In computing the number of securities beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2023 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed Selling Stockholders is c/o P3 Health Partners Inc., 2370 Corporate Circle, Suite 300, Henderson, NV 89074. Each of the Selling Stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

The following table sets forth certain information provided by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders concerning the Class A Common Stock that may be offered from time to time by each Selling Stockholder pursuant to this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders identified below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or a portion of their securities after the date on which they provided us with information regarding their securities. Any changed or new information given to us by the Selling Stockholders, including regarding the identity of, and the securities held by, each Selling Stockholder, will be set forth in a prospectus supplement or amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, if and when necessary. A Selling Stockholder may sell all, some or none of such securities in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering				Number of Shares Being Offered		Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
Name of Selling Stockholder	Number		Percentage		Number of Shares Being Offered		Number		Percentage
Alyeska Master Fund, L.P.(1)		7,926,474		2.5%		7,826,474		100,000		*
Amir Bacchus(2)		20,989,518		6.7%		2,198,860		18,790,658		6.0%
Balkin Family Investments, LLC(3)		1,465,907		*		1,465,907		—		—
Entities affiliated with Chicago Pacific Founders(4)		211,838,642		57.0%		111,137,628		100,701,014		32.2%
Leavitt Equity Partners II, L.P.(5)		9,070,678		2.9%		1,565,295		7,505,383		2.4%
Leavitt Equity Partners III, L.P.(6)		15,652,950		4.9%		15,652,950		—		—

less than 1%

(1)

Shares beneficially owned prior to the offering includes 3,354,203 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants (which are being offered hereby) and 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuance upon exercise of public warrants. Shares beneficially owned after the offering includes 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of public warrants. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., the investment manager of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P., has voting and investment control of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. Anand Parekh is the Chief Executive Officer of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Parekh, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. The registered address of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. is located at 77 W. Wacker, Suite 700, Chicago IL 60601.

(2)

Includes (i) 1,005,193 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 753,895 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Common Warrants, and (iii) 15,032,528 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock held by Dr. Bacchus and (i) 251,298 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 188,474 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Common Warrants, and (iii) 3,758,130 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock held by Charlee Co LLC, of which Dr. Bacchus serves as managing member. Includes 1,768,698 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated 1,768,698 P3 LLC Units being held in escrow until the resolution of a dispute among the P3 holders.

(3)

Includes 628,246 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants. Balkin Family Investments, LLC is controlled by Michael P. Balkin.

(4)

Shares beneficially owned prior to the offering includes (i) 98,082,332 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Chicago Pacific Founders Fund, L.P. (“Founders Fund LP”), of which 89,183,984 shares are issuable upon redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock, 4,223,631 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 3,813,578 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 861,149 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (ii) 2,085,333 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Chicago Pacific Founders GP, L.P. (“Founders GP”), all of which are issuable upon redemption or exchange of P3 LLC Units and Class V Common Stock, (iii) 3,124,544 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P. (“Fund-A”), of which 2,942,977 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 148,120 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 33,447 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (iv) 6,694,029 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P. (“Fund-B”), of which 6,305,039 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 317,333 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 71,657 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (v) 78,246,569 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by CPF III PT SPV, LLC (“SPV III”), of which 37,249,340 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 33,444,972 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 7,552,257 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (vi) 23,176,655 shares of Class A Common Stock

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

beneficially owned by CPF III-A PT SPV, LLC (“SPV III-A”), of which 11,033,265 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 9,906,410 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 2,236,980 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, and (vii) 429,180 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants beneficially owned by VBC Growth SPV, LLC (“VBC”). Included in the number of shares are 723,291 shares of Class A Common Stock and 8,224,897 shares of Class V Common Stock being held in escrow until the resolution of a dispute among the former unitholders of Legacy P3. Each of Founders Fund LP, Founders GP, Fund-A, Fund-B, SPV III, SPV III-A and VBC (collectively, the “CPF Holders”) may not exercise any portion of the Common Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, which would result in the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock beneficially owned by the CPF Holders and its affiliates to exceed 49.99% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants. Shares being offered hereby includes (i) 8,898,348 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Founders Fund LP, of which 4,223,621 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 3,813,578 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 861,149 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (ii) 345,613 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Fund-A, of which 164,046 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 148,120 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 33,447 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (iii) 740,443 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Fund-B, of which 351,453 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 317,333 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 71,657 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, (iv) 78,038,268 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by SPV III, of which 37,041,039 shares are share of Class A Common Stock currently held, 33,444,972 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 7,552,257 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants, and (v) 23,114,956 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by SPV III-A, of which 10,971,566 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock currently held, 9,906,410 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants and 2,236,980 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants. Chicago Pacific Founders UGP, LLC (“Founders UGP”), is the general partner of Founders GP, which is the general partner of each of Founders Fund LP, Fund-A, Fund-B and CPF VBC Growth Aggregator, L.P., which is the sole manager of VBC. Chicago Pacific Founders UGP III, LLC (“Founders UGP-III”), is the general partner of Chicago Pacific Founders GP III, L.P., which is the manager of each of SPV-III and SPV III-A. Founders UGP and Founders UGP III are managed by Mary Tolan, Lawrence Leisure and Vance Vanier. None of Mary Tolan, Lawrence Leisure or Vance Vanier are deemed beneficial owners of any of the securities of the Company held by the CPF Holders. The principal business address of these entities is 980 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1998, Chicago, Illinois 60611.

(5)

Shares beneficially owned prior to the offering includes (i) 894,454 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 670,841 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants, and (iii) 7,505,383 shares of Class V Common Stock and the associated P3 LLC Units which are convertible on a 1-for-1 basis into shares of Class A Common Stock. Included in the number of shares are 676,360 shares of Class V Common Stock being held in escrow until the resolution of a dispute among the former unitholders of Legacy P3. Leavitt Equity Partners II, LLC is the General Partner of Leavitt Equity Partners II, L.P. Leavitt Legacy, LLC is the controlling Manager for the General Partner, Leavitt Equity Partners II, LLC. Additionally, LEP Management LLC (a registered investment advisor) which is wholly owned by Leavitt Legacy, LLC, is the investment advisor of Leavitt Equity Partners II, L.P. under appointment by the General Partner. Leavitt Legacy, LLC is wholly owned by Taylor S. Leavitt. The principal business address of Leavitt Equity Partners II, L.P. is 299 South Main Street, Suite 2350, Salt Lake City, UT 84111.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(6)

Shares beneficially owned prior to the offering includes (i) 8,944,543 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 6,708,407 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Common Warrants. Leavitt Equity Partners III, LLC is the General Partner of Leavitt Equity Partners III, L.P. Leavitt Legacy, LLC is the controlling Manager for the General Partner, Leavitt Equity Partners III, LLC. Additionally, LEP Management LLC (a registered investment advisor) which is wholly owned by Leavitt Legacy, LLC, is the investment advisor of Leavitt Equity Partners III, L.P. under appointment by the General Partner. Leavitt Legacy, LLC is wholly owned by Taylor S. Leavitt. The principal business address of Leavitt Equity Partners III, L.P. is 299 South Main Street, Suite 2350, Salt Lake City, UT 84111.

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter”) and amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). This description is in summarized from, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Charter and Bylaws, each of which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL. We urge you to read the Charter and Bylaws.

General

Under the Charter and Bylaws, our authorized capital stock consists of:

•

800,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

•

205,000,000 shares of Class V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

•

10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Certain provisions of the Charter and Bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of Class A Common Stock.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon dissolution or liquidation of our company, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratable portions of the remaining assets available for distribution; provided, that each holder of shares of Class V Common Stock shall not be entitled to receive more than $0.0001 per share of Class V Common Stock owned of record by such holder on the record date for such distribution and upon receiving such amount, shall not be entitled to receive any other assets or funds with respect to such shares of Class V Common Stock.

Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights with respect to such shares of Class A Common Stock. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to Class A Common Stock.

Class V Common Stock

Each share of Class V Common Stock entitles its holders to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Shares of Class V Common Stock will be issued in the future only to the extent necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of P3 LLC Units held by the members of P3 LLC and the number of shares of Class V Common Stock issued and outstanding. Shares of Class V Common Stock are transferable only together with an equal number of P3 LLC Units. Only permitted transferees of P3 LLC Units held by the members of P3 LLC will be permitted transferees of Class V Common Stock.

Holders of shares of Class V Common Stock will vote together with holders of Class A Common Stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to the Charter described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the Charter.

Holders of Class V Common Stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon dissolution or liquidation other than the right to receive $0.0001 per share of Class V Common Stock.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, holders of shares of Class V Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights with respect to such shares of Class V Common Stock. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to Class V Common Stock. Any amendment of the Charter that gives holders of Class V Common Stock (1) any rights to receive dividends or any other kind of distribution other than in connection with a dissolution or liquidation, (2) any right to convert into or be exchanged for Class A Common Stock or (3) any other economic rights will require, in addition to stockholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the holders of Class A Common Stock voting separately as a class.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of the Charter, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

We had no shares of preferred stock outstanding as of October 1, 2022.

Registration Rights

We entered into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement with the Sponsor and the P3 Equityholders in connection with the Business Combinations pursuant to which such P3 Equityholders have specified rights to require us to register all or a portion of their Registrable Securities (as defined in such agreement) under the Securities Act. For more information about the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions in Connection with the Business Combinations — Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.” In addition, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions in Connection with the Business Combinations — Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement,” we are required to register the resale of the PIPE Shares issuable pursuant to the Subscription Agreements.

Forum Selection

The Charter provides that (A) (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Charter or the Bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the DGCL confers exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware; and (B) the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims seeking to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act. The Charter also provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing. By agreeing to this provision, however, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Dividends

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, contractual restrictions, covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

indebtedness, and therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

Founder Shares

The founder shares are identical to the public shares, and holders of founder shares have the same stockholder rights as public stockholders, except that the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions.

Pursuant to a letter agreement, with certain limited exceptions, the founder shares are not transferable, assignable or salable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our Sponsors, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of one year after the completion of the Business Combinations or earlier if, (x) subsequent to our Business Combinations, the last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Business Combinations, or (y) the date following the completion of our Business Combinations on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A Common Stock for cash, securities or other property.

Sponsor Vesting Letters

In connection with the Closing, Foresight Sponsor Group, LLC and FA Co-Investment LLC each entered into a sponsor letter agreement pursuant to which each of the Sponsors agreed to subject 25% of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by it to the vesting terms described below. In the aggregate, 2,165,937 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Subject Sponsor Shares”) are subject to these vesting terms.

Vesting will occur as follows: (i) if, at any time during the period beginning on the first trading day after the Closing Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the first day of trading after the Closing Date (the “Measurement Period”), the volume weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days is equal to or greater than $12.50 per share, 60% of the Subject Sponsor Shares will vest; (ii) if, at any time during the Measurement Period, the volume weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days is equal to or greater than $15.00 per share, 40% of the Subject Sponsor Shares will vest; (iii) if, at any time during the Measurement Period, the Company or one or more of its stockholders consummates an underwritten public offering of the Class A Common Stock for a price to the public of at least $11.50 per share, all of the Subject Sponsor Shares will vest; and (iv) if, at any time during the Measurement Period (which, in certain circumstances, shall be extended to the sixth anniversary after the first day of trading after the Closing Date), a change of control occurs, all of the Subject Sponsor Shares will vest.

Until and unless a Subject Sponsor Share is forfeited following the Measurement period in accordance with the sponsor vesting letter, each Sponsor will have full ownership rights to the Subject Sponsor Shares held by it (including, without limitation, the right to vote and receive dividends and distributions). Once vested, the Subject Sponsor Share will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Registration Rights and Lock Up Agreement, to the extent still applicable.

Redeemable Warrants

Public Warrants

Each whole Public Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Business Combinations, except as described below. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a public warrant holder may exercise its public warrants only for a whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock. This means only a whole public warrant may be exercised at a given time by a public warrant holder. No fractional warrants were issued upon separation of the Foresight Units and only whole public warrants trade. Accordingly, unless you held at least three Foresight Units,

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

you will not be able to receive or trade a whole public warrant. The public warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combinations, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation; provided, however, that the Private Placement Warrants issued to FA Co-Investment will not be exercisable more than five years from the commencement of sales in the initial public offering by Foresight of its units (the “IPO”) in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8).

We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a public warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock is available, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration.

No public warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their public warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a public warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any public warrant.

We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of our the Business Combinations, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC, and within 60 business days following the Business Combinations to have declared effective, a registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock until the public warrants expire or are redeemed. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Common Stock is at the time of any exercise of a public warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the public warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the public warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) less the exercise price of the public warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.

Redemption of public warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the public warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding public warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per public warrant;

•

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, or the 30-day redemption period, to each public warrant holder; and

•

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem public warrants even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their public warrants.

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have established the $18.00 per share (as adjusted) redemption criteria discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the public warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the public warrants, each public warrant holder will be entitled to exercise its public warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Common Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 public warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

Redemption of public warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00. Commencing ninety days after the public warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding public warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Units):

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.10 per public warrant provided that holders will be able to exercise their public warrants prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A Common Stock determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” (as defined below) of our Class A Common Stock except as otherwise described below;

•

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption;

•

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and

•

if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto available throughout the 30-day period after written notice of redemption is given.

The numbers in the table below represent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that a public warrant holder will receive upon cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of our Class A Common Stock on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their public warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per public warrant), determined based on the average of the last reported sales price for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of public warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the public warrants, each as set forth in the table below.

The stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a public warrant is adjusted as set forth in the first three paragraphs under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. The adjusted stock prices in the column headings will equal the stock prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a public warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a public warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a public warrant.

Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants)	Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants)	≥$10.00		$11.00		$12.00		$13.00		$14.00		$15.00		$16.00		$17.00		≥$18.00
57 months		0.257		0.277		0.294		0.310		0.324		0.337		0.348		0.358		0.361
54 months		0.252		0.272		0.291		0.307		0.322		0.335		0.347		0.357		0.361
51 months		0.246		0.268		0.287		0.304		0.320		0.333		0.346		0.357		0.361
48 months		0.241		0.263		0.283		0.301		0.317		0.332		0.344		0.356		0.361
45 months		0.235		0.258		0.279		0.298		0.315		0.330		0.343		0.356		0.361
42 months		0.228		0.252		0.274		0.294		0.312		0.328		0.342		0.355		0.361
39 months		0.221		0.246		0.269		0.290		0.309		0.325		0.340		0.354		0.361

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants)	Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants)	≥$10.00		$11.00		$12.00		$13.00		$14.00		$15.00		$16.00		$17.00		≥$18.00
36 months		0.213		0.239		0.263		0.285		0.305		0.323		0.339		0.353		0.361
33 months		0.205		0.232		0.257		0.280		0.301		0.320		0.337		0.352		0.361
30 months		0.196		0.224		0.250		0.274		0.297		0.316		0.335		0.351		0.361
27 months		0.185		0.214		0.242		0.268		0.291		0.313		0.332		0.350		0.361
24 months		0.173		0.204		0.233		0.260		0.285		0.308		0.329		0.348		0.361
21 months		0.161		0.193		0.223		0.252		0.279		0.304		0.326		0.347		0.361
18 months		0.146		0.179		0.211		0.242		0.271		0.298		0.322		0.345		0.361
15 months		0.130		0.164		0.197		0.230		0.262		0.291		0.317		0.342		0.361
12 months		0.111		0.146		0.181		0.216		0.250		0.282		0.312		0.339		0.361
9 months		0.090		0.125		0.162		0.199		0.237		0.272		0.305		0.336		0.361
6 months		0.065		0.099		0.137		0.178		0.219		0.259		0.296		0.331		0.361
3 months		0.034		0.065		0.104		0.150		0.197		0.243		0.286		0.326		0.361
0 months		—		—		0.042		0.115		0.179		0.233		0.281		0.323		0.361

The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued for each public warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the average last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the public warrants is $11 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the public warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their public warrants for 0.277 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole public warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the average last reported sale price of our Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the public warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the public warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their public warrants for 0.298 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole public warrant. In no event will the public warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 shares of Class A Common Stock per public warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the public warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any shares of Class A Common Stock.

Any public warrants held by our officers or directors will be subject to this redemption feature, except that such officers and directors shall only receive “fair market value” for such public warrants if they exercise their public warrants in connection with such redemption (“fair market value” for such public warrants held by our officers or directors being defined as the last reported sale price of the public warrants on such redemption date).

This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the Private Placement Warrants) when the trading price for the Class A Common Stock exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding public warrants to be redeemed when the Class A Common Stock is trading at or above $10.00 per share, which may be at a time when the trading price of our Class A Common Stock is below the exercise price of the public warrants. We have established this redemption feature to provide us with the flexibility to redeem the public warrants without the public warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold set forth above under “— Redemption of public warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$18.00.” Holders choosing to exercise their public warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their public warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of the date of the IPO prospectus. This redemption right provides us an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding public warrants, and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the public warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed, and we will effectively be required to pay the redemption price to public warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the public warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so. As such, we would redeem the public warrants in this manner when we believe it is in our best interest to update our capital structure to remove the public warrants and pay the redemption price to the public warrant holders.

As stated above, we can redeem the public warrants when the Class A Common Stock is trading at a price starting at $10.00, which is below the exercise price of $11.50, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing public warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of shares of Class A Common Stock. If we choose to redeem the public warrants when the Class A Common Stock is trading at a price below the exercise price of the public warrants, this could result in the public warrant holders receiving fewer shares of Class A Common Stock than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their public warrants for shares of Class A Common Stock if and when shares of Class A Common Stock were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50 per share.

No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the holder. If, at the time of redemption, the public warrants are exercisable for a security other than the shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the public warrants may be exercised for such security.

Redemption Procedures and Cashless Exercise. If we call the public warrants for redemption as described above under “— Redemption of public warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00,” our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise public warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” (such option, the “Cashless Exercise Option”). In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their public warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of public warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our public warrants. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the public warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the public warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the public warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is sent to the warrant agent. If our management takes advantage of this Cashless Exercise Option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be received upon exercise of the public warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this Cashless Exercise Option feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the public warrants after our Business Combinations. If we call our public warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this Cashless Exercise Option, our Sponsors and their permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their Private Placement Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had management taken advantage of this Cashless Exercise Option, as described in more detail below.

A holder of a public warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such public warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Dilution Adjustments. If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each public warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (1) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (2) one minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (1) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (2) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the public warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Business Combinations, or (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (1) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemptions in connection with the Business Combinations or (2) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combinations activity, then the Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.

Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In addition, if (x) we issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Business Combinations at a newly issued price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A Common Stock, (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the Business Combinations on the date of the completion of the Business Combinations (net of redemptions), and (z) the Market Value of our Class A Common Stock is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the newly issued price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above under “— Redemption of public warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the newly issued price.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the Warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our Class A Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such merger or consolidation, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders in such merger or consolidation that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the company in connection with redemption rights held by stockholders of the company as provided for in the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as a result of the redemption of shares of Class A Common Stock by the company if a proposed Business Combinations is presented to the stockholders of the company for approval) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, the holder of a warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a stockholder if such warrant holder had exercised the warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Class A Common Stock held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the Warrant Agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of Class A Common Stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the Warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Warrant Agreement based on the per share consideration minus Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) of the Warrant.

The Warrants were issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.

The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Foresight Units and only whole Warrants will trade.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Private Placement Warrants

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsors or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants (including the underlying securities) are subject to certain transfer restrictions (as described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Foresight Related Party Transactions — Founder Shares and Private Placement Units — Transfer Restrictions”) and the holders thereof are entitled to certain registration rights (as described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Foresight Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights”), and: (1) will not be redeemable by us; (2) may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis; and (3) with respect to Private Placement Warrants held by FA Co-Investment, will not be exercisable more than five years from the commencement of sales in the initial public offering of Foresight’s units in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8). If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than our Sponsors or their respective permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the public warrants.

If holders of the Private Placement Warrants elect to exercise the underlying Private Placement Warrants on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “sponsor fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the sponsor fair market value. The “sponsor fair market value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is sent to the warrant agent. The reason that we have agreed that these Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our Sponsors and their permitted transferees is because it is not known at this time whether they will be affiliated with us following a business combination. If they remain affiliated with us, their ability to sell our securities in the open market will be significantly limited. We expect to have policies in place that prohibit insiders from selling our securities except during specific periods of time. Even during such periods of time when insiders will be permitted to sell our securities, an insider cannot trade in our securities if he or she is in possession of material non-public information. Accordingly, unlike public stockholders who could exercise their public warrants and sell the shares of Class A Common Stock received upon such exercise freely in the open market in order to recoup the cost of such exercise, the insiders could be significantly restricted from selling such securities. As a result, we believe that allowing the holders to exercise such Private Placement Warrants on a cashless basis is appropriate.

VGS Warrant

In connection with a Promissory Note, on December 13, 2022, P3 LLC and VGS entered into a Warrant (the “Warrant Agreement”). Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, P3 LLC issued warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at an exercise price of $4.26 per share to VGS. The number of shares of Class A common stock for which the warrant is exercisable and the exercise price may be adjusted upon any event involving subdivisions, combinations, distributions, recapitalizations and like transactions. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the warrants and the right to purchase securities upon the exercise of the warrants will terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following: (a) December 13, 2027; and (b) the consummation of (i) a sale, conveyance, disposal, or encumbrance of all or substantially all of our or P3 LLC’s property or business or our or P3 LLC’s merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly owned subsidiary corporation) or (ii) any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company or P3 LLC is disposed of.

Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants

Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, entered into on March 30, 2023 by and among the Company and purchasers named therein, on April 6, 2023, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 59,934,479 shares of Class A common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,755,490 shares of Class A common stock. Each Common Warrant has an exercise price per share of Class A

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock equal to $1.13 per share. Each pre-funded warrant has an exercise price per share of Class A common stock equal to $0.0001 per share.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our Common Stock and warrant agent for our Warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Co. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Co. in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Charter and Bylaws

Our Charter provides that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

Our authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Class A Common Stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive forum for certain lawsuits. Our Charter requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, other than any claim to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of the State of Delaware, the stockholder bringing such suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel.

Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. In addition, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Special meeting of stockholders. Our Charter provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our Chief Executive Officer or by our chairman.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our Bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be received by the secretary to our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to the scheduled date of the annual meeting of stockholders. If our annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 45 days before or after such anniversary date, a stockholder’s notice will need to be received no earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which we first publicly announce the date of the annual meeting. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice for an annual meeting. Specifically, a stockholder’s notice must include: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (iii) the class or series and

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of shares of our capital stock owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (v) any material interest of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made in such business and (vi) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before such meeting. These notice requirements will be deemed satisfied by a stockholder as to any proposal (other than nominations) if the stockholder has notified us of such stockholder’s intention to present such proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, and such stockholder has complied with the requirements of such rule for inclusion of such proposal in the proxy statement we prepare to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in our annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. The foregoing provisions may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of Class A Common Stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of Class A Common Stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

•

1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding; or

•

the average weekly reported trading volume of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

•

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

•

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

•

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC, which is expected to be filed promptly after completion of the Business Combinations, reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, our initial stockholders will be able to sell their Class A Common Stock and Warrants, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the Business Combinations.

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2022 we had 41,578,890 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, the 4,242,016 are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 37,336,874 shares of Class A Common Stock are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering, and are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus. Similarly, the shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock that were issued in the Business Combinations are restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144.

As of the December 31, 2022, there were outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,819,105 shares of Class A Common Stock. Each whole warrant is exercisable for a share of Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement governing the warrants. Of these warrants, there were public warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,551,776 shares of Class A Common Stock, which warrants are freely tradable, except for any warrants purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, we are obligated to maintain an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the 10,819,105 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of the outstanding warrants.

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the resale of 69,157,145 shares of Class A Common Stock issued in the 2023 Private Placement, the issuance by us and resale of up to 59,934,479 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and the issuance by us and resale of up to 10,755,490 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants.

The Selling Stockholders and any of their pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees or other successors-in- interest may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of common stock or interests in shares of common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. The Selling Stockholders may use one or more of the following methods when disposing of the shares or interests therein:

•

distributions to members, partners, stockholders or other equityholders of the Selling Stockholders;

•

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

•

block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

•

to or through broker-dealers or underwriters;

•

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus;

•

an over-the-counter distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

•

in “at the market” offerings, as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act, at negotiated prices, at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

•

privately negotiated transactions;

•

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

•

broker-dealers may agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

•

a combination of any of the above methods of disposition; or

•

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

In addition, any securities that qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 may be sold under Rule 144 rather than pursuant to this prospectus. A Selling Stockholder that is an entity may elect to make an in-kind distribution of common stock to its members, partners, stockholders or other equityholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part by delivering a prospectus. To the extent that such members, partners, stockholders or other equityholders are not affiliates of ours, such members, partners, stockholders or other equityholders would thereby receive freely tradable securities pursuant to a distribution pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The Selling Stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, if available, or Section 4(a)(1) under the Securities Act, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Stockholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the Selling Stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The Selling Stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved.

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus, or under a supplement or amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of Selling Stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Stockholders under this prospectus.

Upon being notified in writing by a Selling Stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of common stock through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or dealer, we will file a supplement to this prospectus, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing (i) the name of each such Selling Stockholder and of the participating broker-dealer(s), (ii) the number of shares involved, (iii) the price at which such shares of common stock were sold, (iv) the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealer(s), where applicable, (v) that such broker-dealer(s) did not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and (vi) other facts material to the transaction. In addition, upon being notified in writing by a Selling Stockholder that a donee or pledgee intends to sell more than 500 shares of common stock, we will file a supplement to this prospectus if then required in accordance with applicable securities law.

The Selling Stockholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of the shares of common stock or interests in shares of common stock, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell shares of common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The Selling Stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any profits realized by such Selling Stockholders or compensation received by such broker-dealers or agents may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. The maximum commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 8% of the initial gross proceeds from the sale of any security being sold.

We have advised the Selling Stockholders that they are required to comply with Regulation M promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during such time as they may be engaged in a distribution of the shares. The foregoing may affect the marketability of the common stock.

The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the Selling Stockholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering.

We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or otherwise.

We have agreed with the Selling Stockholders to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part continuously effective and usable until such time as there are no longer any “registrable securities”, as such term is defined in the registration rights agreement by and among us and the Selling Stockholders.

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Latham & Watkins LLP has passed upon the validity of the securities offered by this prospectus and certain other legal matters related to this prospectus.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 (Successor) and for the year ended December 31, 2022, and the periods from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 (Predecessor) and from December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (Successor), included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The report on the consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The financial statements of P3 Health Partners Inc. (formerly known as Foresight Acquisition Corp.) as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and for the periods from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021, have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A Common Stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page
P3 Health Partners Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022		F-2
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022		F-4
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022		F-5
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022		F-6
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (BDO USA, LLP; Las Vegas, Nevada; PCAOB ID#243):		F-16
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2022 and 2021		F-17
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the periods December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021		F-19
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity /Members’ Deficit and Mezzanine Equity for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the periods December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021		F-20
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the periods December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021		F-21
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-23

	Page
Foresight Acquisition Corp.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, (Marcum LLP; New York, NY; PCAOB ID#688):		F-59
Balance Sheet as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020		F-60
Statement of Operations for the Period from August 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020 and for the Period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021		F-61
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Period from August 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020 and for the Period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021		F-62
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from August 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020 and for the Period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021		F-63
Notes to Financial Statements		F-64

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC. and SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)

	March 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash		$	7,183		$	17,537
Restricted cash			1,190			920
Health plan receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $150 and $0, respectively			93,215			72,092
Clinic fees and insurance receivable, net of contractual allowances of $5,683 and $5,755, respectively			318			822
Other receivables			4,640			6,678
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			2,824			2,643
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS			109,370			100,692
Property and equipment, net			8,947			8,839
Intangible assets, net			730,161			751,050
Other long-term assets			18,944			15,990
TOTAL ASSETS(1)		$	867,422		$	876,571
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY and STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable		$	15,798		$	11,542
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities			21,330			16,647
Accrued payroll			7,401			8,224
Health plans settlements payable			12,384			13,608
Claims payable			164,897			151,207
Premium deficiency reserve			31,515			26,375
Accrued interest			16,336			14,061
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES			269,661			241,664
Operating lease liability			12,822			11,516
Warrant liabilities			868			1,517
Contingent consideration			4,907			4,794
Long-term debt, net			108,126			94,421
TOTAL LIABILITIES(1)			396,384			353,912
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 12)
MEZZANINE EQUITY:
Redeemable non-controlling interest			473,723			516,805
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
Class A common stock, $.0001 par value; 800,000 shares authorized; 41,579 shares issued and outstanding			4			4
Class V common stock, $.0001 par value; 205,000 shares authorized; 201,867 shares and 201,592 shares issued and outstanding, respectively			20			20

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC. and SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)

	March 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
Additional paid in capital			316,061			315,375
Accumulated deficit			(318,770)			(309,545)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY			(2,685)			5,854
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY & STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY		$	867,422		$	876,571

(1)

The Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets include the assets and liabilities of its consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”). As discussed in Note 13 “Variable Interest Entities,” P3 LLC is itself a VIE. P3 LLC represents substantially all the assets and liabilities of the Company. As a result, the language and amounts below refer only to VIEs held at the P3 LLC level. The condensed consolidated balance sheets include total assets that can be used only to settle obligations of the P3 LLC’s VIEs totaling $2.0 million and $3.1 million as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, and total liabilities of the P3 LLC’s consolidated VIEs for which creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company totaled $16.8 million and $9.9 million as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. These VIE assets and liabilities do not include $31.4 million and $33.0 million of net amounts due to affiliates as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, as these are eliminated in consolidation and not presented within the condensed consolidated balance sheets. See Note 13 “Variable Interest Entities.”

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC. and SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
OPERATING REVENUE:
Capitated revenue		$	298,704		$	269,685
Other patient service revenue			3,373			3,859
TOTAL OPERATING REVENUE			302,077			273,544
OPERATING EXPENSE:
Medical expense			285,570			265,821
Premium deficiency reserve			5,140			(1,325)
Corporate, general and administrative expense			37,643			38,599
Sales and marketing expense			1,001			865
Depreciation and amortization			21,540			21,752
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSE			350,894			325,712
OPERATING LOSS			(48,817)			(52,168)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest expense, net			(4,086)			(2,755)
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			649			(5,861)
Other			96			(6)
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSE			(3,341)			(8,622)
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES			(52,158)			(60,790)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES			(290)			—
NET LOSS			(52,448)			(60,790)
LESS: NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS			(43,249)			(50,213)
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CONTROLLING INTERESTS		$	(9,199)		$	(10,577)
NET LOSS PER SHARE (Note 9):
Basic		$	(0.22)		$	(0.25)
Diluted		$	(0.22)		$	(0.25)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (Note 9):
Basic			41,579			41,579
Diluted			41,579			41,579

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC. and SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MEZZANINE EQUITY
(in thousands)
(unaudited)

	Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests			Class A Common Stock					Class V Common Stock					Additional Paid in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests			Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, December 31, 2021		$	1,790,617		41,579		$	4		196,554		$	20		$	312,946		$	(39,418)		$	273,552
Vesting of Class V common stock awards			—		—			—		549			—			—			—			—
Equity-based compensation			11,711		—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Net loss			(50,213)		—			—		—			—			—			(10,577)			(10,577)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, March 31, 2022		$	1,752,115		41,579		$	4		197,103		$	20		$	312,946		$	(49,995)		$	262,975

	Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests			Class A Common Stock						Class V Common Stock					Additional Paid in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests			Shares		Amount				Shares		Amount			Additional Paid in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, December 31, 2022		$	516,805		41,579		$	4			201,592		$	20		$	315,375		$	(309,545)		$	5,854
Cumulative adjustment due to adoption of new credit loss standard			(124)		—			—			—			—			—			(26)			(26)
Vesting of Class V common stock awards			—		—			—	��		275			—			—			—			—
Equity-based compensation			291		—			—			—			—			686			—			686
Net loss			(43,249)		—			—			—			—			—			(9,199)			(9,199)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, March 31, 2023		$	473,723		41,579		$	4			201,867		$	20		$	316,061		$	(318,770)		$	(2,685)

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC. and SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss		$	(52,448)		$	(60,790)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			21,540			21,752
Equity-based compensation			977			11,711
Amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs			279			—
Accretion of contingent consideration			113			91
Mark-to-market adjustment of stock warrants			(649)			5,861
Premium deficiency reserve			5,140			(1,325)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Health plan receivable			(21,273)			(44,337)
Clinic fees, insurance, and other receivable			2,542			805
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			(454)			216
Other long-term assets			(1,364)			—
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities			8,316			4,018
Accrued payroll			(823)			1,382
Health plan settlements payable			(1,224)			(3,909)
Claims payable			13,690			35,450
Accrued interest			2,275			1,241
Operating lease liability			(359)			58
Net cash used in operating activities			(23,722)			(27,776)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment			(464)			(877)
Notes receivable			—			(272)
Net cash used in investing activities			(464)			(1,149)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term debt, net of original issuance discount			14,102			—
Repayment of long-term debt			—			(1,207)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			14,102			(1,207)
Net change in cash and restricted cash			(10,084)			(30,132)
Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period			18,457			140,834
Cash and restricted cash, end of period		$	8,373		$	110,702

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 1: Organization

Description of Business

P3 Health Partners Inc. (“P3”), f/k/a Foresight Acquisition Corp., is a patient-centered and physician-led population health management company and, for accounting purposes, the successor to P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, “P3 LLC,” and together with P3, the “Company”).

P3 LLC was founded on April 12, 2017 and began commercial operations on April 20, 2017 to provide population health management services on an at-risk basis to insurance plans offering medical coverage to Medicare beneficiaries under Medicare Advantage programs. Medicare Advantage programs are insurance products created solely for Medicare beneficiaries. Insurance plans contract directly with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to offer Medicare beneficiaries benefits that replace traditional Medicare Fee for Service (“FFS”) coverage.

On December 3, 2021, (the “Closing Date”), P3 and P3 LLC consummated a series of business combinations pursuant to which, among other things, P3 LLC merged with and into FAC Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”) (the “P3 Merger”), with Merger Sub as the surviving company, which was renamed P3 LLC, and FAC-A Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of P3, FAC-B Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the P3 (together with FAC-A Merger Sub Corp., the “Merger Corps”) merged with and into CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CPF P3 Blocker-B, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (together with CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, the “Blockers”), with the Blockers as the surviving entities and wholly owned subsidiaries of P3 (collectively, the “Business Combinations”). Upon completion of the Business Combinations (the “Closing”), the Company was organized in an “Up-C” structure in which P3 directly owned approximately 17.1% of the common units of P3 LLC (“Common Units”) and became the sole manager of P3 LLC. Following the Closing, substantially all of the Company’s assets are held and operations are conducted by P3 LLC, and P3’s only assets are equity interests in P3 LLC.

The Company’s contracts with health plans are based on an at-risk shared savings model. Under this model, the Company is financially responsible for the cost of all contractually covered services provided to members assigned to the Company by health plans in exchange for a fixed monthly “capitation” payment, which is generally a percentage of the payment health plans receive from CMS. Under this arrangement, Medicare beneficiaries generally receive all their healthcare coverage through the Company’s network of employed and affiliated physicians and specialists (except for emergency situations).

The services provided to health plans’ members vary by contract. These may include utilization management, care management, disease education, and maintenance of a quality improvement and quality management program for members assigned to the Company. The Company is also responsible for the credentialing of its providers, processing and payment of claims, and the establishment of a provider network for certain health plans.

In addition to the Company’s contracts with health plans, the Company provides primary healthcare services through its employed physician clinic locations. These primary care clinics are reimbursed for services provided under FFS contracts with various payers and through capitated — per member, per month (“PMPM”) arrangements.

Note 2: Going Concern and Liquidity

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has experienced losses since its inception and had losses of $52.4 million and $60.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Such losses were primarily the result of costs incurred in adding new members, building relationships with physician partners and payors, and developing new services. The Company anticipates operating losses and negative cash flows to continue for the foreseeable future as it continues to grow membership.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $7.2 million and $17.5 million, respectively, in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents available to fund future operations. The Company’s capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace of the Company’s growth, its ability to manage medical costs, the maturity of its members, and its ability to raise capital. The Company will need to use available capital resources and/or raise additional capital earlier than currently anticipated. When the Company pursues additional debt and/or equity financing, there can be no assurance that such financing will be available on terms commercially acceptable to the Company. If the Company is unable to obtain additional funding when needed, it will need to curtail planned activities in order to reduce costs, which will likely have an unfavorable effect on the Company’s ability to execute on its business plan, and have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations, and future prospects. As a result of these matters, substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Note 3: Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Regulation S-X. The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to SEC rules and regulations dealing with interim financial statements.

Management believes the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of periods presented. The consolidated operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2023 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2023, or for any other future annual or interim period.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The Company periodically evaluates entities for consolidation either through ownership of a majority voting interest, or through means other than voting interest, in accordance with the Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) accounting model. This evaluation includes a qualitative review of the design of the entity, its organizational structure, including decision making ability and financial agreements, as well as a quantitative review. The Company consolidates a VIE when it has a variable interest that provides it with a controlling financial interest in the VIE, referred to as the primary beneficiary of the VIE. See Note 13 “Variable Interest Entities.”

As the sole managing manager of P3 LLC, P3 has the right to direct the most significant activities of P3 LLC and the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits. The rights of the non-managing members of P3 LLC are limited and protective in nature and do not give substantive participation rights over the sole managing member. Accordingly, P3 identifies itself as the primary beneficiary of P3 LLC and began consolidating P3 LLC as of the Closing Date resulting in a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units held by members other than P3. Additionally, as more fully described in Note 13 “Variable Interest Entities,” P3 LLC is the primary beneficiary of the following physician practices (collectively, the “Network”):

•

Kahan, Wakefield, Abdou, PLLC

•

Bacchus, Wakefield, Kahan, PC

•

P3 Health Partners Professional Services P.C.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

P3 Medical Group, P.C.

•

P3 Health Partners California, P.C. (f/k/a Omni IPA Medical Group, Inc.)

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss includes net loss to common stockholders as well as other changes in equity that result from transactions and economic events other than those with stockholders. There was no difference between comprehensive loss and net loss to common stockholders for the periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that could affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to allowance for credit losses, revenue recognition, the liability for unpaid claims, equity-based compensation, premium deficiency reserves (“PDR”), fair value and impairment recognition of long-lived and indefinite-lived assets (including intangibles), fair value of liability classified instruments, and judgments related to deferred income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on the best information available at the time, its experiences, and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant Accounting Policies

A description of the Company’s significant accounting policies is included in the audited consolidated financial statements within Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022. No other changes to significant accounting policies have occurred since December 31, 2022, with the exception of those detailed below.

Revenue Recognition

The Company categorizes revenue based on various factors such as the nature of contracts as follows:

Revenue Type	Three Months Ended March 31, 2023			% of Total		Three Months Ended March 31, 2022			% of Total
	(dollars in thousands)
Capitated revenue		$	298,704		98.9%		$	269,685		98.6%
Other patient service revenue:
Clinic fees and insurance			1,480		0.5%			1,882		0.7%
Care coordination / management fees			1,850		0.6%			1,921		0.7%
Incentive fees			43		0.0%			56		0.0%
Total other patient service revenue			3,373		1.1%			3,859		1.4%
Total revenue		$	302,077		100.0%		$	273,544		100.0%

During the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, four health plan customers each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue and collectively comprised 61% and 68%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue. Three health plan customers accounted for 10% or more of total health plan receivable as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Note 4: Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”)

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 introduces a new model for recognizing credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of current expected credit losses. The new current expected

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

credit losses model generally calls for the immediate recognition of all expected credit losses and applies to loans, accounts and trade receivables as well as other financial assets measured at amortized cost, loan commitments and off-balance sheet credit exposures, debt securities and other financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, and beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The new guidance replaces the current incurred loss model for measuring expected credit losses, requires expected losses on available for sale debt securities to be recognized through an allowance for credit losses rather than as reductions in the amortized cost of the securities, and provides for additional disclosure requirements. In April 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2019-04, which, among other amendments, allows for certain policy elections and practical expedients related to accrued interest on financial instruments. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, which granted targeted transition relief by allowing entities to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 and ASU 2019-11, which addressed certain aspects of the guidance related to effective dates, expected recoveries, troubled debt restructurings, accrued interest receivables, and financial assets secured by collateral. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 and related amendments as of January 1, 2023 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2021-08”)

ASU 2021-08 requires that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606. At the acquisition date, an acquirer should account for the related revenue contracts as if it had originated the contracts. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, the Company will apply this guidance to future business combinations.

ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”)

ASU 2020-06 eliminates two of the three models in ASC 470-20 that require issuers to separately account for embedded conversion features and eliminates some of the requirements for equity classification in ASC 815-40-25 for contracts in an entity’s own equity. The guidance also requires entities to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments in the diluted earnings per share calculation and generally requires them to include the effect of potential share settlement for instruments that may be settled in cash or shares. It is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted, but the Company must adopt the guidance as of the beginning of a fiscal year. The Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2020-06 will have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

Note 5: Fair Value Measurements and Hierarchy

Information about the Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is presented below:

	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Total
	(in thousands)
Warrant liability as of March 31, 2023		$	844		$	—		$	24		$	868
Warrant liability as of December 31, 2022		$	1,477		$	—		$	40		$	1,517

The key Level 3 inputs into the option pricing model related to the private placement warrants to purchase Class A common stock were as follows:

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	March 31, 2023	December 31, 2022
Volatility	73.0%	55.0%
Risk-free interest rate	3.8%	4.1%
Exercise price	$11.50	$11.50
Expected term	3.7 years	3.9 years

The following tables set forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s private placement warrants to purchase Class A common stock, which are considered to be Level 3 fair value measurements:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Beginning balance		$	40		$	502
Mark-to-market adjustment			(16)			(19)
Ending balance		$	24		$	483

Note 6: Property and Equipment

The Company’s property and equipment balances consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
	(in thousands)
Leasehold improvements		$	1,832		$	1,810
Furniture and fixtures			1,238			1,262
Computer equipment and software			3,358			3,206
Medical equipment			1,095			1,067
Software (development in process)			3,654			3,460
Vehicles			654			618
Other			365			37
			12,196			11,460
Less: accumulated depreciation			(3,249)			(2,621)
Property and equipment, net		$	8,947		$	8,839

Total depreciation of property and equipment was $0.6 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Note 7: Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of:

	March 31, 2023									December 31, 2022
	Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount			Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
	(in thousands)
Indefinite lived intangible assets:
Medical licenses		$	700		$	—		$	700		$	700		$	—		$	700
Definite lived intangible assets:
Customer relationships			684,000			(91,200)			592,800			684,000			(74,100)			609,900
Trademarks			148,635			(20,255)			128,380			148,635			(16,704)			131,931

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	March 31, 2023									December 31, 2022
	Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount			Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
	(in thousands)
Payor contracts			4,700			(588)			4,112			4,700			(470)			4,230
Provider network			4,800			(631)			4,169			4,800			(511)			4,289
Total		$	842,835		$	(112,674)		$	730,161		$	842,835		$	(91,785)		$	751,050

Amortization of intangible assets was $20.9 million and $21.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Note 8: Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
	(in thousands)
Repurchase promissory note, interest paid at 11.0%, due June 2026		$	15,000		$	15,000
Term loan facility, interest paid at 12.0%, due December 2025			65,000			65,000
Unsecured promissory note, interest paid at 14.0%, due May 2026			29,102			15,000
Long-term debt, gross			109,102			95,000
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount			(976)			(579)
			108,126			94,421
Less: current portion of long-term debt			—			—
Long-term debt, net		$	108,126		$	94,421

The Company was in compliance with its covenants under the term loan facility and the unsecured promissory note as of March 31, 2023; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future or that the lenders under the term loan facility and the unsecured promissory note or the lenders of any future indebtedness the Company may incur will grant any such waiver or forbearance in the future.

Note 9: Net Loss per Share

The following table provides the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders – basic and diluted		$	(9,199)		$	(10,577)
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding – basic and diluted			41,579			41,579
Net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders – basic and diluted		$	(0.22)		$	(0.25)

Shares of Class V common stock do not share in the earnings or losses of P3 Health Partners, Inc. and are therefore not participating securities. As such, separate presentation of basic and diluted net income per share for Class V common stock under the two-class method is not required. The following table presents potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
	(in thousands)
Stock warrants(1)		11,248		10,819
Stock options(1)		5,487		2,134
Shares of Class V common stock(2)		201,972		202,025
Total		218,707		214,978

(1)

Represents the number of instruments outstanding at the end of the period. Application of the treasury stock method would reduce this amount if they had a dilutive effect and were included in the computation of diluted net loss per share.

(2)

Shares of Class V common stock at the end of the period, including shares tied to unvested Common Units, are considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock under the application of the if-converted method.

Note 10: Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests

Non-controlling interests represents the portion of P3 LLC that the Company controls and consolidates but does not own (i.e., the Common Units held directly by the equity holders other than the Company).

The ownership of the Common Units is summarized as follows:

	March 31, 2023				December 31, 2022
	Units (in thousands)		Ownership %		Units (in thousands)			Ownership %
P3 Health Partners Inc.’s ownership of Common Units		41,579		17.1%		41,579			17.1%
Non-controlling interest holders’ ownership of Common Units		201,867		82.9%		201,592	��		82.9%
Total Common Units		243,446		100.0%		243,171			100.0%

There was no Common Unit exchange or redemption activity during the three months ended March 31, 2023 or 2022.

Note 11: Segment Reporting

The Company’s operations are organized under one reportable segment. The Chief Executive Officer, who is the Company’s CODM, manages the Company’s operations and reviews financial information on a consolidated basis. Decisions regarding resource allocation and assessment of profitability are based on the Company’s responsibility to deliver high quality primary medical care services to its patient population. For the periods presented, all the Company’s revenue was earned in the United States. Likewise, all the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States.

Note 12: Commitments and Contingencies

In 2021, a discrepancy was identified in the service agreement with one of the Company’s health plans resulting in a renegotiation of the agreement. In January 2023, the renegotiation was settled and the Company reflected the known settlement of $5.0 million within health plan settlements payable as of December 31, 2022. The settlement of $5.0 million remains unpaid and recorded within health plan settlements payable as of March 31, 2023.

Note 13: Variable Interest Entities

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fees for these services are the excess of the Network’s revenue over expenses. Per the deficit funding agreements, P3 LLC is obligated to advance funds, as needed, to support the Network’s working capital needs to the extent operating expenses exceed gross revenue. These advances accrue interest at a rate of prime plus 2%. Net advances made to the Network and accrued interest on those advances are presented within due to consolidated entities of P3 in the table below. Additionally, P3 LLC entered into stock transfer restriction agreements with the practice shareholders of the Network, which, by way of a call option, unequivocally permit P3 LLC to appoint successor physicians if a practice shareholder vacates their ownership position. Accordingly, P3 LLC identifies itself as the primary beneficiary of the Network. Practice shareholders, who are employees of P3 LLC, retain equity ownership in the Network, which represents nominal non-controlling interests; however, the non-controlling interests do not participate in the profit or loss of the Network.

P3 LLC, directly or indirectly via its wholly owned subsidiaries, may not use or access any net assets of these VIEs to settle its obligations or the obligations of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Additionally, the creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the net assets of P3 LLC.

Since P3 LLC represents substantially all the assets and liabilities of the Company, the following tables provide a summary of the assets, liabilities, and operating performance of only VIEs held at the P3 LLC level.

	March 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
	(in thousands)
ASSETS
Cash		$	—		$	1,759
Clinic fees and insurance receivables, net			639			323
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			1,229			121
Other receivable			13			855
Property and equipment, net			43			44
Other long-term assets			114			—
Due from consolidated entities of P3			10,123			3,012
TOTAL ASSETS			12,161			6,114
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT
Accounts payable			5,725			7,800
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities			546			262
Accrued payroll			2,381			1,885
Claims payable			7,087			—
Other long-term liabilities			1,023			—
Due to consolidated entities of P3			41,540			36,025
TOTAL LIABILITIES			58,302			45,972
MEMBERS’ DEFICIT			(46,141)			(39,858)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT		$	12,161		$	6,114

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
	(in thousands)
Revenue		$	10,839		$	12,914
Expense			13,675			14,920
Net loss		$	(2,836)		$	(2,006)

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 14: Capitalization

On March 30, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the purchasers named therein (the “Purchasers”), certain of which are related parties, pursuant to which the Company will issue approximately 79.9 million units at a price of approximately $1.12 per unit for institutional investors, and a purchase price of approximately $1.19 per unit for employees and consultants. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and 0.75 of a warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $1.13. Certain institutional investors have elected to receive pre-funded warrants to purchase Class A common stock in lieu of a portion of their Class A common stock. In total, the Company agreed to sell (i) an aggregate of approximately 69.2 million shares of its Class A common stock (the “Shares”), (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately 59.9 million shares of Class A common stock (the “Common Warrants”), and (iii) pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately 10.8 million shares of Class A common stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants” and, together with the Common Warrants, the ��Warrants”).

Note 15: Subsequent Events

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, on April 6, 2023, the Company sold the Shares and the Warrants to the Purchasers, which included certain affiliated entities of Chicago Pacific Founders GP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“CPF”), the Company’s Chief Medical Officer, and three members of the Company’s board of directors, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $89.5 million (collectively, the “March 2023 Private Placement”).

Registration Rights Agreement

On April 6, 2023, in connection with the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Purchasers. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC within 30 days after the closing of the March 2023 Private Placement for purposes of registering the resale of the Shares and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to cause this registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 120 days after the date thereof. The Registration Rights Agreement also contains certain shelf takedown and piggyback rights.

The Company has also agreed, among other things, to indemnify the Purchasers, their officers, directors, members, employees and agents, successors and assigns under the registration statement from certain liabilities and to pay all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Letter Agreement with CPF

On April 6, 2023, in connection with the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with CPF, Chicago Pacific Founders GP III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“CPF GP III”) (on behalf of the funds of which CPF is the general partner, certain funds of which CPF GP III is the general partner) and/or certain of their affiliated entities and funds (collectively, the “CPF Parties”). The Letter Agreement provides, pursuant to certain stipulations, that CPF will be entitled to designate one additional independent member of the Company’s board of directors and that CPF will be entitled to certain information rights and protective provisions. CPF Parties also agreed to a standstill restriction from the date of the closing of the March 2023 Private Placement to June 30, 2024 that limits the ownership of the CPF Parties to 49.99% of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class V common stock.

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and Board of Directors
P3 Health Partners Inc.
Henderson, Nevada

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of P3 Health Partners Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (Successor), and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit) and mezzanine equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and for the period from December 3, 2021 to December 31, 2021 (Successor) and the period from January 1, 2021 to December 2, 2021 (Predecessor), and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021 (Successor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and for the period from December 3, 2021 to December 31, 2021 (Successor) and the period from January 1, 2021 to December 2, 2021 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to this matter is also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

Las Vegas, Nevada

March 31, 2023

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2022			2021
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash		$	17,537		$	140,478
Restricted cash			920			356
Health plan receivable			72,092			50,251
Clinic fees and insurance receivable, net			822			1,090
Other receivable			6,678			727
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			2,643			6,959
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS			100,692			199,861
LONG-TERM ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net			8,839			8,048
Goodwill			—			1,309,750
Intangible assets, net			751,050			835,839
Other long-term assets			15,990			10,611
TOTAL LONG-TERM ASSETS			775,879			2,164,248
TOTAL ASSETS(1)		$	876,571		$	2,364,109
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable		$	11,542		$	5,469
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities			16,647			12,261
Accrued payroll			8,224			6,304
Health plan settlements payable			13,608			22,549
Claims payable			151,207			101,958
Premium deficiency reserve			26,375			37,836
Accrued interest			14,061			8,771
Current portion of long-term debt			—			46
Short-term debt			—			3,579
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES			241,664			198,773
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
Operating lease liability			11,516			6,297
Warrant liabilities			1,517			11,383
Contingent consideration			4,794			3,487
Long-term debt, net			94,421			80,000
TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES			112,248			101,167
TOTAL LIABILITIES(1)			353,912			299,940

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2022			2021
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 17 AND NOTE 21)
MEZZANINE EQUITY
Redeemable non-controlling interest			516,805			1,790,617
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 800,000,000 shares authorized; 41,578,890 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021			4			4
Class V common stock, $0.0001 par value; 205,000,000 shares authorized; 201,592,012 and 196,553,523 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively			20			20
Additional paid in capital			315,375			312,946
Accumulated deficit			(309,545)			(39,418)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY			5,854			273,552
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY		$	876,571		$	2,364,109

(1)

The Company’s consolidated balance sheets include the assets and liabilities of its consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”). As discussed in Note 23: Variable Interest Entities, P3 LLC is itself a VIE. P3 LLC represents substantially all the assets and liabilities of the Company. As a result, the language and numbers below refer only to VIEs held at the P3 LLC level. The consolidated balance sheets include total assets that can be used only to settle obligations of P3 LLC’s consolidated VIEs totaling $3.1 million and $8.1 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and total liabilities of P3 LLC’s consolidated VIEs for which creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company totaled $9.9 million and $6.1 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These VIE assets and liabilities do not include $33.0 million of net amounts due to affiliates as of December 31, 2022 and $6.0 million of investment in affiliates and $24.1 million of amounts due to affiliates as of December 31, 2021 as these are eliminated in consolidation and not presented within the consolidated balance sheets.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
OPERATING REVENUE:
Capitated revenue		$	1,034,800		$	57,224		$	567,735
Other patient service revenue			14,671			1,538			10,867
TOTAL OPERATING REVENUE			1,049,471			58,762			578,602
OPERATING EXPENSE:
Medical expense			1,057,224			66,877			592,465
Premium deficiency reserve			(11,461)			26,277			11,559
Corporate, general and administrative expense			157,284			16,983			100,243
Sales and marketing expense			5,096			364			1,818
Depreciation and amortization			87,289			7,149			1,575
Goodwill impairment			1,314,952			—			—
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSE			2,610,384			117,650			707,660
OPERATING LOSS			(1,560,913)			(58,888)			(129,058)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest expense, net			(11,404)			(851)			(9,824)
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			9,865			2,272			(7,665)
Other			2,757			(471)			147
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)			1,218			950			(17,342)
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES			(1,559,695)			(57,938)			(146,400)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES			(1,862)			—			—
NET LOSS			(1,561,557)			(57,938)			(146,400)
LESS: NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS			(1,291,430)			(47,857)			—
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CONTROLLING INTERESTS		$	(270,127)		$	(10,081)		$	(146,400)
NET LOSS PER SHARE (BASIC)		$	(6.50)		$	(0.24)			N/A(1)
NET LOSS PER SHARE (DILUTED)		$	(6.50)		$	(0.24)			N/A(1)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (BASIC)			41,579			41,579			N/A(1)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (DILUTED)			41,579			41,579			N/A(1)

(1)

The Company analyzed the calculation of net loss per member unit for predecessor periods prior to the Business Combinations (Note 5) and determined that it resulted in values that would not be meaningful to the users of these consolidated financial statements; therefore, net loss per member unit information has not been presented for predecessor periods prior to the Business Combinations (Note 5) on December 3, 2021.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ DEFICIT AND MEZZANINE EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands)

	Predecessor
	Class A Units Subject to Possible Redemption					Class D Units Subject to Possible Redemption						Class B-1					Class C					Redemption of Profit Interests			Accumulated Deficit			Total Members’ Deficit
	Units		Amount			Units		Amount				Units		Amount			Units		Amount			Redemption of Profit Interests			Accumulated Deficit			Total Members’ Deficit
MEMBERS’ DEFICIT, as of December 31, 2020		43,000,000		$	43,656		16,130,034		$	47,042			6,000,000		$	380		1,302,083		$	67		$	(180)		$	(130,485)		$	(130,218)
Class B-1 and Class C Unit Based Compensation		—			—		—			—			2,000,000			380		660,417			902			—			—			1,282
Class B-2 Units Accelerated on Merger Date		—			—		—			—			4,054,054			81		—			—			—			—			81
Class B-3 Units Accelerated on Merger Date		—			—		—			—			5,647,438			56		—			—			—			—			56
Class C-1 Units Accelerated on Merger Date		—			—		—			—			—			—		1,035,833			2,243			—			—			2,243
Class C-2 Units Accelerated on Merger Date		—			—		—			—			—			—		1,685,000			39			—			—			39
Net Loss		—			—		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(146,400)			(146,400)
MEMBERS’ DEFICIT, as of December 2, 2021		43,000,000		$	43,656		16,130,034		$	47,042	��		17,701,492		$	897		4,683,333		$	3,251		$	(180)		$	(276,885)		$	(272,917)

	Successor
	Redeemable Non-controlling Interest			Class A Common Stock					Class V Common Stock					Additional Paid in Capital(1)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Redeemable Non-controlling Interest			Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid in Capital(1)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, December 3, 2021		$	1,833,838		41,578,890		$	4		196,553,523		$	20		$	312,946		$	(29,337)		$	283,633
Equity-based compensation			4,635		—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Net loss			(47,856)		—			—		—			—			—			(10,081)			(10,081)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, December 31, 2021			1,790,617		41,578,890			4		196,553,523			20			312,946			(39,418)			273,552
Vesting of Class V common stock awards			—		—			—		5,038,489			—			—			—			—
Equity-based compensation			17,618		—			—		—			—			1,786			—			1,786
Class A common stock warrants issued			—		—			—		—			—			643			—			643
Net loss			(1,291,430)		—			—		—			—			—			(270,127)			(270,127)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, December 31, 2022		$	516,805		41,578,890		$	4		201,592,012		$	20		$	315,375		$	(309,545)		$	5,854

(1)

Included in the opening balance are transactions completed in connection with the Business Combinations (Note 5), including the PIPE Investment (Note 1) of $195.3 million (net of issuance costs), the equity consideration to P3 shareholders of $80.3 million, and the trust proceeds (net of redemptions) of $37.4 million.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss		$	(1,561,557)		$	(57,938)		$	(146,400)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			87,289			7,149			1,575
Equity-based compensation			19,404			4,635			3,701
Goodwill impairment			1,314,952			—			—
Amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs			—			—			1,798
Accretion of contingent consideration			400			—			—
Mark-to-market of stock warrants			(9,865)			(2,272)			7,665
Premium deficiency reserve			(11,461)			26,277			11,559
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Health plan receivable			(21,841)			3,236			(2,770)
Clinic fees, insurance, and other receivables			(5,338)			1,467			(1,485)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			4,266			(4,704)			4,254
Other long-term assets			100			—			—
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities			6,082			7,732			34,224
Accrued payroll			1,920			3,159			(1,134)
Health plan settlements payable			(8,941)			(2,592)			11,265
Claims payable			49,249			(971)			19,097
Accrued interest			5,290			(498)			5,216
Operating lease liability			4,032			(22)			306
Net cash used in operating activities			(126,019)			(15,342)			(51,129)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment			(2,233)			(120)			(3,290)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired			(5,500)			(47,879)			(4,989)
Notes receivable			—			143			70
Net cash used in investing activities			(7,733)			(47,856)			(8,209)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from PIPE, net of issuance costs			—			195,308			—
Proceeds from long-term debt, net of original issue discount			15,000			—			25,000
Proceeds from short-term debt			—			3,377			351
Payment of long-term debt			(46)			(8)			(186)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
(In thousands)

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Payment of debt issuance costs			—			—			(375)
Payment of short-term debt			(3,579)			—			—
Net cash provided by financing activities			11,375			198,677			24,790
Net change in cash and restricted cash			(122,377)			135,479			(34,548)
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of period			140,834			5,355			39,903
Cash and restricted cash at end of period		$	18,457		$	140,834		$	5,355
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest		$	5,714		$	1,346		$	2,796
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing information:
Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining new right-of-use assets		$	6,839		$	314		$	4,073
Warrants issued in connection with new debt		$	643		$	—		$	—
Increase in accrued expenses related to debt issuance costs and original issue discount		$	525		$	—		$	—
Reconciliation of cash and restricted cash:
Cash		$	17,537		$	140,478		$	5,301
Restricted cash			920			356			54
Total cash and restricted cash		$	18,457		$	140,834		$	5,355

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts, or as otherwise stated)

Note 1: Organization

Upon closing of the Business Combinations:

•

8.7 million shares of Class A common stock were issued as part of the purchase consideration;

•

3.7 million shares of Class A common stock (after redemptions) were no longer subject to redemption;

•

8.8 million shares of Class A common stock held by the founder holders remained outstanding; and

•

20.4 million shares of Class A common stock were issued in a private placement pursuant to subscription agreements entered into effective as of March 25, 2021 (the “PIPE Investment”).

The Company’s contracts with health plans are based on an at-risk shared savings model. Under this model, the Company is financially responsible for the cost of all contractually-covered services provided to members assigned to the Company by health plans in exchange for a fixed monthly “capitation” payment, which is generally a percentage of the payment health plans receive from CMS. Under this arrangement, Medicare beneficiaries generally receive all their healthcare coverage through the Company’s network of employed and affiliated physicians and specialists.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 2: Going Concern and Liquidity

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has experienced losses since its inception and net losses of $1,561.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, $57.9 million for the Successor Period of 2021 (as defined in Note 3), and $146.4 million for the Predecessor Period of 2021 (as defined in Note 3). Such losses were primarily the result of goodwill impairment charges in 2022 and costs incurred in adding new members, building relationships with physician partners and payors, and developing new services. The Company anticipates operating losses and negative cash flows to continue for the foreseeable future as it continues to grow membership.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had $17.5 million and $140.5 million, respectively, in cash available to fund future operations. The Company’s capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace of its growth, ability to manage medical costs, the maturity of its members, and its ability to raise capital, and the Company will need to use available capital resources and/or raise additional capital earlier than currently anticipated. When the Company pursues additional debt and/or equity financing, there can be no assurance that such financing will be available on terms commercially acceptable to the Company. If the Company is unable to obtain additional funding when needed, it will need to curtail planned activities in order to reduce costs, which will likely have an unfavorable effect on the Company’s ability to execute on its business plan, and have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations, and future prospects. As a result of these matters, substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Note 3: Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

As the sole managing manager of P3 LLC, P3 has the right to direct the most significant activities of P3 LLC and the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits. The rights of the non-managing members of P3 LLC are limited and protective in nature and do not give substantive participation rights over the sole managing member. Accordingly, P3 identifies itself as the primary beneficiary of P3 LLC and began consolidating P3 LLC as of the Closing Date resulting in a noncontrolling interest related to the Common Units held by members other than P3. Additionally, as more fully described in Note 23 “Variable Interest Entities,” P3 LLC is the primary beneficiary of the following physician practices (collectively, the “Network”):

•

Kahan, Wakefield, Abdou, PLLC

•

Bacchus, Wakefield, Kahan, PC

•

P3 Health Partners Professional Services, P.C.

•

P3 Medical Group, P.C.

•

P3 Health Partners California, P.C. (f/k/a Omni IPA Medical Group, Inc.)

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of the Business Combinations, P3 LLC has been determined to be the predecessor for accounting purposes and, accordingly, the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements of P3 LLC are presented herein as “Predecessor” for the period prior to the Closing Date (the “Predecessor Period”) and the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements of the Company are presented herein as “Successor” for the period after the Closing Date (the “Successor Period”), which include the consolidated operations of P3 LLC. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include a black line division that indicates that the Predecessor and Successor reporting entities shown are presented on a different basis and are, therefore, not comparable.

Comprehensive Loss

Management’s Use of Estimates

Preparation of these consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes, in conformity with GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that could affect amounts reported here. Management bases its estimates on the best information available at the time, its experiences and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, including estimates of the impact of COVID-19. See Note 21 “Commitments and Contingencies” for further discussion on the impact of COVID-19.

The areas where significant estimates are used in these accompanying consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, the liability for unpaid claims, equity-based compensation, premium deficiency reserves, fair value and impairment recognition of long-lived assets (including intangible assets and goodwill), fair value of acquired assets and liabilities in business combinations, fair value of liability classified instruments, and judgments related to deferred income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Commitments and Contingencies

An accrual is established for commitments and contingencies when management, after considering the facts and circumstances of each matter as then known to management, has determined a specific contingency is probable and estimable. The Company also faces contingencies that are reasonably possible to occur that cannot currently be estimated. When only a range of amounts is reasonably estimable and no amount within the range is more likely than another, the low end of the range is recorded. The Company expenses costs associated with loss contingencies, including any related legal fees, as they are incurred. Due to the inherent uncertainties surrounding gain contingencies, the Company does not recognize potential gains until realized.

Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of public warrants, private placement warrants, stock options, and Common Units convertible into shares of Class A common stock during the period by applying the treasury stock method or if-converted method, as applicable.

Net loss per member unit has not been presented for Predecessor Period as the Company’s management determined it would not be meaningful to the users of these consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Restricted Cash

Cash includes all cash and liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less. Cash deposits held in accounts at each financial institution are insured up to $250,000 by the Federal Deposit

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed FDIC insured limits. Management does not expect any losses to occur on such accounts.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had cash of $17.5 million and $140.5 million, respectively, deposited at banking institutions which are subject to the FDIC insured limit.

Restricted cash is held for a specific purpose (such as payment of employee healthcare claims) and is thus not available to the Company for immediate or general business use. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had restricted cash of $0.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company categorizes revenue based on various factors such as the nature of contracts as follows:

	Successor										Predecessor
Revenue Type	Year Ended December 31, 2022			% of Total		December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			% of Total		January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021			% of Total
Capitated revenue		$	1,034,800		99%		$	57,224		97%		$	567,735		98%
Other patient service revenue:
Clinical fees & insurance revenue			6,158		0%			751		2%			4,318		1%
Shared risk revenue			351		0%			181		0%			602		0%
Care coordination / management fees			7,924		1%			600		1%			5,880		1%
Incentive fees			238		0%			6		0%			67		0%
Total other patient service revenue			14,671		1%			1,538		3%			10,867		2%
Total revenue		$	1,049,471		100%		$	58,762		100%		$	578,602		100%

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, four health plan customers each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue and collectively comprised 66%, 70%, and 78%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue.

Capitated Revenue

The Company contracts with health plans using an at-risk model. Under the at-risk model, the Company is responsible for the cost of all covered services provided to members assigned by the health plans to the Company in exchange for a fixed premium payment, which generally is a percentage of the payment (“POP”) based on health plans’ premiums received from CMS. Through this capitation arrangement, the Company stands ready to provide assigned Medicare Advantage beneficiaries all their medical care via the Company’s directly employed and affiliated physician/specialist network.

The capitated revenue the Company receives is determined via a competitive bidding process with CMS and is based on the costs of care in local markets and the average utilization of services by patients enrolled. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Medicare Advantage plans with higher acuity patients receive higher premiums. Conversely, Medicare Advantage plans with lower acuity patients receive lesser premiums. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after final data is compiled. The Company generally estimates transaction prices using the most likely methodology. Amounts are only included in the transaction price to the extent any significant uncertainty of reversal on cumulative revenue will not occur and is resolved. In certain contracts, PMPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors.

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

incentives or penalties as the Company cannot reasonably estimate the ultimate PMPM payment of those contracts. The Company recognizes revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits during the contract term. The capitation amount is subject to possible retroactive premium risk adjustments based on the member’s individual acuity. Premium risk adjustments recorded in 2022 which relate to 2021 were $3.3 million. There were no premium risk adjustments recorded in 2021 related to prior years. As the period between the time of service and time of payment is typically one year or less, the Company elected the practical expedient not to adjust for the effects of a significant financing component.

The Company’s contracts with health plans may include core functions and services for managing assigned patients’ medical care, the combination of which is offered as a single solution. Capitation contracts have a single performance obligation that is a stand ready obligation to perform healthcare services to the population of enrolled members and constitutes a series for the provision of managed healthcare services for the term of the contract, which is deemed to be one month since the mix of patients-customers can change month over month. The Company does not offer nor price each individual function as a standalone service to health plans; however, the addition or exclusion of certain services may be negotiated and reflected in each health plan’s specific total POP.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had POP contracts in effect with 24 health plans (across five states) and 17 health plans (across four states), respectively.

Each month, in accordance with contractual obligations (for non-delegated health plans; e.g., those for which the Company has not been delegated for claims processing), each plan funds a medical claims payment reserve equal to a defined percentage of premium attributable to members assigned to the Company. In turn, the Company administers and funds medical claims for contractually covered services, for assigned health plan members, from that health plan’s reserve. On a quarterly or monthly basis, health plans conduct a settlement of the reserve to determine any surplus or deficit amount. The reconciliation and distribution of the reserve occur within 120 days following the end of each quarter. An annual settlement reconciliation and distribution from all funds occurs within 21 months following each year-end.

Three health plan customers accounted for 10% or more of total health plan receivables as of December 31, 2022. Two health plan customers accounted for 10% or more of total health plan receivables as of December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, Management has deemed the Company’s settlement receivables to be fully collectible from those health plans where the Company is not delegated for claims processing. Accordingly, a constraint on the variable consideration associated with settlement receivables was not recorded.

Other Patient Service Revenue — Clinical Fees and Insurance Revenue

Clinical fees and insurance revenue relates to net patient fees received from various payors and direct patients under contracts in which the Company’s sole performance obligation is to provide healthcare services through the operation of medical clinics. The Company recognizes clinic fees and insurance revenue in the period in which services are provided. Under FFS payment arrangements, revenue is recognized on the date of service using a portfolio approach. The Company’s performance obligations are typically satisfied in the same day services are provided. All the Company’s contracts with its customers under these arrangements include a single performance obligation.

The Company’s contractual relationships with patients, in most cases, also involve third-party payors (Medicare, Medicaid, managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies, including plans offered through state-sponsored health insurance exchanges). Transaction prices for services provided are dependent upon specific rules in place with third party payors — specifically, Medicare/Medicaid and pre-negotiated rates with managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies. Contractual arrangements with third parties typically include payments at amounts which are less than standard charges. These charges generally have predetermined rates for diagnostic service codes or discounted FFS rates. The Company perpetually reviews its contractual estimation processes to consider and incorporate updates to laws, regulations, and frequent changes in the managed care system. Contractual terms are negotiated and updated accordingly upon renewal.

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clinical fees and insurance revenue is based upon the estimated amounts the Company expects to receive from patients and third-party payors. Estimates of explicit price concessions under managed care and commercial insurance plans are tied to payment terms specified in related contractual agreements. Retroactively calculated explicit price concessions tied to reimbursement agreements with third-party payers are recognized on an estimated basis in the period related services are rendered and adjusted in future periods as final payments are received. Revenue related to uninsured patients, uninsured co-payments, and deductibles (for patients with healthcare coverage) may also be discounted. The Company records implicit price concessions (based on historical collection experience) related to uninsured accounts to recognize self-pay revenue at their most likely amounts to be collected.

The Company deems FFS revenue to be variable consideration and its estimates of associated transaction prices will not result in a significant revenue reversal in the future.

The Company has elected the practical expedient not to adjust the transaction price for any financing components as those were deemed to be insignificant and to expense all incremental customer contract acquisition costs as incurred as such costs are not material and would be amortized over a period less than one year.

Other Patient Service Revenue — Shared Risk Revenue

P3 LLC (via one of its wholly owned subsidiaries) receives 30% of the shared risk savings from parties with whom it contracts under four separate arrangements. These arrangements are driven solely by medical cost containment year-over-year (“YoY”) expense reductions. This key performance indicator (“KPI”) is measured by the aggregate change in per member, per year (“PMPY”) medical costs. If the sequential YoY PMPY aggregate change yields a reduction, the Company receives 30% of the associated total cost savings for that year. Conversely, if the sequential YoY PMPY aggregate change yields an increase in medical costs, no monies are due to the Company that year. This KPI is compiled and reviewed on a calendar year basis. The Company recognizes shared risk revenue only upon the receipt of cash.

Other Patient Service Revenue — Care Coordination Fees and Management Fees

The Company’s delegated health plans may also pay a Care Coordination Fee (“CCF”) or management fee to the Company. CCFs and management fees are intended to fund the costs of delegated services provided to certain health plans. CCFs are specifically identified and separated in each monthly capitation payment the Company receives from these parties. None of the Company’s other health plans bifurcate CCFs nor are any of them contractually required to do so. Based on similarities of the terms of the care coordination and administrative services, the Company uses a portfolio approach to record revenue from CCFs and management fees.

Patient Fees Receivable

Substantially all client fees and insurance receivables are due under FFS contracts with third party payors, such as commercial insurance companies, government-sponsored healthcare programs, or directly from patients. The Company has agreements with third-party payors that provide for payments at amounts different from the established rates. Payment arrangements include prospectively determined rates per discharge, reimbursed costs, discounted charges, and per diem payments. Patient fees receivable, where a third-party payor is responsible for the amount due, are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of any expected contractual adjustments and implicit price concessions, and do not bear interest. Contractual adjustments arising under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors are accrued on an estimated basis in the period the related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. The Company continuously monitors activities from payors (including patients) and records an implicit price concession based on specific contracts and actual historical collection patterns to reflect the estimated amounts the Company expects to collect. Patient fees receivable of $0.8 million and $0.7 million are included in clinic fees and insurance receivables in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and are recorded net of contractual allowances of $5.8 million and $2.0 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is carried at acquisition cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Costs for repairs and maintenance of property and equipment, after such property and equipment has been placed in service, are expensed as incurred. Costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated when property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed. Sales and disposals may result in asset-specific gains or losses. Any such gains or losses are included as a component of operations. The Company records depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The following table summarizes the estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment:

Classification			Depreciation Cycle
Leasehold improvements (cycle: lease term)			1 to 10 Years
Furniture and fixtures			7 Years
Computer equipment			3 Years
Medical equipment			7 Years
Software			3 Years

The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with developing its own proprietary technology to serve core functions of its business operations such as revenue and medical cost analysis, care management and various facets that promote impactful utilization. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company has capitalized $3.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, to property and equipment for these software costs (specifically to work in progress). In 2022 and 2021, $0.7 million and $2.1 million of capitalized costs were placed into service, respectively. All costs associated with internally developed technology following deployment, or that otherwise do not meet capitalization criteria, are expensed as incurred.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses valuation approaches that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels (see Note 6 “Fair Value Measurements and Hierarchy” for further discussion):

Level 1 inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

Level 2 inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset or asset group is measured by comparing its carrying amount to the future undiscounted net cash flows the asset or asset group is expected to generate. If such assets are considered impaired (e.g., future undiscounted cash flows are less than net book value), an impairment charge is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reporting unit level on an annual basis in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable (a “triggering event”). On the occurrence of a triggering event, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether a quantitative impairment test is necessary. If it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, provided, the loss recognized cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. In determining the estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangibles, the Company considers the nature, competitive position, life cycle position and historical and expected future operating cash flows of each acquired asset, as well as its commitment to support these assets through continued investment and legal infringement protection.

The Company reviews intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires comparing the carrying amount to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Such events and circumstances include the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the assets or a situation in which it is more likely than not that the Company will dispose of such assets. If the comparison indicates that there is impairment, the impairment loss to be recognized as a non-cash charge to earnings is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value and the impaired asset is written down to its fair value or, if fair value is not readily determinable, to an estimated fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows.

Leases

The Company determines whether a contract is or contains a lease at the inception of the contract. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company records the related operating or finance right-of-use asset and lease liability at the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company is generally not able to readily determine the implicit rate in the lease and therefore uses the determined incremental borrowing rate at lease commencement to compute the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate represents an estimate of the market interest rate the Company would incur at lease commencement to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over the term of a lease. Renewal options are not included in the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities unless the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the optional renewal periods. Some leases also include early termination options, which can be exercised under specific conditions. Additionally, certain leases contain incentives, such as construction allowances from landlords, which reduce the right-of-use asset related to the lease.

Certain of the Company’s leases contain rent escalations over the lease term. The Company recognizes expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company’s lease agreements contain variable payments for common area maintenance and utilities. The Company has elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for all asset categories; therefore, the lease payments used to measure the lease liability for these leases include fixed minimum rentals along with fixed non-lease component charges. Variable lease payments are excluded from the measurement of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. The Company does not have significant residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants in its lease portfolio.

Business Combinations

The price tendered in business combinations is allocated using the acquisition method of accounting among the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities and non-controlling interests, all of which are based on estimates of corresponding fair value as of the acquisition date. The Company applies valuation methods which are ultimately used in the Company’s purchase price allocations. Goodwill is recorded based on the difference between the fair value of consideration exchanged and the fair value of the net assets and liabilities assumed. Such fair values that are not finalized for reporting periods following the

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquisition date are estimated and recorded as provisional amounts. Adjustments to these provisional amounts during the measurement period (defined as the date through which all information required to identify and measure the consideration transferred, the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and the non-controlling interests obtained, limited to one year from the acquisition date) are recorded when identified.

Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date for all equity-based awards based on the fair value of the awards. For equity awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of service-based conditions, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which varies by award. For equity awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of performance-based conditions, the Company evaluates the probability of achieving each performance-based condition at each reporting date and recognizes compensation cost when it is deemed probable that the performance-based condition will be met on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period, which varies by award. Equity-based compensation is classified in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the function to which the related services are provided. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

P3 LLC used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of P3 LLC’s incentive unit awards (“Incentive Units”). The risk-free interest rate estimate was based on constant maturity, which is the theoretical value of a U.S. Treasury that is based on recent values of auctioned U.S. Treasuries with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the incentive unit awards. The expected dividend yield was based on P3 LLC’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The expected term was calculated primarily based upon the estimated time to a liquidation event. The expected volatility was estimated using company-specific historical information, guideline company information, and implied volatility information.

The Company uses the Black-Sholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the Company’s stock option awards. The risk-free interest rate estimate was based on constant maturity, which is the theoretical value of a U.S. Treasury that is based on recent values of auctioned U.S. Treasuries with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the stock option awards. The expected dividend yield was based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The expected term was calculated using the “simplified” method; whereby, the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the stock option due to P3’s lack of sufficient historical data. The expected volatility was estimated using an average of the historical volatilities of a peer group comprised of publicly traded companies in the same industry. The Company assesses the impact of material nonpublic information on its share price or expected volatility, as applicable, at the time of grant.

Warrant Liability

The Company has public and private placement warrants of Class A common stock classified as liabilities as well as warrants of Class A common stock issued to a lender classified as equity. The Company classifies as equity any equity-linked contracts that (1) require physical settlement or net-share settlement or (2) give the Company a choice of net-cash settlement or settlement in the Company’s own shares (physical settlement or net-share settlement). Warrants classified as equity are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent changes in fair value are not recognized as long as the warrants continue to be classified as equity.

The Company classifies as assets or liabilities any equity-linked contracts that (1) require net-cash settlement (including a requirement to net-cash settle the contract if an event occurs and if that event is outside the Company’s control) or (2) give the counterparty a choice of net-cash settlement or settlement in shares (physical settlement or net-share settlement). For equity-linked contracts that are classified as liabilities, the Company records the fair value of the equity-linked contracts at each balance sheet date and records the change in the statements of operations as a gain (loss) from change in fair value of warrant liability. The Company’s public warrant liability is valued using observable market prices for those public warrants. The Company’s private placement warrants are valued using a binomial lattice pricing model when the warrants are subject to the make-whole table, or otherwise are valued using a Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company’s warrants issued to a capital provider are valued using a Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model based on observable market prices for public shares and warrants. The assumptions used in preparing

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

these models include estimates such as volatility, contractual terms, discount rates, dividend yield, expiration dates and risk-free rates.

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms. The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments, meet the definition of a liability, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own ordinary shares, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

Premium Deficiency Reserve

Premium deficiency reserve (“PDR”) liabilities are established when it is probable that expected future health care costs and maintenance costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and stop-loss insurance recoveries on those contracts. The Company assesses if a PDR liability is needed through review of current results and forecasts. For purposes of determining premium deficiency losses, contracts are grouped consistent with our method of acquiring, servicing, and measuring the profitability of such contracts. The Company grouped its Medicare Advantage health plan contracts together as a single group as it operates in one line of business. The Company further concluded that the costs to administer these contracts are based on centralized and shared service functions. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the PDR liability was $26.4 million and $37.8 million, respectively, which represented its estimate of probable contract losses expected to be generated by the Company’s health plans.

Medical Expense and Claims Payable

The cost of healthcare services is recognized in the period services are provided. This also includes an estimate of the cost of services that have been incurred, but not yet reported (“IBNR”). Medical expenses also include costs for overseeing the quality of care and programs, which focus on patient wellness. Additionally, healthcare expenses can include, from time to time, remediation of certain claims that might result from periodic reviews conducted by various regulatory agencies.

Management estimates the Company’s IBNR by applying standard actuarial methodologies, which utilize historical data, including the period between the date services are rendered and the date claims are received (and paid), denied claims activity, expected medical cost inflation, seasonality patterns, and changes in membership mix. IBNR estimates are made on an accrual basis and adjusted in future periods as required. Any adjustments to prior period estimates are included in the current period. Such estimates are subject to the impact from changes in both the regulatory and economic environments.

The Company’s claims payable represents management’s best estimate of its liability for unpaid medical costs as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Deferred tax assets are evaluated for future realization and reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent the Company believes it is more likely than not that they will not be realized. The Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under tax law, and results of recent operations.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50%

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company considers many factors when evaluating its uncertain tax positions during the course of the year through a review of policies and procedures, reviews of customary and regular tax filings, and discussions with third party experts. This review can involve significant judgment and may require periodic adjustments. The resolution of these uncertain tax positions in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of its provision for income taxes. Accrued interest and penalties are included with the related tax liability.

See Note 13 “Income Taxes” for further information.

Advertising Expense

The Company uses advertising primarily to promote the health plans with which it conducts business as well as its physician clinics throughout the geographic areas it serves. Advertising costs are charged directly to operations as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $4.5 million, $0.3 million, and $1.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, respectively.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the Successor Period of 2021 and Predecessor Period of 2021 have been reclassified to be consistent with the current period presentation. These reclassifications were to (i) present notes receivable, net and right-of-use asset collectively as other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet; (ii) separately present accounts payable from accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet; (iii) present depreciation expense and amortization of intangible assets collectively as depreciation and amortization expense on the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows; (iv) present amortization of debt origination fees and amortization of discount from issuance of debt collectively as amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs on the consolidated statements of cash flows; and (v) present payment of debt issuance costs separately from debt proceeds on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The reclassifications had no impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or net cash flows.

Note 4: Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company qualifies as an emerging growth company (“EGC”) and as such, has elected the extended transition period for complying with certain new or revised accounting pronouncements. During the extended transition period, the Company is not subject to certain new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. The accounting pronouncements pending adoption as described below reflect effective dates for the Company as an EGC with the extended transition period.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 8352), Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance (“ASU 2021-10”)

ASU 2021-10 requires annual disclosures about transactions with a government entity that are accounted for by applying a grant or contribution accounting model including (i) information about the nature of the transactions and the related accounting policy used to account for the transaction; (ii) the line items on the balance sheet and income statement that are affected by the transactions, and the amounts applicable to each financial statement line item; and (iii) significant terms and conditions of the transactions, including commitments and contingencies. ASU 2021-10 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company adopted the ASU prospectively on January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt — Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), Issuer’s Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options (“ASU 2021-04”)

ASU 2021-04 requires issuers to account for modifications or exchanges of freestanding equity-classified written call options (e.g., warrants) that remain equity classified after the modification or exchange based on the economic substance of the modification or exchange. The Company adopted ASU 2014-04 in the first quarter of 2022 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

ASU 2020-10, Codification Improvements (“ASU 2020-10”)

The amendments in ASU 2020-10 improve codification by ensuring that all guidance that includes an option for an entity to provide information in the notes to financial statements is codified within the disclosure section of the codification. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted this guidance retrospectively in the 2022 annual period. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”)

ASU 2019-12 eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. It is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted the ASU in the first quarter of 2022 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2021-08”)

ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”)

ASU 2016-13 introduces a new model for recognizing credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of current expected credit losses. The new current expected credit losses model generally calls

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for the immediate recognition of all expected credit losses and applies to loans, accounts and trade receivables as well as other financial assets measured at amortized cost, loan commitments and off-balance sheet credit exposures, debt securities and other financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, and beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The new guidance replaces the current incurred loss model for measuring expected credit losses, requires expected losses on available for sale debt securities to be recognized through an allowance for credit losses rather than as reductions in the amortized cost of the securities, and provides for additional disclosure requirements. In April 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2019-04, which, among other amendments, allows for certain policy elections and practical expedients related to accrued interest on financial instruments. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, which granted targeted transition relief by allowing entities to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 and ASU 2019-11, which addressed certain aspects of the guidance related to effective dates, expected recoveries, troubled debt restructurings, accrued interest receivables, and financial assets secured by collateral. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 5: Business Combinations

P3 Business Combinations

The Business Combinations represented a forward merger and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting under which P3 LLC was the acquired company and P3 was the accounting acquirer for financial reporting purposes. This determination is based primarily on the following:

(i)

P3 is the sole managing member of P3 LLC subsequent to the Closing, and the managing member conducts, directs, and exercises full control over all activities of P3 LLC. The non-managing members of P3 LLC do not have substantive kick-out or participating rights; and

(ii)

No one predecessor stakeholder of P3 had a controlling interest in P3 before or has a controlling interest in the combined company after the Business Combinations. The Business Combinations is not a transaction between entities under common control.

The following summarizes the purchase price consideration:

Equity	$	80,301
Fair value of redeemable non-controlling interest		1,807,428
Stock compensation pre-combination services		26,313
Cash consideration		18,405
Payment of P3 LLC’s transaction costs		19,152
Total purchase consideration	$	1,951,599

The Company recorded the allocation of the purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the Closing Date. The purchase consideration and allocation includes the fair value of assets and liabilities associated with the Company’s acquisitions of three medical practices in the Predecessor Period of 2021 described below.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The aggregate purchase price consideration for the Business Combinations has been allocated as follows at the acquisition date:

Assets acquired:
Cash	$	5,301
Restricted cash		54
Health plan receivables		47,733
Clinic fees and insurance receivables, net		426
Other receivables		1,881
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		939
Property and equipment		7,875
Definite lived intangible assets:
Customer relationships		684,000
Provider network		3,700
Trademarks		147,700
Goodwill		1,278,453
Operating lease right-of-use assets(1)		10,604
Total assets acquired		2,188,666
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		25,819
Accrued payroll		2,869
Health plan settlements payable		25,008
Claims payable		76,031
Premium deficiency reserve		11,559
Accrued interest		9,269
Current portion of long-term debt		301
Operating lease liability		6,211
Long-term debt, net of current portion		80,000
Total liabilities assumed		237,067
Net assets acquired	$	1,951,599

(1)

Included within other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Fair value of property and equipment acquired consists of the following at the acquisition date:

Leasehold improvements	$	1,537
Furniture and fixtures		1,081
Computer equipment and software		3,066
Medical equipment		414
Software (development in process)		1,777
Total property and equipment	$	7,875

Working capital accounts, property and equipment, and notes receivable were measured at the existing carrying values, which approximated fair values. The fair value of long-term debt was measured at face value, which approximated the fair value. The fair value of customer relationships was measured at the acquisition date under the excess earnings method using Level 3 inputs, such as projected cash flows, annual retention rates attributable to the existing relationships, and a selected discount rate. The fair value of the provider network was measured at the acquisition date under the cost approach using Level 3 inputs, such as

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

estimated direct costs, estimates of allocated overhead costs, and an estimated mark-up percentage to apply to such costs. The fair value of trademarks was measured at the acquisition date under the relief-from-royalty method using Level 3 inputs, such as projected cash flows, benchmark royalty rates, and a selected discount rate. Goodwill arising from the acquisition is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of P3 LLC and expected future market opportunities. Goodwill of $3.8 million recognized in the Business Combinations is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The useful life of acquired definite lived intangible assets is 10 years.

Other Acquisitions

The Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Medcore Health Plan, Inc. (“Medcore HP”) on December 31, 2021 and the net assets of Omni IPA Medical Group, Inc. (“Omni”) on December 27, 2021 (collectively, the “Medcore Acquisition”). Medcore HP is a health plan licensed under the California Knox-Keen Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 and Omni is an independent practice association located in California. Omni serves as Medcore HP’s contracted and fully delegated physician network providing medical services to Medcore HP’s patients and members. Due to the extensive inter-reliance of these two businesses, the Company accounted for the purchases as a single, combined business. The total purchase price of $40.0 million includes $3.5 million to be paid to the sellers upon resolution of the assumed claims payable and risk adjustment factor, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The change in fair value of the contingent consideration from the acquisition date to December 31, 2022 was not material. Release of this payment, currently expected in the first half of 2023, is not subject to resolution of a substantive future contingent event and has therefore been included in the total consideration to be transferred. The cash payment, net of cash acquired and the amount retained payment of $3.5 million, was $15.7 million.

The Company also purchased three medical practices during the Predecessor Period of 2021 for a total net cash purchase price of $5.0 million. As referenced above, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these acquisitions were included in the purchase consideration and allocation for the Business Combinations.

Goodwill arising from the acquisition is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce and expected future market opportunities. Goodwill of $8.1 million recognized in these other acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The useful life of acquired definite lived intangible assets is 10 years.

The aggregate purchase price consideration of the other acquisitions in 2021 has been allocated as follows at the acquisition dates:

	Successor Period			Predecessor Period
Assets acquired:
Cash		$	20,547		$	3
Restricted cash			302			—
Health plan receivables			5,754			—
Clinic fees and insurance receivables, net			141			—
Other receivables			726			—
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			1,190			—
Property and equipment			113			6
Definite lived intangible assets:
Customer relationships			—			2,046
Payor contracts			4,700			—
Provider network			1,100			—
Trademarks			900			—

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Successor Period			Predecessor Period
Indefinite lived intangible assets:
Medical licenses			700			—
Goodwill			31,298			2,934
Total assets acquired		$	67,471		$	4,989
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable			150			—
Accrued payroll			277			—
Health plan settlements payable			133			—
Claims payable			26,898			—
Total liabilities assumed			27,458			—
Net assets acquired		$	40,013		$	4,989

In the third quarter of 2022, the Company acquired two medical practices in separate transactions. The total cash purchase price was $5.5 million, net of cash acquired, and was allocated primarily to goodwill.

Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma financial information summarizes the results of operations for the Company as though the Business Combinations and the Medcore Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020 and has been derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company’s Predecessor Periods and the Successor Period. The Successor and Predecessor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2021 have been combined. The unaudited pro forma financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition taken place on the date indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations of the Company.

	Year Ended December 31, 2021
	(Unaudited)
Total operating revenue		$	793,447
Net loss		$	(259,282)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest		$	(214,167)
Net loss attributable to controlling interest		$	(45,115)

The unaudited pro forma results reflect the step-up amortization adjustments for the fair value of intangible assets acquired, transaction expenses, accelerated vesting of equity-based compensation, debt discount amortization, and income attributable to non-controlling interest holders.

Note 6: Fair Value Measurements and Hierarchy

Information about the Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is presented below:

	December 31, 2022
	Carrying Value			Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Financial liabilities:
Liability for private placement warrants		$	40		$	—		$	—		$	40
Liability for public warrants		$	1,477		$	1,477		$	—		$	—

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31, 2021
	Carrying Value			Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Financial liabilities:
Liability for private placement warrants		$	502		$	—		$	—		$	502
Liability for public warrants		$	10,881		$	10,881		$	—		$	—

The key Level 3 inputs into the option pricing model related to the private placement warrants to purchase Class A common stock were as follows:

	December 31,
	2022	2021
Volatility	55%	60%
Risk-free interest rate	4.11%	1.26%
Exercise price	$11.50	$11.50
Expected term	3.9 Years	4.9 Years

Generally, an increase in the market price of the Company’s shares of common stock, an increase in the volatility of the Company’s shares of common stock, and an increase in the remaining term of the warrants would each result in a directionally similar change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s warrant liabilities. Such changes would increase the associated liability while decreases in these assumptions would decrease the associated liability. An increase in the risk-free interest rate would result in a decrease in the estimated fair value measurement and thus a decrease in the associated liability. The Company has not, and does not plan to, declare dividends on its common stock and, as such, there is no change in the estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities due to the dividend assumption.

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s private placement warrants, which are considered to be Level 3 fair value measurements:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022 (Private Placement Warrants)			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (Private Placement Warrants)			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 (Class D Warrants)
Beginning balance		$	502		$	793		$	6,316
Mark-to-market adjustment of stock warrants			(462)			(291)			7,665
Ending balance		$	40		$	502		$	13,981

The Company recorded gains on the changes in the fair value of public warrants of $9.4 million and $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 and the Successor Period of 2021, respectively.

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 7: Property and Equipment

The Company’s property and equipment balances consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2022			2021
Leasehold improvements		$	1,810		$	1,537
Furniture & fixtures			1,262			1,108
Computer equipment & software			3,206			2,701
Medical equipment			1,067			414
Software (development in process)			3,460			2,433
Vehicles			618			—
Other			37			37
			11,460			8,230
Less: accumulated depreciation			(2,621)			(182)
Property and equipment, net		$	8,839		$	8,048

Total depreciation of property and equipment recognized on the consolidated statements of operations was $2.4 million, $0.2 million, and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, respectively.

Note 8: Goodwill

The following table provides a reconciliation of goodwill and accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of:

Balance at December 3, 2021(1)
Goodwill	$	1,278,453
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses		—
		1,278,453
Acquisitions		31,297
Balance at December 31, 2021
Goodwill		1,309,750
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses		—
		1,309,750
Acquisitions		5,202
Impairment losses		(1,314,952)
Balance at December 31, 2022
Goodwill		1,314,952
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses		(1,314,952)
	$	—

(1)

Represents the opening balance of goodwill due to the Business Combinations (Note 5)

In the second quarter of 2022, the Company identified indicators of impairment related to goodwill due to a significant deterioration in the overall market and a sustained decrease in the price of the Company’s Class A common stock. As a result, the Company performed an interim assessment for impairment as of June 30, 2022 and noted that the Company’s share price (i) was significantly lower than its opening price on December 2, 2021, (ii) had not surpassed its opening price since December 15, 2021, and (iii) had steadily declined through the end of the second quarter of 2022, which did not follow the overall rebound pattern in

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the healthcare industry. Management concluded that, given the macroeconomic and financial market conditions, industry-specific considerations, the decline in the Company’s performance as a result of higher than expected medical expenses due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the sustained decrease in share price, it was more likely than not that the Company’s fair value was less than its carrying amount at June 30, 2022. Accordingly, management performed the two-step impairment test by estimating the Company’s fair value using a weighted combination of (i) discounted cash flows, using Level 3 inputs such as revenue, profit margin, and discount rate and (ii) market-based approach, using Level 3 inputs such as comparable companies’ market multiples. Based on management’s comparison of the Company’s weighted estimated fair value to its carrying amount, an $851.5 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded for the three-month period ended June 30, 2022.

In the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company identified indicators of impairment related to goodwill due to the Company’s overall financial performance and a sustained decrease in the price of the Company’s Class A common stock. As a result, the Company performed an assessment for impairment as of December 31, 2022 and noted that the Company’s share price closed at its lowest price in its trading history and had steadily declined through the end of December 2022, which was not consistent or was significantly worse when compared to the performance of its peers and the healthcare industry as a whole. Management concluded that, given the decline in the Company’s performance and the sustained decrease in its share price, it was more likely than not that the Company’s fair value was less than its carrying amount at December 31, 2022. Accordingly, management performed the two-step impairment test by estimating the Company’s fair value using a weighted combination of (i) discounted cash flows, using Level 3 inputs such as revenue, profit margin, and discount rate; and (ii) market-based approach, using Level 3 inputs such as comparable companies’ market multiples. Based on management’s comparison of the Company’s weighted estimated fair value to its carrying amount, a $463.5 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded for the three-month period ended December 31, 2022.

Based on the Company’s qualitative analyses, no goodwill impairment charges were recorded in the Successor Period of 2021 or the Predecessor Period of 2021.

Note 9: Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of:

	December 31,
	2022									2021
	Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount			Gross Carrying Amount			Gross Carrying Amount			Net Carrying Amount
Indefinite lived intangible assets:
Medical licenses		$	700		$	—		$	700		$	700		$	—		$	700
Definite lived intangible assets:
Customer relationships			684,000			(74,100)			609,900			684,000			(5,700)			678,300
Trademarks			148,635			(16,704)			131,931			148,600			(1,230)			147,370
Payor contracts			4,700			(470)			4,230			4,700			—			4,700
Provider network			4,800			(511)			4,289			4,800			(31)			4,769
Total		$	842,835		$	(91,785)		$	751,050		$	842,800		$	(6,961)		$	835,839

Amortization of intangible assets was $84.8 million and $7.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, and Successor Period of 2021, respectively. Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is $84.6 million for the year 2023 and $84.2 million for each of the years 2024 through 2027.

Note 10: Notes Receivable, Net

The Company has entered into Promissory Notes (the “Notes”) with certain family medical practices (each a “Practice”) to fund their working capital needs. The Company simultaneously entered into separate Provider Agreements with each Practice. Each Provider Agreement establishes a preferred, predetermined

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reimbursement rate for services rendered to the Company’s members and requires that Practice to furnish healthcare services to the Company’s members for the term of the related Notes. As long as the Provider Agreement is in effect on the maturity date of the related Note and has not been terminated by the Practice for any reason, or the Company terminates the Provider Agreement prior to maturity without cause, the Company will forgive the entire principal, plus accrued interest, on the maturity date. Upon early termination of the Provider Agreement by the Practice, all principal and accrued interest will become immediately payable and due to the Company. Due to the probable likelihood of forgiveness at maturity, the Company records a valuation allowance on a straight-line basis following the early termination date through the maturity date, with a full valuation allowance recorded at the maturity date.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company has recorded notes receivable of $3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively, accrued interest receivable of $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and net of valuation allowances of $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, within other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2022, the Notes have maturity dates ranging from March 31, 2025 through December 31, 2028 with interest rates ranging from 5.0% to 10.0%. During the Successor Period of 2021, the Company forgave notes receivable on their maturity date of December 31, 2021 comprised of principal and interest of $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, both of which were fully reserved.

Note 11: Claims Payable

Claims payable includes claims reported as of the end of the reporting period, including estimates for IBNR, due to third parties for health care services provided to members. Activity in the liability for claims payable and healthcare expenses was as follows:

	December 31,
	2022			2021
Claims unpaid, beginning of period		$	101,958		$	76,031
Incurred, related to:
Current period			942,570			55,149
Prior period(s)			882			174
Total incurred			943,452			55,323
Paid, related to:
Current period			794,026			53,366
Prior period(s)			100,177			2,928
Total paid			894,203			56,294
Claims unpaid assumed in acquisitions			—			26,898
Claims unpaid, end of period		$	151,207		$	101,958

Estimates for incurred claims are based on historical enrollment and cost trends while also taking into consideration operational changes. Future and actual results typically differ from estimates. Differences could result from an overall change in medical expenses per member, changes in member mix or simply due to the addition of new members.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 12: Debt

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	December 31,
	2022			2021
Repurchase Promissory Note		$	15,000		$	15,000
Term Loan Facility			65,000			65,000
Unsecured Promissory Note			15,000			—
Other			—			46
Long-term debt, gross			95,000			80,046
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount			(579)			—
			94,421			80,046
Less: current portion of long-term debt			—			(46)
Long-term debt, net		$	94,421		$	80,000

Repurchase Promissory Note

In June 2019, the Company issued a share repurchase promissory note (the “Repurchase Promissory Note”) to a former equity investor for $15.0 million, which was subsequently amended in November 2020. The amended agreement stipulated that the Repurchase Promissory Note would automatically mature and be due and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2026, a change in control transaction, or an underwritten primary public offering, each as defined in the agreement. The note accrues paid in-kind (“PIK”) interest of 11.0% per year. The principal balance, accrued interest, and an exit fee of $0.6 million are due at maturity. Accrued interest was $9.0 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Term Loan Facility

In November 2020, the Company entered into a Term Loan Agreement and Security Agreement with a commercial lender (as amended, the “Term Loan Agreement”), which provided funding up to $100.0 million (the “Term Loan Facility”), of which $65.0 million was drawn as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Company’s access to additional borrowings under the Term Loan Facility ended upon termination of the commitment period on February 28, 2022. The Term Loan Agreement was amended on November 16, 2021 to provide for certain modifications and to obtain consent from the lenders to consummate the Business Combinations. At Closing, the balance of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount related to the Term Loan Facility was written off and the debt was recorded at face value, which approximated fair value. The Term Loan Agreement was amended on December 21, 2021 to provide for certain modifications and to permit the consummation of the Medcore Acquisition and related transactions. The Term Loan Agreement was amended on December 13, 2022 to provide for certain modifications and to permit the issuance of the Unsecured Promissory Note (as defined below) and related transactions. The Security Agreement provides the lenders collateral in 100% of the Company’s pledged stock, its subsidiaries (including tangible and intangible personal property), and bank accounts.

The principal balance is due in full on the maturity date, which is December 31, 2025. This maturity date may be accelerated as a remedy under certain default provisions in the agreement or in the event a mandatory prepayment trigger occurs. Interest is payable at 12.0% per annum on a quarterly cycle (in arrears) beginning March 31, 2021. The Company has elected to pay interest of 8.0% per annum in cash with the remaining 4.0% per annum being added to principal as PIK interest for a period of three years (or 12 payments). The PIK is subject to acceleration in the event certain occurrences in the Term Loan Facility’s agreement are triggered. Accrued interest was $5.0 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Term Loan Facility includes certain restrictive covenants, including restrictions on the payment of cash dividends. The Company must remain in compliance with financial covenants such as minimum liquidity

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of $5.0 million and annual minimum revenue levels. On an annual basis, the Company must post a minimum amount of annual revenue equal to or greater than $460.0 million in 2022, $525.0 million in 2023, $585.0 million in 2024, and $650.0 million in 2025. The Company is also subject to certain restrictions that include indebtedness and liens.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company was not in compliance with its Term Loan Facility covenants related to issuance of the 2022 financial statements with an audit opinion free of a “going concern” qualification. The Term Loan Facility lenders granted a waiver of the covenant under the Term Loan Facility related to the existence of a “going concern” qualification in the audit opinion for our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. The Company was in compliance with all other covenants under the Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2022; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future or that the lenders under the Term Loan Facility or the lenders of any future indebtedness the Company may incur will grant any such waiver or forbearance in the future.

Unsecured Promissory Note

In December 2022, the Company entered into a related party financing transaction (see Note 22 “Related Parties”) with VBC Growth SPV LLC (“VGS”) which included an unsecured promissory note (the “Unsecured Promissory Note”); warrant agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $4.26 per share to VGS (see Note 24 “Warrants”); and a subordination agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”), pursuant to which VGS agreed to subordinate its right of payment under the Unsecured Promissory Note to the right of payment and security interests of the lenders under the Term Loan Facility. The Unsecured Promissory Note provides for funding of up to $40.0 million, available for draw by the Company in three tranches as follows: (i) a first tranche of $15.0 million available on December 13, 2022, (ii) a second tranche of up to $15.0 million in a single draw at the Company’s option after January 5, 2023, and (iii) a third tranche of up to $10.0 million available at the Company’s option in a single draw after January 5, 2023 and on or prior to February 3, 2023. The Company will pay VGS an up-front fee of 1.5% at the time of each draw. As of December 31, 2022, $15.0 million had been drawn on the Unsecured Promissory Note and the Company had recorded original issue discount of $0.2 million and debt issuance costs comprising the fair value of the warrants issued to VGS and other costs incurred related to this financing totaling $0.9 million, of which $0.6 million is deferred as other long-term assets until the subsequent tranches are drawn.

The Unsecured Promissory Note matures on May 19, 2026. Interest is payable at 14.0% per annum on a quarterly cycle (in arrears) beginning March 31, 2023. The Company may elect to pay interest 6.0% in kind and 8.0% in cash, but if the terms of the Subordination Agreement do not permit the Company to pay interest in cash, interest will be paid entirely in-kind. Accrued interest was $0.1 million at December 31, 2022.

The Company will pay VGS a back-end fee at the time the Unsecured Promissory Note is paid as follows: (i) if paid from March 1, 2023 through June 30, 2023, 4.5%; (ii) if paid from July 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023, 6.75%; and (iii) if paid on January 1, 2024 or later, 9.0%. The Unsecured Promissory Note may be prepaid, at the Company’s option, either in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, at any time and from time to time, subject to the payment of the back-end fee; provided that prepayments must be in increments of at least $2.0 million.

The Unsecured Promissory Note restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur indebtedness and liens, and make investments and restricted payments. The

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

maturity date may be accelerated as a remedy under the certain default provisions in the agreement, or in the event a mandatory prepayment event occurs.

As of December 31, 2022, long-term debt maturities are as follows:

2023	$	—
2024		—
2025		65,000
2026		30,000
		95,000
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount		(579)
	$	94,421

Short-Term Debt

In 2021, the Company entered into short term financing agreements totaling $3.7 million for the funding of certain insurance policies. The terms of the agreements ranged from nine to 10 months and the weighted average annual interest rate was 2.6%. The debt was repaid during the third quarter of 2022.

Note 13: Income Taxes

As a result of the Business Combinations, substantially all of the Company’s assets and operations are held and conducted by P3 LLC and its subsidiaries, and the Company’s only assets are equity interests in P3 LLC. P3 LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax jurisdictions. As a partnership, P3 LLC is generally not subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by P3 LLC is passed through to and included within the taxable income or loss of its members in accordance with the terms of the P3 LLC operating agreement. Prior to the Business Combinations, the income and losses of P3 LLC were passed through to its members and nontaxable to P3 LLC.

The Company is taxed as a corporation and pays corporate federal, state, and local taxes on income allocated to it from P3 LLC based on the Company’s economic interest held in P3 LLC. While the Company consolidates P3 LLC for financial purposes as a VIE, the Company will not be taxed on the earnings attributed to the non-controlling interests. As a result, the income tax burden on the earnings taxed on the non-controlling interests is not reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements.

The components of loss before income taxes were as follows:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Domestic		$	(1,559,695)		$	(57,938)		$	(146,400)
Foreign			—			—			—
Total		$	(1,559,695)		$	(57,938)		$	(146,400)

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The components of income tax expense were as follows:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Current income taxes:
Federal		$	111		$	—		$	—
State			1,751			—			—
Total current income taxes		$	1,862		$	—		$	—
Deferred income taxes:
Federal			—			—			—
State			—			—			—
Total deferred income taxes			—			—			—
Total income tax expense		$	1,862		$	—		$	—

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company’s provision for income taxes is as follows:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Tax at federal statutory rate		$	(327,536)		$	(12,166)		$	(30,744)
Non-controlling interest and nontaxable income			260,020			8,359			30,744
Change in valuation allowance			33,961			2,832			—
Investment in P3 LLC			35,147			1,550			—
Other reconciling items			270			(575)			—
Total		$	1,862		$	—		$	—
Effective tax rate			(0.1)%			—%			—%

The Company’s tax rate is affected primarily by the recognition of a valuation allowance and the portion of income and expense allocated to the non-controlling interest. It is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year such as benefits from changes in the fair value of private placement and public warrants.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes result from differences in the recognition of amounts for tax and financial reporting purposes, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	December 31,
	2022			2021
Deferred tax assets:
Investment in P3 LLC		$	20,684		$	—
Net operating loss carryforwards			17,601			6,922
Accrued liabilities			2,764			3,307
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets			589			—
Section 163j interest limitation			1,995			1,232
Other deferred tax assets			94			3
Total deferred tax assets			43,727			11,464
Less: valuation allowance			(43,558)			(9,621)
Net deferred tax assets			169			1,843
Deferred tax liabilities:
Other deferred tax liabilities			(150)			(87)
Operating lease, right-of-use assets			(19)			—
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets			—			(1,756)
Total deferred tax liabilities			(169)			(1,843)
Net deferred tax asset		$	—		$	—

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. The realization of tax benefits of net deferred tax assets is dependent upon future levels of taxable income, of an appropriate character, in the periods the items are expected to be deductible or taxable. Based on the available evidence as of December 31, 2022, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefits of the U.S. losses incurred will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against the tax benefits of the U.S. losses incurred. The Company intends to maintain the valuation allowance on the U.S. net deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support a reversal of, or decrease in, the valuation allowance.

The Company has recognized no deferred taxes in connection with the Medcore Acquisition. Because Medcore HP does not file a consolidated corporate income tax return with the Company, the deferred tax assets of Medcore HP are separately assessed for realizability. Based on the weight of all available evidence, including cumulative losses in recent years, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against the tax benefits of the acquired deferred tax assets.

The Company has recognized no deferred taxes in connection with the Network VIEs. Because the Network VIEs do not file a consolidated corporate income tax return with the Company, the deferred tax assets are separately assessed for realizability. Based on the weight of all available evidence as of December 31, 2022, including cumulative losses in recent years, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against the tax benefits of the related deferred tax assets.

The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability in connection with its investment in P3 LLC due to the deferred tax liability recognition exception in circumstances where book goodwill exceeds tax-deductible of goodwill.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.4 million for federal income tax purposes. Federal net operating losses have an unlimited carryforward period but utilization for a given tax year is limited to 80% of taxable income.

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and similar provisions under state law. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be used in any given year in the event of special occurrences, including significant ownership changes. The Company has yet to complete a Section 382 review to determine if its tax attributes will be limited in the future; however, the Company’s federal operating loss carryforwards have an unlimited carryforward life and therefore do not expire.

The Company will file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Generally, federal and state tax authorities provide that the statutes of limitations remain open for three or four years from the tax year in which net operating losses or tax credits are utilized.

On March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“American Rescue Plan Act”) was passed into law and amended portions of relevant tax laws. The American Rescue Plan Act did not have a significant impact on the provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combinations, the Company entered into a TRA that provides for the payment by the Company of 85% of the amount of any tax benefits that are realized, or in some cases are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) increases in the Company’s share of the tax basis in the net assets of P3 LLC resulting from any redemptions or exchanges of P3 LLC, (ii) tax basis increases attributable to payments made under the TRA, and (iii) deductions attributable to imputed interest pursuant to the TRA (the “TRA Payments”). The Company expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of any tax benefits that are realized.

Pursuant to the Company’s election under Section 754 of the Code, the Company expects to obtain an increase in its share of the tax basis in the net assets of P3 LLC when Common Units are redeemed or exchanged. The Company intends to treat any redemptions and exchanges of Common Units as direct purchases of the units for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amounts that the Company would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. They may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent the tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

The estimation of liability under the TRA is, by its nature, imprecise and subject to significant assumptions regarding a number of factors, including the timing and amount of taxable income generated by the Company each year, as well as the tax rate then applicable, among other factors. Actual tax benefits realized by the Company may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits.

The payment obligation under the TRA is an obligation of the Company and not of P3 LLC. The payments that the Company will be required to make will generally reduce the amount of the overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available, but the Company expects the cash tax savings realized from the utilization of the related tax benefits will exceed the amount of any required payments.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the TRA liability is estimated to be $4.6 million; however, due to the full valuation allowance recorded by the Company, which results in no tax benefits that are to be realized related to the amortization of the step-up, the Company determined that payments to TRA holders are not probable and no TRA liability has been recorded as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. As non-controlling interest holders exercise their right to exchange their Common Units, a TRA liability may be recorded based on 85% of the estimated future tax benefits that the Company may realize as a result of increases in its tax basis of P3 LLC. The amount of the increase in the tax basis, the related estimated tax benefits, and the related TRA liability to be recorded will depend on the price of a share of the Company’s Class A common stock at the time of the relevant redemption or exchange.

Note 14: Capitalization

As of December 31, 2022, under the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation dated August 20, 2020, the Company is authorized to issue: (i) 800,000,000 shares of Class A common

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share, (ii) 205,000,000 shares of Class V common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share, and (iii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which no shares were issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class V common stock are each entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in its debt agreements, and other factors that the Company’s Board of Directors deems relevant. Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to receive such dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. Holders of shares of Class V common stock are not entitled to participate in any such dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s Board of Directors has not declared any cash dividends during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, or the Predecessor Period of 2021.

Note 15: Equity-Based Compensation

Predecessor Awards

In 2017, the Predecessor Company adopted the Management Incentive Plan (the “Predecessor Equity Plan”). Under the Predecessor Equity Plan, the Predecessor Company granted awards in the form of profits interests to employees, officers, and directors or in the form of common equity to founders. The Predecessor Equity Plan was administered by the Predecessor Company’s board of managers which had full power and authority to select the participants to whom awards were granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the Predecessor Equity Plan. Following the Business Combinations, the Predecessor Equity Plan was terminated.

Under the Predecessor Equity Plan, 6,845,297 Class C units were authorized and 5,235,833 were issued to non-employee directors and officers as of December 2, 2021. Time-based Class C units generally vested over a period of four to five years. The Class C units were equity-classified awards. Vesting of performance-based Class C units was based on the Predecessor Company’s achievement of specified performance hurdles established by the Predecessor Company’s board of managers, such as the achievement of specified returns (the range of which varied on an individual award-by-award basis), a change of control, or an initial public offering. Since such a qualifying event was not probable of occurring until it was consummated, the Predecessor Company did not recognize any compensation cost related to performance-based Class C units until the Business Combinations were completed.

On the Closing Date, each Incentive Unit that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Business Combinations and vested (after taking into account any accelerated vesting that occurred in connection with the Business Combinations) was canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration, which consisted of Common Units and cash.

Additionally, the vesting of Incentive Units totaling 4,319,964 held by two executive officers was accelerated such that all of the merger consideration received by these executive officers was not subject to any vesting restrictions, which resulted in an acceleration of equity-based compensation cost of $2.4 million recognized by the Predecessor Company.

Certain of the performance-based Incentive Units issued to directors, executive officers, and employees vested on the Closing Date to the extent the applicable performance hurdles were achieved, and were converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration. To the extent not vested on the Closing Date, each unvested performance-based Incentive Unit was forfeited without consideration. Each Common Unit received as merger consideration was paired with a share of Class V common stock issued in the Successor Company. The acquisition date fair value of the unvested profits interests attributable to post-combination services was $24.0 million which will be expensed over the relevant vesting period by the Successor Company. The acquisition date fair value of the unvested profits interest attributable to pre-combination services was $26.3 million and was included in consideration transferred in connection with the Business Combinations.

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Successor Awards

In connection with the Closing, unvested Incentive Units granted under the Predecessor Equity Plan totaling 587,500 were converted into 5,471,400 Common Units, which were paired with an equal number of shares of the Company’s Class V common stock, and remained subject to the original vesting conditions. If a forfeiture of unvested Common Units occurs, the associated shares of Class V common stock are also forfeited.

The following summarizes Common Unit award activity for the year ended December 31, 2022:

	Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value			Number of Units (in thousands)
Non-vested at December 31, 2021		$	9.20		5,471
Granted			—		—
Vested			9.20		(5,038)
Forfeited			9.20		(53)
Non-vested at December 31, 2022		$	9.20		380

Total fair value of Common Unit awards vested during the year ended December 31, 2022 was $17.6 million. There were no Common Unit awards vested during the Successor Period of 2021. The weighted-average grant date fair value for Common Unit awards granted during the Successor Period of 2021 was $9.20 per award.

The Common Unit awards vest ratably over a period between one month and two years, so long as the grantee stays employed. As of December 31, 2022, there was $1.1 million of unrecognized equity-based compensation cost related to all unvested Common Unit awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.95 years.

In connection with the Business Combinations, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and its stockholders approved, the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”), effective on its adoption date, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to employees, consultants, and directors of the Company and certain affiliates. The 2021 Plan provides that the initial aggregate number of shares reserved and available for issuance is 14.6 million plus an increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class V common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding quarter and (ii) such smaller number of shares of Class A common stock as is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

The 2021 Plan allows for the grant of (i) stock options, including incentive stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock awards, (iv) restricted stock unit awards, or (v) other stock or cash based awards as may be determined by the plan’s administrator from time to time. The term of each option award shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant. Options exercised under the 2021 Plan provide the purchaser with full rights equivalent to those of existing Class A common stockholders and holders as of the date of exercise. The Company’s policy for issuing shares upon stock option exercise is to issue new shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, the P3 LLC operating agreement states that P3 LLC will maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by the Company and the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock, including those issued as result of stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock unit awards.

The 2021 Plan also provides for dividend equivalent units based on the value of the dividends per share paid on the Company’s Class A common stock, which are accumulated on restricted stock units during the vesting period.

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes time-based stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2022:

	Number of Stock Options (in thousands)		Weighted Average Exercise Price			Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2021		—		$	—
Granted		3,589			5.57
Forfeited		(187)			5.02
Outstanding at December 31, 2022		3,402		$	5.60		9.62		$	—
Fully vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2022		3,402		$	5.60		9.62		$	—
Exercisable at December 31, 2022		117		$	5.02		9.22		$	—

The following table summarizes performance-based stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2022:

	Number of Stock Options (in thousands)		Weighted Average Exercise Price			Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2021		—		$	—
Granted		1,500			4.95
Outstanding at December 31, 2022		1,500		$	4.95		9.83		$	—
Fully vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2022		1,500		$	4.95		9.83		$	—
Exercisable at December 31, 2022		—		$	—		—		$	—

The vesting criteria for 0.1 million performance-based stock option awards has not yet been achieved; therefore, no expense has been recorded.

There were no stock options granted, exercised, or vested during the Successor Period of 2021.

The weighted average assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of stock options are listed in the table below:

	Year Ended December 31, 2022
Expected volatility		51%
Risk-free interest rate		3.2%
Expected term (in years)		7.28
Dividend rate		0.0%

Time-based stock options vest ratably over a period between two and five years, so long as the optionee continues to provide services to the Company. As of December 31, 2022, there was $7.2 million and $5.3 million of unrecognized equity-based compensation cost related to time-based and performance-based stock options, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.66 years and 9.83 years, respectively.

Compensation Expense

Equity-based compensation recorded within corporate, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations was $19.4 million, $4.6 million, and $3.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, respectively.

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company did not recognize any tax benefits related to equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021.

Note 16: Loss per Share

The following table provides the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021
Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders-basic and diluted		$	(270,127)		$	(10,081)
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding-basic and diluted			41,579			41,579
Loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders-basic and diluted		$	(6.50)		$	(0.24)

	Year Ended December 31, 2022		December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021
Stock warrants(1)		11,248		10,819
Stock options(1)		3,402		—
Shares of Class V common stock(2)		201,972		202,025
Total		216,622		212,844

(1)

(2)

Shares of Class V common stock at the end of the period, including shares tied to unvested Common Units, are considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock under application of the if-converted method.

Note 17: Leases

The Company leases real estate, in the form of corporate office space and operating facilities, and certain office equipment. The Company’s real estate leases have noncancelable terms expiring in 2023 to 2032, certain of which have one to two renewal options of five to 10 years. The Company’s equipment leases have noncancelable terms expiring in 2025 to 2027.

Operating lease right-of-use assets of $11.7 million and $7.0 million were included within other long-term assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating lease costs are included within operating expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and were $3.1 million, $0.3 million, and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, respectively.

Lease terms and discount rates consisted of the following as of:

	December 31,
	2022		2021
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)		6.22		5.01
Weighted average discount rate		11.7%		11.1%

Maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2023	$	1,082
2024		3,212
2025		3,382
2026		2,836
2027		2,599
Thereafter		6,539
Total undiscounted future cash flows		19,650
Less: interest		(6,860)
Present value of operating lease liabilities	$	12,790

The current portions of right-of-use liabilities of $1.6 million and $2.1 million are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Supplemental cash flows and other information related to leases are as follows:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Operating cash flows paid for operating leases		$	3,339		$	255		$	2,256

As of December 31, 2022, the Company had entered into an office space lease resulting in an aggregate lease commitment of $0.6 million during the five-year lease term, which commences on February 1, 2023.

Note 18: Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a retirement savings 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for full-time employees. Participants may elect to contribute to the 401(k) Plan, through payroll deductions, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. At its discretion, the Company can make a matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan. The Company recognized expense related to its contributions to the 401(k) Plan of $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company did not make any contributions to the 401(k) Plan in the Successor Period of 2021 and the Predecessor Period of 2021.

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 19: Redeemable Non-controlling Interest

Non-controlling interest represents the portion of P3 LLC that the Company controls and consolidates but does not own (i.e., the Common Units held directly by equityholders other than the Company). The ownership of the Common Units is summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2022				December 31, 2021
	Units		Ownership %		Units		Ownership %
P3 Health Partners Inc.’s ownership of Common Units		41,578,890		17.1%		41,578,890		17.5%
Non-controlling interest holders’ ownership of Common Units		201,592,012		82.9%		196,553,523		82.5%
Total Common Units		243,170,902		100.0%		238,132,413		100.0%

Common Units participate in net income or loss allocations and distributions and entitle their holder to the right, subject to the terms set forth in the limited liability company agreement, to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of the Common Units held by such participant, together with a corresponding number of shares of Class V common stock, in exchange for Class A common stock or at the Company’s option, and subject to certain limitations, in cash. As the non-controlling interest holders had an approximate 83% voting interest in the Company through their Class V common stock as of the Closing Date and appointed most of the initial members to the Board of Directors, the ability to elect cash settlement upon redemption is outside of the control of the Company. As a result, the Common Units held by outside shareholders have been classified as redeemable non-controlling interest and presented as temporary equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The redeemable non-controlling interest was initially measured at its fair value on December 3, 2021. Net income or loss is attributed to the redeemable non-controlling interest during each reporting period based on a daily weighted average ownership percentage. In subsequent periods, the redeemable non-controlling interest is measured at its fair value (i.e., based on the five-day volume-weighted average price of a share of Class A common stock) at the end of each reporting period, with the remeasurement amount being no less than the initial value, as adjusted for the redeemable non-controlling interest’s share of net income or loss and ownership changes. The offset of any fair value adjustment is recorded to equity, with no impact to net income or loss. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there was no remeasurement adjustment recorded as the fair value of redeemable non-controlling interest was lower than the initial value.

There was no Common Unit exchange or redemption activity during the year ended December 31, 2022 or Successor Period of 2021.

Note 20: Segment Reporting

The Company’s operations are organized under a single reportable segment. The Chief Executive Officer, who is the Company’s CODM, manages the Company’s operations and reviews financial information on a consolidated basis. Decisions regarding resource allocation and assessment of profitability are based on the Company’s responsibility to deliver high quality primary medical care services to its patient population. For the periods presented, all the Company’s revenue was earned in the United States. Likewise, all the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States.

Note 21: Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is a party to various claims, legal and regulatory proceedings, lawsuits, and administrative actions arising in the ordinary course of business and associated with the Business Combinations. The Company carries general and professional liability insurance coverage to mitigate the Company’s risk of potential loss in such cases. The Company believes that disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, net loss or cash flows.

In 2021, a discrepancy was identified in the service agreement with one of the Company’s health plans resulting in a renegotiation of the agreement. In the Predecessor Period of 2021, the Company recorded a

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$3.6 million reduction in operating revenue and a $7.0 million charge to operating expense to account for a probable settlement of $11.7 million within health plan settlements payable as of December 31, 2021. In January 2023, the renegotiation was settled and the Company recorded a $3.6 million increase in operating revenue and a $3.1 million reduction in operating expense during the year ended December 31, 2022 to reflect the known settlement of $5.0 million within health plan settlements payable as of December 31, 2022.

Uncertainties

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of Federal, state, and local governments. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, matters of licensure, accreditation, government healthcare program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare / Medicaid Fraud, Waste and Abuse Prevention. Recently, government activity has increased with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of Fraud, Waste and Abuse statutes and regulations by healthcare providers. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government healthcare programs together with imposition of significant fines and penalties as well as significant repayment for patient services billed.

Management believes the Company is compliant with Fraud, Waste and Abuse regulations as well as other applicable government laws. While no regulatory inquiries have been made, compliance with such laws and regulations is subject to government review and interpretation, as well as other regulatory actions which might be unknown at this time.

Healthcare reform legislation at both the Federal and state levels continues to evolve. Changes continue to impact existing and future laws and rules. Such changes may impact the manner in which the Company conducts business, restrict the Company’s revenue growth in certain eligibility categories, slow down revenue growth rates for certain eligibility categories, increase certain medical, administrative and capital costs, and expose the Company to increased risk of loss or further liabilities. As a result, the Company’s consolidated financial position could be impacted by such changes.

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization designated COVID-19 a global pandemic. The rapid spread of COVID-19 around the world and throughout the U.S. has altered the behavior of businesses and people, with significant negative effects on Federal, state, and local economies, the duration of which continues to remain unknown. Various mandates were implemented by Federal, state, and local governments in response to the pandemic, which caused many people to remain at home along with forced closure of or limitations on certain businesses. This included suspension of elective procedures by healthcare facilities. While some of these restrictions have been eased across the U.S. and most states have lifted moratoriums on non-emergent procedures, some restrictions remain in place, and many state and local governments are re-imposing certain restrictions due to an increase in reported COVID-19 cases. COVID-19 disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes many of the Company’s patients.

The COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material impact on the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Nearly 99% of the Company’s total revenue is recurring, consisting of fixed monthly PMPM capitation payments received from Medicare Advantage health plans. Management instituted multiple safety measures for the Company’s employees including a work-from-home policy and access to free vaccinations and personal protective equipment.

The full extent to which COVID-19 will directly or indirectly impact the Company, its future results of operations and financial condition will depend on factors which are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. This includes new and emerging information from the impact of new variants of the virus, the actions taken to contain it or treat its impact and the economic impact on the Company’s markets. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the scope and duration of stay-at-home practices and business closures and restrictions, government- imposed or recommended suspensions of elective procedures, and expenses required for supplies and personal protective equipment. Because of these and other uncertainties, Management cannot estimate the length or severity of the impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business. Furthermore, because of the Company’s business model, the full impact of COVID-19 may not be

F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fully reflected in the Company’s results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods. However, Management will continue to closely evaluate and monitor the nature and extent of these potential impacts to the Company’s business, results of operations, and liquidity.

Note 22: Related Parties

Atrio Health Plans

Chicago Pacific Founders (“CPF”), a principal equity holder of P3 LLC, has an equity investment in Atrio Health Plans (“Atrio”). The Company has a full-risk capitation agreement in place with Atrio whereby the Company is delegated to perform services on behalf of Atrio’s members assigned to the Company. These delegated services include but are not limited to provider network credentialing, patient authorizations, and medical management (care management, quality management and utilization management). The following tables summarize the Company’s transactions with Atrio:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Capitated revenue		$	158,941		$	11,483		$	142,905
Other patient service revenue		$	2,286		$	181		$	2,022
Medical expenses		$	178,300		$	14,684		$	146,216

	December 31,
	2022			2021
Health plan receivables		$	177		$	4,696
Claims payable		$	27,838		$	16,349
Health plan settlements payable		$	2,536		$	—

Unsecured Promissory Note

As described in Note 12, in December 2022, the Company issued an Unsecured Promissory Note to VGS, an entity managed by CPF and whose equity holders consist of two members of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer, among others. The following tables summarize the Company’s transactions with VGS:

			Year Ended December 31, 2022
Interest expense, net				$	105

	December 31, 2022
Long-term debt, net		$	14,421
Accrued interest		$	105
Accrued expenses		$	225

Note 23: Variable Interest Entities

P3 LLC has Management Services Agreements (“MSAs”) and deficit funding agreements with the Network. The MSAs provide that the P3 LLC will furnish administrative personnel, office supplies and equipment, general business services, contract negotiation, and billing and collection services to the Network. Fees for these services are the excess of the Network’s revenue over expenses. Per the deficit funding agreements, P3 LLC is obligated to advance funds, as needed, to support the Network’s working capital needs to the extent operating expenses exceed gross revenue. These advances accrue interest at a rate of prime plus 2%. Net advances made to the Network and accrued interest on those advances are presented within

F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

due to consolidated entities of P3 in the table below. Additionally, P3 LLC entered into stock transfer restriction agreements with the practice shareholders of the Network, which, by way of a call option, unequivocally permit P3 LLC to appoint successor physicians if a practice shareholder vacates their ownership position. Accordingly, P3 LLC identifies itself as the primary beneficiary of the Network. Practice shareholders, who are employees of P3 LLC, retain equity ownership in the Network, which represents nominal non-controlling interests; however, the non-controlling interests do not participate in the profit or loss of the Network.

	December 31,
	2022			2021
ASSETS
Cash		$	1,759		$	7,570
Clinic fees and insurance receivables, net			323			61
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			121			407
Other receivable			855			—
Property and equipment, net			44			36
Goodwill			—			—
Due from consolidated entities of P3			3,012			—
Investment in other P3 entities			—			6,000
TOTAL ASSETS		$	6,114		$	14,074
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT
Accounts payable		$	7,800		$	4,779
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities			262			26
Accrued payroll			1,885			1,303
Due to consolidated entities of P3			36,025			24,111
TOTAL LIABILITIES			45,972			30,219
MEMBERS’ DEFICIT			(39,858)			(16,145)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT		$	6,114		$	14,074

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2022			December 3, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021
Revenue		$	55,237		$	844		$	7,580
Expenses			69,638			1,203			12,293
Net loss		$	(14,401)		$	(359)		$	(4,713)

Note 24: Warrants

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were an aggregate of 11,248,285 and 10,819,105 warrants outstanding, respectively, which include the public warrants, private placement warrants, and VGS Warrants (as defined below).

F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Public and Private Placement Warrants

Each public and private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The public warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combinations. The Company has the right to redeem the public warrants when the price per share of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 for 20 days within a 30-day trading period. The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants, except that the private placement warrants are subject to certain transfer restrictions, are not redeemable by the Company if they are held by Sponsors, and are exercisable on a cashless basis.

The public and private placement warrants are recorded as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets with a balance of $1.5 million and $11.4 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company recorded a gain of $9.9 million, a gain of $2.3 million, and a loss of $7.7 million from the change in fair value of the warrants during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021, respectively. No warrants were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Successor Period of 2021, and the Predecessor Period of 2021.

VGS Warrants

In connection with the Unsecured Promissory Note issued in December 2022 (see Note 12 “Debt”), the Company and VGS entered into a warrant agreement (the “VGS Warrant Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company issued warrants to purchase 429,180 shares of Class A common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $4.26 per share to VGS (the “VGS Warrants”). The number of shares of common stock for which the VGS Warrants is exercisable and the exercise price may be adjusted upon any event involving subdivisions, combinations, distributions, recapitalizations, and similar transactions. Pursuant to the VGS Warrant Agreement, the warrants and the right to purchase securities upon the exercise of the warrants will terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following: (a) December 13, 2027; and (b) the consummation of (i) a sale, conveyance, consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly owned subsidiary corporation) or (ii) any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of which the Company or P3 LLC is disposed. The Company recorded the fair value of the VGS Warrants of $0.6 million as an increase to additional paid in capital during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The key Level 3 inputs into the option pricing model related to the VGS Warrants were as follows:

	Volatility			49%
	Risk-free interest rate			3.80%
	Exercise price			$4.26
	Expected term			5.0 Years

Note 25: Subsequent Events

Between January and March 2023, the Company borrowed a total of $12.9 million under the Unsecured Promissory Note.

On March 30, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the purchasers named therein (the “Purchasers”), certain of which are related parties, pursuant to which the Company will issue approximately 79.9 million units at a price of approximately $1.12 per unit for institutional investors, and a purchase price of approximately $1.19 per unit for employees and consultants. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and 0.75 of a warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $1.13. Certain institutional investors have elected to receive pre-funded warrants to purchase Class A common stock in lieu of a portion of their Class A common stock. In total, the Company agreed to sell (i) an aggregate of approximately 69.2 million shares of its Class A common stock, (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately 59.9 million shares of Class A common stock, and (iii) pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately 10.8 million shares of Class A common stock, to the Purchasers for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $89.5 million (collectively, the “Private Placement”). The Private Placement is subject to certain conditions and is expected to close on April 6, 2023.

F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
P3 Health Partners Inc. (f/k/a Foresight Acquisition Corp.)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of P3 Health Partners Inc. (f/k/a Foresight Acquisition Corp.) (the “Company”) as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods ended January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 and from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 and from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s business plan is dependent on the completion of a business combination and the Company’s cash and working capital as of December 2, 2021 are not sufficient to complete its planned activities. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are described in Note 1. The financial statements to not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, NY
November 3, 2022

F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC.
(F/K/A FORESIGHT ACQUISITION CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 2, 2021			December 31, 2020
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	100,935		$	179,512
Prepaid expenses			355,188			—
Total Current Assets			456,123			179,512
Deferred offering costs			—			215,448
Cash and securities held in Trust Account			316,267,136			—
Total Assets		$	316,723,259		$	394,960
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities
Accrued expenses		$	21,284,300		$	2,286
Accrued offering costs			15,450			94,960
Advance from related parties			150,000			—
Promissory note – related party			—			275,000
Total Current Liabilities			21,449,750			372,246
Warrant liabilities			13,213,259			—
Total Liabilities			34,663,009			372,246
Commitments (Note 6)
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 31,625,000 and no shares at redemption value as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively			316,250,000			—
Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding			—			—
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 8,738,750 shares issued and outstanding as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, excluding shares subject to redemption			874			—
Class B common shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 7,906,250 shares issued and outstanding as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020			—			791
Additional paid-in capital			—			24,209
Accumulated deficit			(34,190,624)			(2,286)
Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity			(34,189,750)			22,714
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Shares and Stockholders’ Equity		$	316,723,259		$	394,960

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC.
(F/KA FORESIGHT ACQUISITION CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the Period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021			For the Period from August 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020
General and administrative expenses		$	22,747,817		$	2,286
Loss from operations			(22,747,817)			(2,286)
Other income (expense):
Interest income			24			—
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account			17,136			—
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities			(2,074,467)			—
Other income			2,057,307			—
Net loss		$	(24,805,124)		$	(2,286)
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A common stock			29,692,013			—
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A Common stock		$	(0.84)		$	—
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B common stock			—			6,875,000
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B Common stock		$	—		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC.
(F/K/A FORESIGHT ACQUISITION CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

	Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption					Class B Common Stock					Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Balance – August 20, 2020 (inception)		—		$	—		—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor		—			—		7,906,250			791			24,209			—			25,000
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(2,286)			(2,286)
Balance – December 31, 2020		—			—		7,906,250			791			24,209			(2,286)			22,714
Accretion for Class A common stock to redemption amount		—			—		—			—			(8,068,251)			(9,383,214)			(17,451,465)
Sale of 832,500 Private Placement Units, Net		832,500			83		—			—			8,044,042			—			8,044,125
October 4, 2021 Class B conversion		7,906,250			791		(7,906,250)			(791)			—			—			—
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(24,805,124)			(24,805,124)
Balance – December 2, 2021		8,738,750		$	874		—		$	—		$	—		$	(34,190,624)		$	(34,189,750)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

P3 HEALTH PARTNERS INC.
(F/K/A FORESIGHT ACQUISITION CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021			For the Period from August 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss		$	(24,805,124)		$	(2,286)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account			(17,136)			—
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities			2,074,467			—
Transaction costs incurred in connection with IPO			234,419			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses			(355,188)			—
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			21,282,014			2,286
Net cash used in operating activities			(1,586,548)			—
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Investment of cash into trust Account			(316,250,000)			—
Net cash used in investing activities			(316,250,000)			—
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor			—			25,000
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid			309,924,999			—
Proceeds from sale of Private Placements Warrants			8,325,000			—
Proceeds from convertible promissory note – related party			—			275,000
Advances from related party			150,000			—
Repayment of convertible promissory note – related party			(275,000)			—
Payment of offering costs			(367,028)			(120,488)
Net cash provided by financing activities			317,757,971			179,512
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash			(78,577)			179,512
Cash – Beginning			179,512			—
Cash – Ending		$	100,935		$	179,512
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Offering costs included in accrued offering cost		$	15,450		$	94,960
Initial classification of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption		$	316,250,000		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

P3 Health Partners Inc. (f/k/a Foresight Acquisition Corp.) (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on August 20, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

The Company has three non-operating, wholly-owned subsidiaries, which were formed to facilitate the merger with P3 Health Group Holdings (see below), FAC Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub”), FAC-A Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Corp-A”), and FAC-B Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Corp-B” and, together with Merger Corp-A, the “Merger Corps” and each, a “Merger Corp”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

Business Combination

On December 3, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), the Company consummated the previously announced business combinations (the “Business Combinations”) pursuant to (1) the agreement and plan of merger, dated as of May 25, 2021 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among P3 Health Group Holdings (“P3”), and FAC Merger Sub LLC, and (2) the transaction and combination agreement, dated as of May 25, 2021 (as amended, the “Transaction and Combination Agreement” and together with the Merger Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”), by and among Foresight and the Merger Corps, CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker-A”), CPF P3 Blocker-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker-B” and, together with Blocker-A, the “Blockers” and each, a “Blocker”), CPF P3 Splitter, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Splitter”), Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blocker A Seller”), and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blocker B Seller” and, together with Blocker A Seller, the “Blocker Sellers” and each, a “Blocker Seller”), pursuant to which, among other things, P3 Health Group Holdings merged with and into Merger Sub (the “P3 Merger”), with Merger Sub as the surviving company, which was renamed P3 Health Group, LLC (“P3 LLC”), and the Merger Corps merged with and into the Blockers, with the Blockers as the surviving entities and wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Business Combinations”). Upon completion of the Business Combinations (the “Closing”), the Company and P3 LLC were organized in an “Up-C” structure in which all of the P3 LLC operating subsidiaries are held directly or indirectly by P3 LLC, and the Company directly owned approximately 17.1% of P3 LLC and became the sole manager of P3 LLC.

PIPE Investment

On December 3, 2021, certain investors (the “Subscribers”) purchased from the Company an aggregate of 20,370,307 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “PIPE Shares”), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $203.7 million, pursuant to separate subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) entered into effective as of May 25, 2021, as amended by the Consent and Amendment to Subscription Agreement, entered into on November 19, 2021. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the Company gave certain registration rights to the Subscribers with respect to the PIPE Shares. The sale of PIPE Shares was consummated concurrently with the Closing.

In connection with the Closing, the Company also issued (i) 8,732,517 shares of Class A Common Stock to the Blocker Sellers (including 723,291 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the escrow agent) pursuant to the Transaction and Combination Agreement, and (ii) 202,024,923 shares of Class V Common Stock to the P3 Sellers other than the Blocker Sellers (including 17,923,782 shares of Class V Common Stock held by the escrow agent), pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Business Prior to the Business Combination

As of December 2, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 2, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the

F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company has generated non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on February 9, 2021. On February 12, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 31,625,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option in the amount of 4,125,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $316,250,000, which is described in Note 3.

On October 4, 2021, all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock were converted into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis at the direction of the holders. The transfer restrictions and agreement to waive redemption rights and rights to liquidating distributions apply to the shares of Class A Common Stock received upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 832,500 units (each, a “Private Placement Unit” and, collectively, the “Private Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit in a private placement to Foresight Sponsor Group, LLC (the “Sponsor”) and FA Co-Investment LLC (an affiliate of one of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering) ( “FA Co-Investment” and, together with the Sponsor, the “Sponsors”) generating gross proceeds of $8,325,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $6,827,967, consisting of $6,325,000 of underwriting fees, and $502,967 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on February 12, 2021, an amount of $316,250,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s stockholders, as described below except that interest earned on the Trust Account can be released to the Company to pay its tax obligations.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of December 2, 2021, the Company had $100,935 in its operating bank accounts, $316,267,136 in marketable securities held in the Trust Account to be used for a Business Combination or to repurchase or redeem stock in connection therewith and a working capital deficit of $20,793,627, which excludes franchise taxes payable of $200,000. On August 19, 2021, the sponsor committed to provide up to $300,000 in working capital loans as needed by the Company in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination. The loans, if issued, will be non-interest bearing, unsecured and will be repaid upon the consummation of an initial business combination. If the Company had not consummated the initial business combination, all amounts loaned to the Company would have been forgiven except to the extent the Company had funds available outside of the Trust Account to repay such loans. On October 27, 2021, the sponsor committed to provide up to an additional $600,000 in working capital loans as needed by the Company in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination. The loans will follow the same structure as the $300,000 working capital loans as described above. The total commitment provided by the Sponsor will total $900,000, none of which had been borrowed as of December 2, 2021.

Until the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company used the funds not held in the Trust Account for identifying and evaluating target businesses, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar location of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective

F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

target businesses and structuring, negotiating and completing a Business Combination, which was the Business Combination with P3. The Company completed its Business Combination with P3 on December 3, 2021.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that its future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including its rate of growth, ability to manage costs and its ability to raise additional capital when needed. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available on commercially acceptable terms. If the Company is unable to obtain additional funding when needed, it will have to curtail it activities and reduce costs. As a result of these matters, substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date the financial statements are issued. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In February 2022, the Russian Federation and Belarus commenced a military action with the country of Ukraine. As a result of this action, various nations, including the United States, have instituted economic sanctions against the Russian Federation and Belarus. Further, the impact of this action and related sanctions on the world economy is not determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The specific impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows is also not determinable as of the date of these financial statements.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private

F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the private warrant liabilities. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Cash Held in Trust Account

At December 2, 2021, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held cash.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheets.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification

F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own ordinary shares, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations. The fair value of the private warrants was estimated using a binomial lattice simulation approach (see Note 11).

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception. The effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate of 21% for the year ended December 2, 2021 due to the valuation allowance recorded on the Company’s net operating losses and permanent differences.

Net Loss Per Common Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share.

The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase an aggregate of 10,819,167 shares in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For the Period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021						For the Period from August 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020
	Class A			Class B			Class A			Class B
Basic and diluted net loss per common stock
Numerator:
Allocation of net loss, as adjusted		$	(24,805,124)		$	—		$	—		$	(2,286)
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted average stock outstanding			29,692,013			—			—			6,875,000
Basic and diluted net loss per common stock		$	(0.84)		$	—		$	—		$	(0.00)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

•

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

•

Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

•

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and

F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3 — INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 31,625,000 Units, which includes a full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 4,125,000 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 10).

NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 832,500 Private Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,325,000, in a private placement. Each Private Placement Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock (“Private Placement Share” or, collectively, “Private Placement Shares”) and one-third of one warrant (each, a “Private Placement Warrant”). Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In October 2020, the Sponsors purchased an aggregate of 7,906,250 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 1,031,250 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the number of Founder Shares will equal 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (not including the Private Placement Shares). As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, no Founder Shares are currently subject to forfeiture.

The Sponsors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Promissory Notes — Related Parties

On October 22, 2020 and October 27, 2020, the Sponsors issued unsecured promissory notes to the Company (the “Promissory Notes”), pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Notes are non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) March 31, 2021 or (ii) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Notes of $275,000 as of December 31, 2020 was repaid at the closing of the Initial Public Offering on February 12, 2021. Borrowings under the Promissory Note are no longer available.

On August 19, 2021, our Sponsor committed to provide us with an aggregate of $300,000 in loans. The loans, if issued, would have been non-interest bearing, unsecured and would be repaid upon the consummation of an initial business combination. If the Company had not consummated an initial business combination, all amounts loaned to the Company would have been forgiven except to the extent that the Company had funds available outside of the Trust Account to repay such loans. On October 27, 2021, the sponsor committed to provide up to an additional $600,000 in working capital loans as needed by the Company in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination. The total commitment provided by the sponsor will total $900,000, none of which had been borrowed as of December 2, 2021.

Advances from Related Party and Due to Sponsor

As of December 2, 2021, the Sponsor advanced the Company an aggregate of $150,000 in working capital loans to pay for certain operating costs. The advances are non-interest bearing and are due on demand.

Related Party Loans

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company may repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units upon consummation of the Business Combination at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. As of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Loans.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company agreed, commencing on February 9, 2021 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay the Sponsor a total of up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. For the year ended December 2, 2021, the Company incurred and paid $99,745 of such fees. As of December 2, 2021, $20,000 remained unpaid in the accrued expenses line item on the balance sheet.

NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on February 9, 2021, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Units (including securities contained therein) and units (including securities contained therein) that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or upon the

F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exercise of any warrants included within units issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans will be entitled to registration rights to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to shares of Class A common stock). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FA Co-Investment may not exercise its demand or “piggyback” registration rights after five and seven years, respectively, after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may not exercise its demand rights on more than one occasion. The registration rights agreement does not contain liquidated damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Business Combination Marketing Agreement

The Company engaged the underwriters to act as advisors in connection with its Business Combination to assist the Company in holding meetings with its stockholders to discuss the potential Business Combination and the target business’s attributes, introduce the Company to potential investors that are interested in purchasing the Company’s securities in connection with the potential Business Combination, assist in obtaining stockholder approval for the Business Combination and assist with the Company’s press releases and public filings in connection with the Business Combination. The Company will pay the underwriters a fee for such services upon the consummation of its Business Combination in an amount equal to, in the aggregate, 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, including any proceeds from the full or partial exercise of the over-allotment option. As a result of the Business Combination, Cowen & Company, will be paid $8,500,000 million in relation to the work they performed as described in the aforementioned Business Combination Marketing Agreement.

NOTE 7 — CLASS A COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 2, 2021, there were 31,625,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, including Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, which is presented as temporary equity. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding

Prior to the Company’s initial Business Combination, holders of Class B common stock will have the right to elect all of the Company’s directors and may remove members of the Company’s board of directors for any reason. On any other matter submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders, holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will vote together as a single class, except as otherwise required by law. The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class B common stock agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the Private Placement Units) plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (net of the number of shares of Class A common stock redeemed in connection with a Business Combination), excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination.

F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE 8 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. As of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 832,500 and 7,906,250 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. The common stock outstanding as of December 2, 2021 represents the Private Placement shares.

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. As of both December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 7,906,250 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. On October 4, 2021, all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock were converted into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis at the direction of the holders. The transfer restrictions and agreement to waive redemption rights and rights to liquidating distributions apply to the shares of Class A Common Stock received upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 2, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	December 2, 2021			December 31, 2020
Deferred tax assets
Net operating loss carryforward		$	38,800		$	480
Startup/Organization Expenses			4,728,629			—
Total deferred tax assets, net			4,767,429			480
Valuation Allowance			(4,767,429)			(480)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance		$	—		$	—

The income tax provision (benefit) for the period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 and for the period from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 consists of the following:

	For the period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021			For the period from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020
Federal
Current		$	—		$	—
Deferred benefit			(4,773,438)			(480)
State and Local
Current			—			—
Deferred			—			—
Change in valuation allowance			4,773,438			480
Income tax provision		$	—		$	—

As of December 2, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had $182,476 and $2,286 of U.S. federal net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income. These net operating loss carryovers do not expire and may offset up to 80% of taxable income in any given year.

F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the period from January 1, 2021 through December 2, 2021 and for the period from August 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was $4,773,438 and $480, respectively.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted in response to COVID-19 pandemic. Under ASC 740, the effects of changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period which the new legislation is enacted. The CARES Act made various tax law changes including among other things (i) increasing the limitation under Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”) for 2019 and 2020 to permit additional expensing of interest (ii) enacting a technical correction so that qualified improvement property can be immediately expensed under IRC Section 168(k), (iii) making modifications to the federal net operating loss rules including permitting federal net operating losses incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to the five preceding taxable years in order to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes and (iv) enhancing the recoverability of alternative minimum tax credits. Given the Company’s full valuation allowance position and capitalization of all costs, the CARES Act did not have an impact on the financial statements.

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	December 2, 2021		December 31, 2020
Statutory federal income tax rate		21.00%		21.00%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		0.00%		0.00%
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities		(1.76)%		0.00%
Transaction costs incurred in connection with IPO		0.00%		0.00%
Fair value of warrant liability in excess of proceeds from Private Placement		0.00%		0.00%
Change in valuation allowance		(19.24)%		(21.00)%
Income tax provision		0.00%		0.00%

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction. The Company’s tax returns since inception remain open to examination by the taxing authorities.

NOTE 10 — WARRANT LIABILITIES

Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable, and the Company will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. The Company has agreed that as soon as

F-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing a Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC, and within 60 business days following a Business Combination to have declared effective, a registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elect, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

•

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrant holder; and

•

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00. Commencing ninety days after the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Units):

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.10 per warrant provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A common stock;

•

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption;

•

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and

•

if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto available throughout the 30-day period after written notice of redemption is given.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, as described above, its management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger, or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and

F-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or its affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the completion of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day after the day on which the Company completes a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 11 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that arere-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 2, 2021 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

F-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Description	Level		December 2, 2021
Liabilities:
Warrant Liability – Public Warrants			1		12,860,834
Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants			3		288,925
Warrant Liability – Underwriter Warrants			3		63,500

The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities on the balance sheet. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and remeasured on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the statements of operations.

Measurement

The Company utilizes a Cox-Ross-Rubenstein lattice model to value the warrants at each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the statements of operations. The estimated fair value of the warrant liability is determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a binomial lattice model are assumptions related to expected share-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its ordinary shares based on historical volatility that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero. The Warrants are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The subsequent measurement of the Public Warrants as of December 3, 2021 is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market.

The key inputs into the binomial lattice simulation model for the Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants were as follows at initial measurement and December 3, 2021 (Private Placement Warrants only):

	February 12, 2021 (Initial Measurement)			December 3, 2021
Risk-free interest rate			0.56%			1.13%
Trading days per year			252			252
Expected volatility			17.8%			21.0%
Exercise price		$	11.50		$	11.50
Stock Price		$	9.65		$	9.48

On February 12, 2021, the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants were determined to be $1.05 and $1.03 per warrant for aggregate values of $0.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively. On December 2, 2021, the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants were determined to be $1.22 and $1.27 per warrant for aggregate values of $0.3 million and $12.8 million, respectively.

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities:

	Private Placement			Public			Warrant Liabilities
Fair value as of January 1, 2021		$	—		$	—		$	—
Initial measurement on February 12, 2021 (including over-allotment)			280,875			10,857,917			11,138,792
Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions		$	71,550		$	2,002,917		$	2,074,467
Fair value as of December 2, 2021		$	352,425		$	12,860,834		$	13,213,259

Due to the use of quoted prices in an active market (Level 1) to measure the fair value of the Public Warrants, subsequent to initial measurement, the Company had transfers out of Level 3 totaling $12,860,834 during the period from February 12, 2021 through December 2, 2021.

F-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE 12 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. The Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements other than as follows:

On December 3, 2021, the Company consummated the previously announced business combinations pursuant to (1) the agreement and plan of merger, dated as of May 25, 2021, by and among P3 Health Group Holdings, and FAC Merger Sub LLC, and (2) the transaction and combination agreement, dated as of May 25, 2021, by and among Foresight and the Merger Corps, CPF P3 Blocker-A, LLC, , CPF P3 Blocker-B, LLC, , CPF P3 Splitter, LLC, , Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-A, L.P., and Chicago Pacific Founders Fund-B, L.P., , pursuant to which, among other things, P3 Health Group Holdings merged with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub as the surviving company, which was renamed P3 Health Group, LLC, and the Merger Corps merged with and into the Blockers, with the Blockers as the surviving entities and wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. Upon completion of the Business Combinations, the Company and P3 LLC were organized in an “Up-C” structure in which all of the P3 LLC operating subsidiaries are held directly or indirectly by P3 LLC, and the Company directly owned approximately 17.1% of P3 LLC and became the sole manager of P3 LLC.

Following the Closing, substantially all of the Company’s assets and operations are held and conducted by P3 LLC and its subsidiaries, and the Company’s only assets are equity interests in P3 LLC. In connection with the Closing, the Company changed its name from “Foresight Acquisition Corp.” to “P3 Health Partners Inc.”

F-78

P3 Health Partners (PIII) 424B3Prospectus supplement